AMERICAN STUDIES | LITERATURE Ellis “Antebellum Posthuman is a thought-provoking and timely contribution to the

recent explosion of work on the desirability of moving beyond the ‘human’ Antebellum Posthuman as analytic framework or political horizon. Ellis’s consideration of Douglass, Thoreau, and Whitman uncovers posthumanism’s Romantic unconscious, challenging the contemporary faith in political progressiveness of the post- human turn. Arguing for a renewed engagement with matter, Antebellum Posthuman persuasively models a close critical attentiveness that does not assume in advance what the outcome of that engagement will be.” —Dana Luciano, Georgetown University

rom the eighteenth-century abolitionist motto “Am I Not a Man and a Brother?” to the civil rights–era declaration “I AM a Man,” antiracism has engaged in a struggle for the recognition of black humanity. It has done so, however, even as the very definition of the human has been

called into question by the biological . While this conflict between and materiality in therace

F mid–nineteenth century liberal humanism and biological materialism animates debates in posthu- manism and critical race studies today, Antebellum Posthuman argues that it first emerged as a key question in the antebellum era. In a moment in which the authority of was increasingly invoked to defend slavery and other racist policies, abolitionist arguments underwent a profound shift, producing a new, materialist strain of antislavery. Engaging the works of Douglass, Thoreau, Whitman, and Dickinson, Cristin Ellis identifies and traces the emergence of an antislavery materialism in mid-nineteenth-century American literature, placing race at the center of the history of posthumanist thought. Turning to contemporary debates now un- folding between posthumanist and critical race theorists, Ellis demonstrates how this antebellum posthumanism highlights the difficulty of reconciling materialist ontologies of the human with the project of social justice. Antebellum Posthuman CRISTIN ELLIS is Assistant Professor of English at the University of race and materiality in the

Mississippi. mid–nineteenth century FORDHAM UNIVERSITY PRESS

New York www.fordhampress.com Fordham Cristin Ellis

Cover image: Antiheroe No. 45 by Susana Blasco (www.susanablasco.com). Cover design by Ashley Muehlbauer

Ellis_pbk.indd 1 10/25/2017 9:14:01 PM A ntebellum P osthuman

153-71159_ch00_3P.indd 1 11/1/17 11:56 AM 153-71159_ch00_3P.indd 2 11/1/17 11:56 AM Antebellum Posthuman Race and Materiality in the Mid–­Nineteenth ­Century

Cristin Ellis

fordham university press New York 2018

153-71159_ch00_3P.indd 3 11/1/17 11:56 AM Copyright © 2018 Fordham University Press

ThisAll work rights is licensed reserved. under No parta Creative of this Commons publication Attribution- may be NonCommercial-NoDerivativesreproduced, stored in a retrieval 4.0system, International or transmitted License. in any form or by any means— electronic, mechanical, photocopy,Copyright recording, © 2018 Fordhamor any other— University except Press for brief quotations in printed reviews, without the prior permission All rights reserved.of No the part publisher. of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in Fordhamany form University or by any Pressmeans— has electronic,no responsibility mechanical, for the perphotocopy, sistence or accuracy recording, of orURLs any other—for external except or forthird- brief party quotationsInternet websites in printed referred reviews, to in withoutthis publication the prior and permission does not guarantee that any ofcontent the publisher. on such websites is, or will remain, accurate or appropriate. Fordham University Press has no responsibility for the perFordham sistence orUniversity accuracy Pressof URLs also for publishes external its or books third- in party a varietyInternet of websites electronic referred formats. to in Some this publication content that and appears does not in guaranteeprint may that not any be content available on insuch electronic websites books. is, or will remain, accurate or appropriate. Visit us online at www.fordhampress . com. Fordham University Press also publishes its books in a varietyLibrary of electronic of Congress formats. Cataloging- Some content in- Publication that appears Data in printavailable may not online be available at https:// in catalogelectronic . loc .books. gov.

VisitPrinted us online in the at United www.fordhampress States of Amer . com. i ca 20 19 18 54 3 2 1 Library of CongressFirst Cataloging- edition in- Publication Data available online at https:// catalog . loc . gov.

Printed in the United States of Amer i ca 20 19 18 54 3 2 1 First edition

153-71159_ch00_3P.indd 4 11/1/17 11:56 AM

153-71159_ch00_3P.indd 4 11/1/17 11:56 AM contents

Introduction. Beyond Recognition: The Prob­lem of Antebellum Embodiment 1 1. Douglass’s Animals: Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality 23 2. Thoreau’s Seeds: Evolution and the Prob­lem of Human­ Agency 61 3. Whitman’s Cosmic Body: Bioelectricity and the Prob­lem of ­Human Meaning 96 4. Posthumanism and the Prob­lem of Social Justice: Race and Materiality in the Twenty-­First ­Century 135 Coda. ­After Romantic Posthumanism 161

Acknowledgments­ 171 Notes 173 Works Cited 207 Index 223

153-71159_ch00_3P.indd 5 11/1/17 11:56 AM 153-71159_ch00_3P.indd 6 11/1/17 11:56 AM A ntebellum P osthuman

153-71159_ch00_3P.indd 7 11/1/17 11:56 AM 153-71159_ch00_3P.indd 8 11/1/17 11:56 AM Introduction Beyond Recognition: The Prob­lem of Antebellum Embodiment

“Am I not a man and a ­brother?” the eighteenth-­century abolitionist motto demands. This question is meant to be rhetorical—to indict a blindness to one’s fellow ­human so obscene that ­today, as Hortense Spillers notes, it “might be denied, point blank, as a possibility for anyone, except that we know it happened.”1 Indeed, Anglo-­American abolitionists regularly diag- nosed slavery as the product of a monumental failure—or deliberate refusal—to recognize the humanity of enslaved persons, and their rhe­toric survives today­ in the commonplace assertion that slavery and racism are practices that operate by dehumanization. But while, as the famous aboli- tionist motto suggests, the “question” of Black humanity was undeniably on the line in the debate over slavery, this focus on recognition overlooks the full scope of the strug­gle that was pitched on the battleground of the Black body in the antebellum United States.2 In this book, I argue that the ideological strug­gle over slavery in ante- bellum Amer­i­ca was one that contested not just the constituency of hu- manity (who qualifies?) but also the meaning of “thehuman” ­ as such. That is, I suggest that to understand the true stakes of the fight for recognition—­ and of the ferocity with which that recognition was denied—we must be

1

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 1 11/1/17 11:57 AM 2 Introduction

alert to the fact that the antebellum debate over Black humanity unfolded at a time when the definition of “­human” being was in flux, destabilized by the rise of a newly empirical episteme. At the dawn of the nineteenth ­century, Western culture had, for centuries, defined ­human being by con- trast to its material body, identifying the mark of humanity in mankind’s supposedly transcendent freedom from material causality—­a moral auton- omy guaranteed by the uniquely ensouled or rational nature of the human.­ Indeed, in the late eigh­teenth ­century, this faith in humanity’s inherent autonomy from nature fueled demo­cratic revolutions in the United States, France, and Haiti by underwriting popu­lar appeals to mankind’s univer- sal right to freedom. As Michel Foucault argues, however, in this same late eighteenth-­century moment a very dif­fer­ent conception of human­ being was also beginning to take shape and transform this Western episteme of “Man.”3 As Foucault explains, thanks to a host of newly emerging fields of knowledge dedicated to the empirical study of ­human life (fields such as natu­ral history, biology, ethnology, demography, po­liti­cal economy, pub- lic health, and statistics), “Western man was gradually learning what it meant to be a living species in a living world, to have a body, conditions of existence, probabilities of life, and individual and collective welfare.”4 In contrast to the humanisms that preceded it, then, this new empirical epis- teme proposed to definehuman ­ being by physical traits—­identifying ­human thought and action with embodied pro­cesses rather than by free- dom from such material forces. In the wake of this epistemic shift, Fou- cault writes, “the human­ being begins to exist within his organism, inside the shell of his head.”5 The late eigh­teenth century­ thus marks the onset of a new volatility in the Western conception of the human.­ Just as demo­ cratic revolutions began to enshrine the princi­ples of liberal humanism, promising to extend rational subjecthood to all man- ­(and possibly woman-) kind, the burgeoning of empirical discourse was proliferating a new epis- teme that threw humanity’s rational freedom into question. Of course, the rough timeline I have just sketched indicates that this epistemic upheaval would have been already well under­ way by the mid–­ nineteenth century,­ the period on which this book focuses. Indeed, as studies by Jonathan Kramnick, Alan Richardson, and Justine Murison demonstrate, materialist discourses of mind circulated widely across a range of philosophical, literary, and popu­lar outlets in eighteenth- ­and early nineteenth-­century Anglo-­American culture.6 But although the queasy co- existence of liberal and biological epistemes was therefore no longer news in the antebellum era, this study proposes that the antebellum moment in Amer­i­ca nonetheless marks an impor­tant point of inflection in the ongo-

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 2 11/1/17 11:57 AM Introduction 3

ing rearticulation of “the human.”­ In these­ years, the intensifying debate over U.S. slavery triggered a popularization of racial science that charged biological accounts of the human­ with newly explosive po­liti­cal signifi- cance. As Americans increasingly turned to the body for ostensibly objec- tive empirical proof of the slave’s inherent equality or inferiority, the prob­lem of ­human materiality was thrust to the center of midcentury political—­and, as we shall­ see, literary—­concern. The advent of immediatist abolitionism in the 1830s and the ensuing intensification of antislavery sentiment in the North put mounting pres- sure on proslavery apologists to justify their support for the embattled institution, and in their efforts to do so slavery’s advocates increasingly looked to what we now know as modern, biological racism. By the 1850s, the center of gravity in the debate over U.S. slavery had noticeably shifted from the question of whether­ it is morally acceptable to enslave a human­ being ­toward the question of ­whether Black bodies should be considered fully ­human in the first place. Whereas the former question—is slavery humane?—is a moral one referred to the consciences of voting Americans, the latter question—­are Black ­humans ­really human­ ?—was­ increasingly understood to be an empirical question “upon which science alone has the right to pronounce.”7 On the face of ­things, this appeal to empirical analy­ sis merely redirects the central question of Black recognition (“Am I not a man and a brother­ ?”) from voters’ consciences to scientific analy­sis. But in fact, as this study contends, this redirection fundamentally alters the stakes of the question at hand. For to refer the question of the Black body’s human- ity to science is to presume that “humanness” is a quality best determined by the sort of features that science is equipped to investigate—it is, in other words, to assume that human­ being is ultimately defined by corporeal (material or empirically demonstrable) as opposed to moral features. Thus the embodied episteme of human­ being implicit in the latter version of the question (is the Black body ­human?) can be understood to index a broader cultural transformation. If the spike in racial science’s popu­lar authority in antebellum discourse suggests an intensification of racist antipathies, it moreover also signals the ascent of a new, materialist conception of the ­human that brought with it the promise—or the threat—of newly materi- alist, nonhumanistic ethical imaginaries. This study therefore suggests that by the 1850s, the prob­lem of recog- nition had subtly but profoundly changed. In this de­cade, the strug­gle for the recognition of Black humanity opened onto an even more elemental disagreement about the meaning or stakes of that recognition, as liberal and biological epistemes competed to define the nature ofhuman ­ being as

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 3 11/1/17 11:57 AM 4 Introduction

such. In light of this epistemic revision, we can begin to see how racism functioned, in the antebellum context, not simply to “dehumanize” Black Americans but moreover to justify indifference to the fact of Black human- ity. For ­under its empirical redescription, (biological) humanness strictly vouches for a basic physiological commonality across the human­ species that makes no definite claim about the moral equality of all members.8 To recognize a Black body’s speciological humanity, then, need not entail acknowledging her moral equivalence to other humans­ (her “full” hu- manity). And thus we underestimate biological racism when we treat it as strictly an exclusionary logic—­a rationale for refusing to recognize the humanity of one’s fellow human.­ More radically, the spread of biological racism indexed the advent of an empirical reconceptualization of the human­ which, as the chapters to follow ­will investigate, posed a variety of acute challenges to the moral significance ofhuman ­ belonging and to the con- ception of ­human being enshrined, at least in theory, in American liberal democracy. Our analyses of the debate over slavery therefore cannot af- ford to stop at the politics of recognition: the fight for recognition pre- sumes the integrity of a liberal humanist conception of the ­human that was increasingly destabilized by the rise of biological discourse in the late eigh­ teenth and nineteenth centuries, and by the new forms of racism that surged out of this empirical turn. Accordingly, Antebellum Posthuman endeavors to think beyond the pol- itics of recognition in an effort to explore the shifting sands upon which recognition’s liberal politics stood in the antebellum era. More specifically, this study will­ endeavor to restore a sense of biologism’s remarkable po­ liti­cal lability at midcentury—­its ideological open-­endedness. Against a common critical tendency to treat antebellum biologism as synonymous with biological racism, this study highlights alternative discourses of em- bodiment that disputed racist ideology, charting the emergence of a mate- rialist strain of antislavery thought in the 1850s.9 In chapters on Frederick Douglass, Henry David Thoreau, and Walt Whitman, I show how ­these authors appropriate the materialist ontology, but not the racist politics, of antebellum racial science, producing an antislavery materialism that rebuts biological racism in its own empirical terms. This strain of antislavery materialism did not amount to an explicit phil- osophical program or po­liti­cal platform; rather, it surfaced as a leaning or tendency within ­these authors’ writings in the 1850s as they began to ex- plore new perspectives on human­ identity and community that were­ opened up by embodied discourse. We must, then, keep an ear to the ground for

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 4 11/1/17 11:57 AM Introduction 5

this incipient refrain. But when we do, the effect is often quite striking ­because the antislavery materialism ­these authors develop takes them far afield of some of the most basic liberal princi­ples (commitments to ­human equality, moral freedom, and individualism) for which Douglass, Thoreau, and Whitman are widely remembered as spokespersons, and by the light of which we continue to read their work. This departure from the liberal princi­ples these­ authors espouse elsewhere in their writings signals the di- vergence of antislavery materialism from the larger antislavery move- ment: despite the congruity of its antiracist aims with abolitionism, this tentative new strain remains something philosophically distinct. I ­will be suggesting, then, that “the human”­ was fracturing along at least two dif­ fer­ent fault lines in the mid–­nineteenth century.­ The contest to define the meaning of the ­human played out not only in the clash between liberal hu- manist and biological discourses of the human,­ but also between pro- ­and antislavery strains of biological thought that vied to define the po­liti­cal ethics of this new empirical episteme. Excavating this twofold volatility of the ­human in antebellum discourse does two impor­tant ­things for our understanding of the politics of embodi- ment in this fraught historical moment. First, by demonstrating that bio- logical essentialisms like racism and sexism ­were not the only ideologies of embodiment circulating in the nineteenth century,­ antislavery materi- alism reminds us that biologism does not inherently fund discrimination. On the contrary, as ­these antislavery materialisms demonstrate, biological racism is as much a conservatively humanistic reaction against biologism as it is an expression of biologism’s challenge to humanist princi­ples. Bio- logical racism attempts to limit embodiment to subjugated populations, casting Black Americans, Native Americans, and women­ as (in Saidiya Hartman’s phrase) “the ultimate ­bearers of the bodily.”10 Quite apart from its empirical falsehoods, then, (i.e., quackeries like the suggestion that skull size varies by race), midcentury biological racism departs from strict ­biologism insofar as the former treats materiality as if it were­ unevenly­ distributed among ­humans—as if some ­peoples are inherently more and ­others less embodied, as if we are a species unevenly evolving from apes to angels.11 Seen from this angle,­ biological racism begins to appear ­antibiological—an attempt to quarantine privileged populations from the illiberal taint of their own materiality. The antislavery materialisms outlined in my chapters contest this differential attribution of embodi- ment, and in ­doing so help us to disarticulate biologism’s materialist on- tology from ideological encrustations like racism that cling to it. In this

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 5 11/1/17 11:57 AM 6 Introduction

sense, recognizing the diversity of antebellum embodied thought can help to interrupt the reductive cir­cuit according to which biologism is presumed to condemn us to fleshy prisons that justify discrimination against us. As it happens, the idea that biological materialism is not inherently es- sentializing and therefore po­liti­cally regressive informs some of the most exciting new work in critical theory ­today. Across a range of fields, schol- ars have begun to scout the possibilities for a progressive materialism as they recoil from what have come to seem like the excesses of the linguistic turn—­a turn whose emphasis on interpellation and performativity fostered what Stacy Alaimo and Susan Hekman describe as a “flight from the ma- terial” and a foreclosing of “attention to lived, material bodies and corpo- real practices.”12 Recent critical theory has therefore sought to navigate a corrective “turn to the body” by exploring new ontologies that highlight the agency of ­matter without collapsing into the essentialism, determin- ism, and teleological evolutionism that drove critical theory away from discourses of nature and embodiment in the first place. At the radical end of this pres­ent groundswell are revisionary material- ist ontologies that insist upon the constitutive entanglement of mind and body, human­ and nonhuman being, material and cultural forces. For the purposes of this study, I ­will use the term “posthumanism” to refer to this admittedly heterogeneous set of material ontologies because,­ although not all of the critics I ­will refer to ­under the sign of posthumanism have em- braced this term, it allows me to foreground both the epistemic stakes (the not-­humanism) and the historical position (the ­after-­ humanism) implied in the ontological shift that they frame.13 Challenging the immateriality of both poststructuralism’s discursively constituted subject and liberal hu- manism’s transcendently autonomous subject, posthumanist materialism pres­ents us with an embodied subject whose subjectivity pro­cessually emerges from her neural networks and flows of subconscious affect, from relations with nonhuman beings and agencies, and from unpredictable in- teractions between her physiological, material, and cultural environments. Posthumanist theory thus suggests that a truly materialist conception of the ­human obliges us to relinquish—or at least steeply qualify—­Western humanism’s conception of the human­ as an autonomous subject ­free from physical causality. In ­doing so, posthumanism erodes the grounds upon which Western humanism has traditionally upheld the innate superiority of the ­human to all other forms of being. A second advantage, then, of excavating antislavery materialism now is that this antebellum discourse can offer insight into the prehistory of the posthumanist critical turn we are now witnessing. By keeping one eye

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 6 11/1/17 11:57 AM Introduction 7

on the pres­ent (as the deliberate anachronism of my title, Antebellum Posthuman, invites us to do), we may begin to discern the philosophical commonalities that link antislavery and con­temporary posthumanist materialisms. As Marjorie Levinson points out, the anachronism involved in such a trans-­temporal mode of reading need not be thought of as the ­enemy of historicism—­a license to overwrite the past with the pres­ent. On the contrary, Levinson argues, reading “conjuncturally” across time can help us to recover dimensions of the past that have grown closed to us. By using “the knowledges and imaginaries of our own time to summon up par­tic­u­lar pasts,” Levinson proposes, we can make ­those forgotten histories “flash upon us in ways that neither they nor we could have an- ticipated.”14 Thus, as I hope to show, reading for the resonances that con­temporary posthumanist theory elicits from these­ antislavery writings allows the conceptual lability of the ­human in antebellum lit­er­a­ture to become vis­i­ble to us in ways it has not been heretofore. But while my chapters on Douglass, Thoreau, and Whitman will­ sug- gest commonalities their materialism shares with con­temporary posthu- manism, I am ultimately even more interested in the ways in which these­ antebellum writers can help open up new vistas onto our pres­ent theoreti- cal moment. In par­tic­u­lar, I find that reading con­temporary theory through the lens of its antebellum precursor helps to focalize one of the most im- perative critical challenges con­temporary posthumanist theory currently ­faces: namely, the con­spic­u­ous absence of race as a critical term in posthu- manist discourse. An increasing number of scholars have begun to voice concern at what Zakiyyah Jackson calls the “resounding silence in the post- humanist, object-­oriented, and new materialist lit­er­a­tures with re­spect to race.”15 This occlusion of race subtends what Alexander Weheliye has di- agnosed as a more fundamental epistemological exclusion in posthuman- ist theory: its minimization of the centrality of racism to the Western humanist tradition that it proposes to move beyond, and its failure to engage with counterdiscourses of the human­ articulated in nonwhite and non-­Western cultural traditions.16 But if race remains largely under- theorized in con­temporary posthumanist thought, race and racism are unmistakably at the center of its antebellum pre­ce­dent. Attending to post- humanism’s prehistory in antislavery materialism can therefore serve as a provocation to reexamine the racial politics and racist po­liti­cal legacies in- volved in the con­temporary posthumanist turn. Examining recent critiques of posthumanism by theorists of race and social justice, my final chapters ­will assess the considerable strengths as well as the limitations of posthu- manism’s materialist politics. ­These chapters ­will outline opportunities for

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 7 11/1/17 11:57 AM 8 Introduction

posthumanism’s more rigorous collaboration with theories of race and social justice going­ forward, as well as highlight philosophical obstacles to this closer alliance with which both posthumanism and materially minded social justice criticism have yet to fully reckon. Thus in addition to highlighting the volatile and contested status of em- bodiment’s politics in antebellum discourse, this study ­will suggest that reading across the archives of antislavery and posthumanist materialism can help us to sharpen our sense of both, not only by highlighting their commonalities but also by clarifying their ­angles of divergence. Below, I ­will offer a very brief overview of the rise of materialist politics in the post-­ Enlightenment era, charting the contours of the biological turn from the late eigh­teenth century­ to the birth of biopolitics, and offering a fuller account of the posthumanist turn in critical theory today.­ With a clearer sense of what posthumanism is, and of the ideological formations to which it responds, we can better recognize its historical and conceptual continu- ities with the nineteenth-­century materialisms of Douglass, Thoreau, and Whitman.

Embodiment from Biopo­liti­cal Racism to Posthumanism

When Edmund Burke published his conservative Reflections on the Revolu- tion in France in 1790, his pamphlet triggered a deluge of liberal responses including, most famously, Thomas Paine’s Rights of Man (1791) and Mary Wollstonecraft’s A Vindication of the Rights of Woman­ (1792). Rather less notably, in 1792 Thomas Taylor published his parodic manifesto, A Vindi- cation of the Rights of Brutes. Citing “­those wonderful productions of Mr. PAINE and Mrs. WOLLSTONECRAFT,” Taylor glibly proposes that their “sublime theory” of human­ equality ultimately points to an even larger moral truth poised to “give perfection to our researches into the rights of ­things.” This larger truth: “the equality of all ­things, as to their intrinsic dignity and worth.” Taylor thus proceeds to facetiously argue that universal equality is indeed universal, and ought­ therefore to include every­thing from nonhuman “brutes” to “vegetables, minerals, and even the most apparently contemptible clods of earth.”17 For the most part, Taylor’s satire of liberal egalitarianism operates by the fallacy of the slippery slope—­commoners equal to kings? ­Women equal to men? What next? But his pamphlet finds its teeth when it subtly con- flates two distinct logics closely associated with the French Revolution: the liberal discourse of ­human rights and the ontology of radical materialism. This conflation appears in the pamphlet’s opening gambit, where Taylor

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 8 11/1/17 11:57 AM Introduction 9

defines the disagreement between monarchist conservatives and liberal revolutionaries as a conflict of ontologies—as, in fact, a dispute over dual- ism. Adapting Aristotle, he explains that conservatives believe ­there is a naturally “slavish part of mankind” comprised of those­ “born with strong bodily and weak mental­ powers,” and that this slavish class “­ought to be governed by the in­de­pen­dent [class], in the same manner as the soul governs the body, that is, like a despot or a tyrant.” By contrast, he observes, “this is a conclusion which ­will surely be ridiculed by ­every genuine modern, as it wholly proceeds on a supposition, that mind and body are two distinct ­things, and that the former is more excellent than the latter, though almost ­every one is now convinced, that soul and body are only nominally distin- guished from each other, and are essentially the same.”18 Taylor thus as- serts that the new materialism abolishes not only hierarchies of the ­human but also hierarchies of being. For if what was traditionally called the human­ “soul” or “mind” is now taken to be embodied—­simply an ef- fect of physiological processes—­then this mind’s “­mental powers” are not, in fact, “in­de­pen­dent” of ­matter but rather enchained to physical causality in the same way as the physical body.19 This means that so-­called rational men are not intrinsically more free­ than the “slavish” men and women—­ ­those (ostensibly) subrational persons defined by their machinic muscles, animal instincts, and organic appetites—­over whom they presume to govern. Ex- tending this logic, Taylor insists that, once divested of its transcendental “soul” or autonomous “mind,” humanity ceases to be ontologically excep- tional and therefore can no longer claim to be morally superior to nonhuman beings. Hence Taylor’s conclusion that “genuine modern” (i.e., materialist) philosophy leads to the conclusion “that ­there is no such ­thing in the uni- verse as superiority of nature.”20 By his reasoning, ­there is no such ­thing as superiority of nature ­because ­there is no such ­thing as superiority to nature. Once we acknowledge that humans­ do not enjoy a special exemp- tion from the laws of ­matter, then we ­will be in a position to recognize our ontological equality not only with “brutes,” but with “vegetables, minerals, and . . . ​clods of earth.”21 Ultimately, then, Taylor suggests that “genuine modern” philosophy is self-­defeating, that in fact it abolishes the equality its exponents purport to defend. For Taylor, there­ can be no ontological freedom in the absence of a corollary category of unfree being called “property” (embodied in wives, slaves, ­horses, or ­houses, and fi­nally, most fundamentally, in one’s own body).22 Hence, at its grandest and most unsettling, Rights of Brutes maintains that a thoroughgoing materialism is logically incompatible with a rights-­based version of the po­liti­cal: the latter, Taylor proposes, ultimately

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 9 11/1/17 11:57 AM 10 Introduction

depends upon an exceptionalist model of the human­ that the former fatally undermines. Of course, as a critique of Wollstonecraft and Paine, Taylor’s satire misses the mark, for to arrive at his parodic egalitarianism he must first rewrite their liberal position as a materialist one. Nonetheless, the ar- gument of Rights of Brutes remains compelling for the way it highlights the tension implicit in the Enlightenment’s dual (although not always si­mul­ta­ neously held) commitments to liberal and materialist philosophies. At the turn of the nineteenth century,­ then, Western culture sponsored what Taylor suggests are incommensurable epistemes of the ­human: lib- eral Man defined (in Foucault’s words) “by his freedom, or by the opposi- tion of soul and body,” on the one hand, and empirical Man defined by his body and the economy of his biological interests, on the other.23 But al- though the liberal and empirical figures of Man appear to be incommen- surable in the abstract, in practice, as Foucault argues, their joint appearance at the end of the eigh­teenth ­century produced a reor­ga­ni­za­tion of Western politics—­the birth of biopolitics—­that oversaw their unstable imbrica- tion. Briefly described, biopolitics refers to a subtle but profound recon- ceptualization of state power according to which Western states came to conceive of their citizenry not (or not only) as rights-­bearing liberal sub- jects but as an aggregate biological population—­a “multiple body” that “cannot . . . ​be counted” ­because its life is not proper (not the property of individuals) but rather pro­cessual, unfolding across its fluctuating collec- tive mass.24 Accordingly, although long dedicated to maintaining law and order, in the early nineteenth ­century Western states began to take a new interest in managing the biological pro­cesses of populational life, and to this end they began to develop policies aimed not at disciplining individ- ual bodies—­punishing criminals, for instance—­but at controlling the collective body—­regulating rates of health, mortality, reproduction, ­labor productivity, and the like. In other words, ­under biopolitics Western states began to conceive of the populace as so many liberal citizens and as bio- capital, a statistical mass life whose biological economies and embodied in- terests can, like any other material resource, be mined and administered for maximum productivity.25 As Foucault details, biopolitics erodes the freedoms of liberal subject- hood by turning the state’s attention from the individual to the popula- tion, even as it insinuates state power ever more comprehensively into the material conditions of individual life. Underscoring this shift, Wendy Brown objects that biopolitics gave rise to a “subject so profoundly inte- grated and hence subordinated to the supervening goal of macroeconomic growth that its own well-­being is easily sacrificed tothese ­ larger pur-

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 10 11/1/17 11:57 AM Introduction 11

poses.”26 Hartman’s sobering study of the “amazing continuity” between slavery and freedom in the experience of nineteenth-­century Black Amer- icans amplifies this assessment by illustrating how the freedom of liberal personhood accorded to Black Americans by the ­Fourteenth Amendment proved a vastly diminished prize in the wake of biopolitics’ ascendance.27 But as Hartman’s analy­sis further demonstrates, if the birth of biopoli- tics threatened the freedoms of the liberal citizen, it moreover also made biological racism insidiously structural to the logic of modern governance. Racism, Foucault explains, is fundamentally “a mechanism that allows bio- power to work.”28 It does so by inscribing “caesuras within the biological continuum of life,” dividing what would other­wise be an undifferentiated mass of interrelated material pro­cesses (the immanent “biological contin- uum” of life encompassing all being) into life that has been selected to live (“the population”) and life that has been “dysselected”—­deemed biologically inferior, degenerate, a risk to the “true” population’s health and purity.29 Biological racism thus distinguishes between types of life that are deemed “fully” human­ and types of life (sub- ­or nonhuman) that are deemed biologi- cally inferior and even potentially deleterious or infectious—­populations that may, or even must be sacrificed in order for the designated population to thrive.30 Far from leveling all distinctions, then (as Taylor perhaps only half-­ jokingly feared), the ascendance of empirical Man instead funded a power­ful new hierarchy of ­human being. In the eigh­teenth and nineteenth centuries, empiricism did not immediately displace prior Western epis- temes of Man but rather fused with and rearticulated them. Thus Sylvia Wynter shows how the advent of the biological discourse of man did not supplant but rather wove itself around preexisting hierarchies of human­ being that had been or­ga­nized first by Western Chris­tian­ity and later­ by Western humanism. Reinflectingthose ­ earlier hierarchies of the ­human (faithful/pagan, rational/nonrational), biopo­liti­cal racism recast ­human in­ equality according to an ostensibly empirical distinction between the bio- logically “full” human­ (­those endowed with moral autonomy and value) and the biologically less-­than-­human, ­those anatomical ­humans still en- thralled to their animalistic embodiment.31 In this way, biopolitics brokered a toxic truce between Christian, humanist, and empirical epistemes of the ­human, all of which would continue to tenuously coexist in the modern era. In contrast to empiricism’s history of collaboration with these­ hierar- chical epistemes, con­temporary posthumanist theorists now suggest that, properly understood, biological man is in fact (as Taylor facetiously ­suggested) incompatible with any system of thought premised upon the

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 11 11/1/17 11:57 AM 12 Introduction

notion of humanity’s uniquely transcendental being. Whereas the West- ern tradition that Wynter outlines presumes that ­humans—or at least that subset of Homo sapiens deemed “full” humans—­ ­enjoy autonomy from matter,­ posthumanists insists that “­human life is embedded in a material world of ­great complexity, one on which we depend for our continued survival.”32 From this embodied perspective, an organism is never sovereign nor ex- ceptional to nature but rather exists as and through a vast ecol­ogy of interdependencies—­a “biological continuum” of material flows within the multitude that is the organism, among organic and nonorganic entities, and between the organism and its natu­ral, social, and technological environ- ments. But if posthumanism thus limits ­human freedom by highlighting ­human beings’ dependence upon nonhuman beings and forces, unlike biological racism it denies that embodiment is strictly deterministic. Post- humanism’s pro­cessual ontology is materialist yet irreducibly unpredict- able, premised (as Nigel Thrift eco­nom­ically puts it) “on the leitmotif of movement in its many forms.”33 Con­temporary posthumanist materialism therefore undermines the humanist tradition in two ways. On the one hand, its embodied subject erodes the moral distinction between human­ and nonhuman life. As we have seen, whereas humanism divides life into “the ­human” (beings un- derstood to be ­free from material causation, and hence moral actors) and “the nonhuman” (beings, including “subhuman” Homo sapiens, who are un- derstood to be simply embodied), posthumanism rejects this division by maintaining that a ­human being is like all beings insofar as it, too, is strictly (albeit nondeterministically) constituted through physiological pro­cesses, and insofar as its actions are, likewise, “nested in [material] forces beyond its control.”34 In other words, although posthumanism does not deny that ­there are substantial differences between forms of life (between, say, ­humans, octopi, and mushrooms), its materialism does highlight the im- possibility of empirically justifying the categorical moral superiority of any one form of life over others.­ Indeed, posthumanism makes categorical distinctions difficult by exploding the ontological closure that is charac- teristic of liberal humanism’s transcendental subject. Emphasizing the “transcorporeal” and “intra-­active” interpenetration of ­human with non- human bodies, posthumanism overwrites the image of the bounded, au- tonomous, and sovereign human­ self with the image of a heterogeneous yet continuous plenum that Roberto Esposito (borrowing from Merleau-­ Ponty, not Hortense Spillers) terms “the flesh.”35 Thus, as Jasbir Puar ob- serves, posthumanist theory works to “deprivilege the human­ body as a discrete organic ­thing” by underscoring the fluidity, multiplicity, and

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 12 11/1/17 11:57 AM Introduction 13

porosity of the embodied self.36 The posthumanist subject is at once em- bodied and yet nonsingular, imbricated by virtue of her embodiment with bodies and environments beyond the border of her skin. In this way, posthumanism not only breaks down the categorical moral difference be- tween ­human and nonhuman being but moreover denies their physical separateness, highlighting the “vibrant” throng of unexpectedly “ani- mate” nonhuman bodies and forces that subtend and infuse what we call ­human bodies and agencies.37 This revisionary, nondeterministic materialism has spread across several areas of critical theory in the late twentieth and early twenty-­firstcentury, ­ becoming a defining feature of the current theoretical moment. It is, for instance, particularly salient in work downstream of Deleuze and Guattari, who coined many of the key terms and topoi that or­ga­nize con­temporary posthumanist discourse. But although the prevalence of materialist ontolo- gies may seem distinctive of the critical landscape today,­ materialism is, of course, on the contrary, an ancient philosophical tradition with a long history in both Western and non-­Western thought.38 Moreover, as Fou- cault’s and Wynter’s genealogies emphasize, the epochal rise of empiricism in the late eigh­teenth ­century proliferated materialist discourses of human­ being that predate con­temporary posthumanism by two centuries, and which proceeded to crucially shape nineteenth-­century politics. We therefore need not be surprised to find precursors to posthumanist materialism haunting the antebellum literary imagination. ­Whether fig- ured as the transpersonal continuum of “the flesh” or as Whitman’s ­great, peristaltic “ocean of life,” posthumanism’s vision of being as embodied and entangled may perhaps best be understood as a conceptual tendency nested within the epochal turn to empiricism—­“a latency,” as Mark McGurl argues, “within the discourse of the ‘modern.’ ”39 Although post- humanism has only crystallized as a theoretical movement in the last twenty-­odd years, and despite its frequent association with distinctly post- modern developments like poststructuralist philosophy and cyborg tech- nologies, its materialism bears no necessary relation to the pres­ent day. And if this is so, then the fluid, inclusive, and dispossessive ontology articulated by posthumanists ­today has a prehistory we have yet to fully explore.

Antebellum Posthumanism

­Toward this historicizing effort, Antebellum Posthuman offers three case studies in antislavery materialisms of the last century,­ highlighting the emer- gence of a proto-­posthumanist imaginary within American lit­er­a­ture.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 13 11/1/17 11:57 AM 14 Introduction

Acknowledging these­ dissenting antebellum materialisms can help us to recognize that the debate over U.S. slavery was not simply a debate over the borders of the human,­ with liberal universalists vying against racist materialists to define who gets included. Instead, this debate also ­housed an epistemic disagreement over the relation of the ­human to its embodi- ment, and this study hones in on a strug­gle between biologically minded thinkers to define the shape of embodiment’s politicsgoing ­ forward. In its simplest terms, my claim is that although racism was by far the most prevalent and consequential form of embodied thought circulating in the antebellum era, it was not the only one: the authors I examine testify to the emergence of an alternative, antislavery discourse of ­human material- ity and biological collectivism. This is to suggest that the politics of ­human embodiment did not go without saying in this de­cade, and that while many antislavery activists worked to combat the rise of biologism, ­others were­ working in ­these years to rewrite its politics from within. My first three chapters profile the antislavery materialisms that Doug- lass, Thoreau, and Whitman began to develop in the 1850s, when racial science had succeeded in making the biology of Black humanity a central feature of the debate over slavery. In each case I examine how these­ au- thors responded to this epistemic shift by adopting their own version of embodied discourse, condemning slavery in the same empirical idiom that proslavery racial discourse was then so powerfully wielding. As I ­shall dem- onstrate, however, if this reversal allowed Douglass, Thoreau, and Whit- man to answer racist science in its own terms, their antislavery materialism was also unsettling to the liberal demo­cratic princi­ples and transcenden- tal liberal subjectivity that ­these authors are other­wise known for having championed. In this sense, as I ­shall argue, their forays into materialist thought led them to frame arguments against slavery that do not neatly align with the liberal po­liti­cal commitments they express elsewhere, pro- ducing a minor refrain within their writings that speculatively resigns the doctrine of ­human equality, queries the autonomy of ­human agency, and explodes the singularity of human­ identity. Although pitched against slav- ery, the antislavery materialism ­these authors develop cannot properly be called liberal. Tentatively, experimentally, and repeatedly, ­these authors’ late antebellum works move in strange new directions, framing an alter- native to both liberal universalism and racist essentialism that resonates unevenly, in ways I shall­ explore, with posthumanist materialism ­today. Chapter 1 examines how the rise of racial science spurred Douglass to supplement his moral appeals to ­human brotherhood with a new antislav- ery argument that bracketed the question of his race’s humanity. As

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 14 11/1/17 11:57 AM Introduction 15

Douglass perceived, by recasting “the ­human” as a biological category, racial science was able to suggest that humanity’s embodied diversity indicates a basic moral diversity among ­humans, making it pos­si­ble to imagine that not all ­humans are equally entitled to the same “­human” rights. In the wake of racial science’s rise, then, abolitionism’s insistence on the slave’s shared hu- manity did not carry the same moral weight. Frustrated with the in­effec­ tive­ness of abolitionism’s moral rhe­toric at answering biological charges of Black inferiority, and disillusioned by the pervasiveness of racism on both sides of the Mason-­Dixon, Douglass began to develop his own alter- native ethnological discourse in the 1850s. Reading across several of Dou- glass’s major and minor writings of this de­cade (including “The Claims of the Negro Ethnologically Considered,” “What to the Slave Is the Fourth of July?,” and his sole novella, The Heroic Slave), this chapter details how, rather than simply denounce scientific racism, Douglass responded to its growing influence by strategically appropriating its discourse of Black ani- mality. Douglass argues brilliantly and perilously that even if Black Amer- icans ­were proven to be less rational and more animalistic than white Americans, abolition would remain a pragmatic, if no longer a moral, ne- cessity because­ even irrational animals inevitably become violent when their instinct for self-­preservation is aroused. Thus, ironically embracing the bestialization of Black ­humans by scientific racism, Douglass rede- ploys this as the basis for a new kind of naturalistic justification of revolu- tionary vio­lence. Deliberately evoking and recasting the found­ers’ appeals to natu­ral law, Douglass argues that re­sis­tance to violent oppression is not simply a human­ right but an instinct embodied in all biological life. Therefore, he concludes, slavery is not just morally but practically un- tenable: on the wrong side of physical law, it is, he writes, “dangerous as well as wrong.”40 In ­these late antebellum writings, Douglass explores ways to bypass the stalemate over ­human equality by strategically reap- propriating racial science’s speciological discourse of the human.­ Chapter 2 traces an analogously materialist reconceptualization of the ­human in Thoreau’s writings of the 1850s. In this de­cade, Thoreau became immersed in empirical studies of ecological succession and speciological development, which spoke directly to the ongoing debate between monog- enist and polygenist racial scientists. Working in the shadow of Harvard’s celebrity naturalist, Louis Agassiz, who was one of the most influential voices in midcentury American science and polygenism’s most erudite ally, Thoreau’s late antebellum naturalism set out to disprove Agassiz’s polyg- enist theory of “special creation” and to substantiate the “developmental theory” of nature (a pre-­Darwinian theory of evolution). As I show,

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 15 11/1/17 11:57 AM 16 Introduction

however, while Thoreau engaged with this midcentury discourse of species, he understood its po­liti­cal significance quite differently from most. Instead of weighing in on the question of racial difference and equality, Thoreau’s late antislavery essays translate his studies of ecological and evolutionary change into a vastly revised theory of po­liti­cal reform. Rethinking his faith in individual moral conscience, Thoreau began to conceive of conscience as a physiological trait (“a ­matter of constitution and temperament, ­after all”) that may be more highly developed in some persons than ­others.41 In- dividual agency thus begins to recede in Thoreau’s late po­liti­cal essays as he comes to understand moral judgment as a capacity that is unequally dis- tributed, and unevenly developing, across the human­ population. Accord- ingly, his late antislavery writings suggest that Thoreau had begun to map the politics of abolition onto the inhuman expanses of evolutionary time, imagining that anomalously advanced moral “specimens,” as he calls John Brown, create “the possibility, in the course of ages, of a revolution” in Amer­i­ca’s po­liti­cal conscience.42 Against racist biopo­liti­cal arguments for segregation and fears of miscegenation, Thoreau’s evolutionary politics stress the inverse: not the necessity of deploying politics to prevent white Amer­i­ca’s biological (and moral) “degradation,” but the inevitability of Amer­i­ca’s biological (and moral) development by the unelected forces of material history. This inversion—­this emphasis on the constitutive priority of sub- ­or ­suprahuman biological pro­cesses over and against humanity’s power to control them—­also haunts the popu­lar Spiritualist discourse of bioelectricity which inspired Walt Whitman’s poetry of “the body electric.” Turning to the 1855 Leaves of Grass in Chapter 3, I argue that although Whitman is often credited with inventing a radically new demo­cratic aesthetic, his early poetry in fact conjures a nation comprised of porous subjects who bear ­little resemblance to liberal persons, and who are constituted by material at- tachments that have no place in the voluntaristic landscape of demo­cratic contractualism nor the ­imagined community of white nationalism. Highlighting Whitman’s fascination with the theory of electrical em- bodiment that he encountered in the mid-­nineteenth-­century Spiritualist press, I show how the bioelectrical subject inspired Whitman to reinvent the lyric subject—­that is, both the persona and the propositional subject of the lyric poem—in the first edition ofLeaves of Grass (1855). On the bio- electric model of mind, perception is an embodied event: as Whitman puts it, in the moment of perception “­things enter with electric swiftness,” inscribing themselves on the body’s ner­vous system and thereby “quiver- ing [it] to a new identity.” In this chapter, I argue that the permeability of

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 16 11/1/17 11:57 AM Introduction 17

the ner­vous body led Whitman to conceive of poetry as an embodied me- dium—­a site for the communication not of meanings but of physical con- tact, a means of orchestrating the bioelectrical inscription of the reader. Thus I suggest that Whitman’s perplexingly embodied poetics (his insis- tence, for instance, that we should not read but kiss his poems, or his prom- ise that reading will­ turn our very flesh into a ­great“ poem”) makes strict sense within his materialist theory of mind. Moreover, just as Whitman’s antirepre­sen­ta­tionalist poetics empties poetry of its meaning, so too it lights up the fictitiousness of bodily identity, exposing the porosity, impression- ability, and historicity of the ner­vous self. In place of the bounded and legible liberal subject, then, Leaves of Grass represents the embodied subject as a dynamic and open-­ended pro­cess, a site—­like the lyric poem—of sensuous exchange in which the boundary between the sentient self and its environ- ment cannot be confidently drawn. Whitman’s bioelectrical ontology is thus materialist and yet anti-­essentialist—­his permeable and networked subjects escape the biological determinism that characterizes so much antebellum racial science. And yet by the same token, as I discuss, liberalism’s basic grammar of po­liti­cal actors, identities, and interests breaks down in the face of Whitman’s unbounded pro­cessual selves. ­These first chapters endeavor to highlight the proliferation of biological accounts of the ­human and to examine how ­these three authors responded to the racist tendencies within midcentury science by constructing dis- courses of human­ materiality that do not support slavery. But if their anti- slavery materialisms are often ingenious, they are also costly to the liberal ideals ­these authors espouse elsewhere in their writings: leading Douglass, for instance, to bracket his insistence upon ­human equality, Thoreau to qualify his faith in conscientious action, and Whitman to unwittingly— or perhaps blithely—­detonate the lyric/liberal subject into an unfolding process­ inimical to represen­ ta­ tion,­ including represen­ ta­ tional­ democracy. All three of ­these authors therefore speculatively invite us to conceive of the nation as a material collectivity fused as biological continuums are—­ not by the formal similarity of their constituents, the shared sentiment of ­imagined community, nor even the abrogable social contract of the Con- stitution, but instead by the dense weave of material mutuality. Thus I suggest that, in their more radical passages of thought, these­ authors draft an image of material community that differs in subtle but consequential ways from some of the richly productive accounts of affective nationalism that have appeared in recent critical lit­er­a­ture. From Christo- pher Castiglia’s study of “the federalization of affect” in the early republic to Peter Coviello’s account of race as a language for inciting feelings of

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 17 11/1/17 11:57 AM 18 Introduction

“inborn connectedness” among strangers in the antebellum era, recent critical analyses of the prob­lem of nation-­building in the nineteenth ­century have highlighted the importance of affective attachments as a vi- tal supplement to the power of ­legal instruments to bind the nation to- gether.43 Against this vision of sympathetic or ­imagined community, the authors I examine describe a nation bound, first and foremost, by material attachments: by physical dependencies and mutual vulnerabilities that con- join the population regardless of how its members feel about one ­another, which is to say, despite the ideological or affective rifts that might other­wise divide the population by differences of belief or (race, sex, class, or even species) identity. In shifting our attentions from intentional and sentimen- tal attachments to involuntary material intimacies, these­ three antebellum authors anticipate con­temporary posthumanism’s emphasis upon the ways in which human­ life and politics are complexly entangled with diverse “publics” of nonhuman beings and agencies. My purpose in identifying commonalities across nineteenth-­ and twenty-­first-­century materialisms is, however, not simply to discover post- humanism avant la lettre. More urgently, I think that the materialist poli- tics that Douglass, Thoreau, and Whitman experimentally develop can help us to confront deep and still unanswered questions about the desir- ability or even viability of a posthumanist politics. ­Today, posthumanist theorists often suggest that their materialist ontology helps us to envision a more radically inclusive and egalitarian liberal politics. Posthumanism lights up the way to a “parliament of things”­ or “democracy of objects,” preparing us for a future­ in which “the scope of democ­ratization can be broadened to acknowledge more nonhumans in more ways, in something like the ways in which we have come to hear the po­liti­cal voices of other ­humans formerly on the outs.”44 The proto-­posthumanism we encounter in Douglass, Thoreau, and Whitman likewise appears to be progressive and po­liti­cally inclusive, at least within the context of their slaveholding era. And yet, as my readings will­ underscore, these­ authors’ materialism is also illiberal, so thoroughly corrosive to the fiction of autonomous individ- uality that it obliges us to rethink the tenets of liberalism (including indi- vidual rights, freedom, and equality) at very basic levels. Both then and ­today, posthumanism’s materialist ontology challenges us to envision a world without discrete persons, “a world populated not by active subjects and passive objects but by lively and essentially interactive materials.”45 But what would a politics without persons even look like? And how could a poli- tics premised on such a liquefying ontology address, let alone redress, demands for racial, gender, sexual, or speciological equality?

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 18 11/1/17 11:57 AM Introduction 19

My fourth chapter examines the tension between posthumanism’s illib- eral ontology and its avowedly liberal politics by highlighting an absence that has, I suspect, particularly enabled this tension to go unaddressed: namely, the occlusion of race as a critical term in posthumanist theory. Indeed, in this re­spect, con­temporary posthumanism arguably still has much to learn from its antislavery precursors insofar as racism and the dis- course of social justice were­ defining features of the historical conditions of the latter’s emergence. On this cue, Chapter 4 seeks to recenter the ques- tion of racial identity and ­human difference for posthumanist materialism by reading con­temporary posthumanist theory through the lens of con­ temporary discourses of social justice. ­Here I survey some of the most tren- chant current critiques of posthumanism’s blind spot for race and for the critical tradition of thinking about the politics of embodiment in postco- lonial, indigenous, critical race, and social justice theories. In addition to examining the correctives ­these studies offer to posthumanist theory, I am particularly interested in highlighting possibilities for collaboration be- tween posthumanist and social justice criticism going­ forward. To this end, this chapter stages a conversation between con­temporary posthuman- ism and Wynter’s postcolonialist critique of Western humanism, which anticipates key features of posthumanist thought while also insisting upon racism’s centrality to humanism’s construction of the human.­ Exploring ­these two theories’ congruencies, I argue that posthumanism’s proj­ect is clarified and refined by a closer engagement with Wynter’s theory of so- cial justice, and that both discourses are strengthened through collabora- tion. At the same time, as my Coda takes up, this comparative work also raises difficult questions about the po­liti­cal and ethical limitations of a rig- orously (i.e., philosophically self-­consistent) posthumanist materialism. It is thus my wager that reading antebellum and con­temporary materi- alist politics through one another can teach us something new about both. On the one hand, our current fascination with the ontology of embodiment can help to make us more attentive to the ontological speculations of antebellum authors. In this regard, this proj­ect’s contribution to the field of antebellum literary study does not have to do with canon expansion (clearly, my authors are squarely canonical) but, rather, involves rereading known authors in ways that may be estranging to our assumptions about them. Moreover, by emphasizing the epistemic volatility that nineteenth-­ century biologism introduced, this proj­ect seeks to unsettle the humanis- tic assumptions according to which this canon has been assembled and read up to now. We have been too ready, I think, to read Douglass, Thoreau, and Whitman as mouthpieces for the humanistic princi­ples of liberal

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 19 11/1/17 11:57 AM 20 Introduction

democracy and expositors of “the age of the first person singular” that Em- erson so confidently pronounced.46 In neglecting the materialist turn of their late antislavery thought, we risk oversimplifying the epistemic stakes at play in the debate over slavery, and hence underestimating the scope of slavery’s legacy in the postbellum world. At the same time, the urgency of catching up to these­ antebellum authors’ sense of the dense imbrications of po­liti­cal and material systems only continues to grow more distinct for us today­ amid the gathering threat of ecological change. Indeed, politics ­after the biological turn may well challenge us to re- think our assumptions about the correlation between freedom and exis- tential well-­being. Although the Declaration of In­de­pen­dence insists that liberation is a ­matter of disentanglement—­stating that we must “dissolve the po­liti­cal bands which have connected [us] to another” in order to as- sume a truly “separate and equal station”—it may be that, going­ forward, we ­will find ourselves tasked to embrace our relationality, which is in any case inescapable. Instead of championing freedom as a blanket princi­ple, then, the pursuit of happiness today­ may oblige us to reimagine emanci- pation as something that does not follow from breaking bonds so much as from rearranging them, finding ways to be immersed and intertwined dif- ferently, with an eye ­toward the contingency, fragility, and irreducible collectivity of embodied life. In that spirit of interdependence, I want to acknowledge that this proj­ ect’s exploration of antislavery materialism is indebted to the work of a number of critics whose proj­ects have enabled my own. For instance, this book aims to affirm and extend recent efforts to document the prolif- eration of embodied discourse across nineteenth-­century lit­er­a­ture. In par­tic­u­lar, Justine Murison’s elaboration of the “open, vulnerable, and fraught” embodied self codified in early ner­vous physiology (in The Politics of Anxiety in Nineteenth-­Century American Lit­er­a­ture), and Jane Thrailkill’s account of the “interanimation of the human­ mind and body” in postbel- lum scientific and literary works (inAffecting Fictions), both richly illumi- nate the challenges that embodied accounts of the ­human posed to liberal conceptions of subjectivity.47 Building upon ­these studies, I aim to spot- light the centrality and volatility of embodied discourse in the U.S. debate over slavery and racial equality which, I submit, served as a kind of cul- tural lightning rod to focus literary attention on discourses of human­ em- bodiment while at the same throwing their po­liti­cal consequences into sharper relief. In this sense, I hope to contribute to recent efforts to trace the historical emergence of biopolitics through its reflection and contes- tation in nineteenth-­century literary imaginations. Like Kyla Tompkins

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 20 11/1/17 11:57 AM Introduction 21

and Colleen Glenney Boggs, I situate the antebellum discourse of em- bodiment within the history of biopolitics in order to explore the antebel- lum body’s po­liti­cal ambivalence—­the way in which it was si­mul­ta­neously used to construct and, elsewhere, to deconstruct the distinctions (white/ Black, human/nonhuman, self/other) that nineteenth-­century biopolitics sought to police.48 And in highlighting the ways in which this deconstruc- tive tendency seems to prefigure con­temporary posthumanist theory, I am preceded and inspired by Matt Taylor’s and Mark Noble’s investigations of proto-­posthumanist materialisms that crop up across lit­er­a­tures of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries.49 ­Toward ­those efforts, I hope that Antebellum Posthuman’s historical focus on lit­er­a­tures of the 1850s can add to our growing appreciation of posthumanism’s prehistory by refram- ing the crisis of slavery and the question of racial difference as a catalyst for materialist discourse in the United States. If the ascent of the embod- ied subject at midcentury gave rise to new racist and biopo­liti­cal regimes, it also, I submit, precipitated the emergence of a new, proto-­posthumanist materialism that indelibly transformed literary imaginaries in its wake.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 21 11/1/17 11:57 AM 153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 22 11/1/17 11:57 AM chapter 1 Douglass’s Animals: Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality

“We hold these­ truths to be self-­evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these­ are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.” It is no secret that the liberal revolution ­these words seem to promise—­affirming the basic po­liti­cal equality of all ­humans—­was not, and arguably still has not been realized in the nation these­ words helped to envision. The truths the Declaration of In­de­pen­dence finds so glaringly “self-­evident” are, in fact, far harder to make out in the text of the U.S. Constitution, which cre- ates some humans­ only three-­fifths equal, and in the voting laws of the early republic, which rendered most Americans something less than equal by imposing sex and property requirements on the franchise. ­Today we tend to describe this inconsistency as the product of hy­poc­ risy: despite professing egalitarian princi­ples, the found­ers in fact held rac- ist and sexist prejudices that allowed them to justify disenfranchising so many Americans. The legal­ history of U.S. voting rights, however, sug- gests a slightly more complicated story, for the initial justification for lim- iting the franchise in the early republic in fact did not depend upon a notion of biological inferiority. It was, instead, not until­ the wave of demo­cratizing

23

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 23 11/1/17 11:57 AM 24 Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality

reforms in the early to mid–­nineteenth century­ that the doctrine of natu­ ral in­equality became necessary to the justification of voter exclusion. Thus ironically—or something worse—it was an upsurge in the egalitarian sentiment that “all men” ­really ­ought to mean all biological ­humans that helped to crystallize the dehumanizing discourse of modern biological rac- ism that this chapter ­will explore. Despite the revolutionary liberal rhe­toric of the Declaration, the laws of suffrage in the early United States remained largely unchanged from the colonial period and thus reflected the more conservative po­liti­cal ethos of British republicanism.1 On this theory, voting is not a natu­ral ­human right ­because rationality—­the precondition for po­liti­cal suffrage—is not an inalienable trait of all ­humans. Instead, republicanism holds that ratio- nality is a faculty that may be enabled or disabled by one’s financial condi- tion. Owning property gives one a rational stake in the nation—­“a permanent common interest with, and attachment to, the community,” as George Mason puts it in the Virginia­ Declaration of Rights (1776). By con- trast to the landed man’s rational interest, John Adams suggests, “Men who are wholly destitute of property” are as “dependent upon others­ . . . ​ as women­ upon their husbands or ­children on their parents” and thus are not in a position to exercise the “good judgment” of “in­de­pen­dent minds.”2 The property restrictions on voting in the early republic thus implied that, ­whether or not all humans­ have a capacity for reason, the power to exercise that rationality is contingent upon the ideological freedom conferred by economic in­de­pen­dence. On this eighteenth-­century view, then, limiting the franchise to propertied men did not specifically entail denying thehu - manity of nonvoters; instead, the prevailing republican logic presumed that humanity, alone, is not a sufficient qualification for full ­litipo ­cal personhood. All this began to change in the first half of the nineteenthcentury, ­ when a wave of demo­cratic reforms across the states reduced or overturned the property requirements for suffrage. “Stated simply,” Alexandar Keyssar re- flects in his comprehensive history of U.S. voting rights, “more and more Americans came to believe that the people­ (or at least the male people—­ ­‘­every full-­grown featherless biped who wears a hat instead of a bonnet’) were­ and ought­ to be sovereign.”3 The extension of the franchise to nonproper- tied white men in the early nineteenth ­century thus not only expanded voting rights; crucially, it rearticulated their justification. The new laws rejected the notion that rationality is a power contingent upon freehold property: as one Virginian scoffed, the old arrangement was “ludicrous” in that it effectively proposed “to ascribe to a landed possession, moral or

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 24 11/1/17 11:57 AM Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality 25

intellectual endowments.”4 Instead, those­ endowments were­ presented as a speciological endowment characteristic of humanity (hence the tongue-­ in-­cheek taxonomic reference to “featherless biped[s]”). The new demo­ cratic doctrine unequivocally held “that every­ man has a right to vote, simply ­because he is a man.”5 In the wake of this reconceptualization of the justification for suffrage, remaining restrictions on the vote posed a con­spic­u­ous philosophical prob­ lem. For if the right to vote derives from a rationality that is inborn in all speciological ­humans, then to deny a class of persons the right to vote is tantamount to denying their humanity. It is therefore, of course, no mere coincidence that the U.S. abolitionist and feminist movements were­ both born at this moment in the early nineteenth century.­ In 1829, at the crest of this wave of demo­cratizing reforms, David Walker penned the opening salvo of what would become the radical abolitionist movement, citing the demo­cratic promise of the Declaration and challenging white Americans to “tell me if their declaration is true—­viz., if the United States of Amer­ i­ca is a Republican Government?”6 Two years later,­ inspired by Walker’s example, William Lloyd Garrison likewise invoked the Declaration to call for “the immediate enfranchisement of our slave population.”7 In making their appeals, Walker and Garrison exposed a contradiction in the demo­cratizing spirit of the age that slavery’s defenders found them- selves suddenly pressed to justify. Over the ensuing three de­cades, a wide variety of proslavery arguments would circulate, but none were­ more ef- fectively calculated to deny Black equality while preserving the demo­ cratizing impulse of the era than ­those that asserted the innate, biological inferiority of Black humanity. If the expansion of the franchise had affirmed the po­liti­cal equality of all biological men, these­ new proslavery arguments set out to prove that not all biological men are biologically equal. Accord- ingly, in the 1840s and 1850s the po­liti­cal exclusion of slaves—­like that of ­women and Native Americans—­increasingly came to be justified biologi- cally. The proliferation and popularization of racial science in these­ de­ cades thus marks an impor­tant shift in the debate over slavery: what had begun as a debate over ­whether the enslavement of humans­ is morally ac- ceptable increasingly became a debate over ­whether Black ­humans ­were, biologically speaking, fully human­ to begin with. To be sure, racist and misogynist prejudices were­ hardly new in the 1830s. The biological arguments that circulated in this era did not invent the idea of innate inferiority, but they did reinvent it by transposing it into empirical language and legitimating it with the stamp of scientific author- ity. Thus, as the historian Mia Bay argues, although racism may have been

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 25 11/1/17 11:57 AM 26 Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality

old, scientific racism—­“a rationalized ideology of Black inferiority”—­was a relatively recent invention which gave racial discrimination an unpre­ce­ dented air of objectivity and cultural authority in the antebellum era.8 Sci- entific racism was an outgrowth of racial science, which emerged in the eigh­teenth ­century as a field of inquiry that proposed to apply the meth- ods of natu­ral history to the study of the human­ species. As we shall­ see, racial science housed­ a number of competing theories over the years, not all of which were­ overtly racist—or, more accurately, all of which were­ rac- ist to dif­fer­ent degrees and in dif­fer­ent ways. But under­neath this internal diversity, racial science was unified in its assumption thathuman ­ identity is conferred biologically, and that our moral and cognitive characters are essentially embodied traits. From its earliest beginnings, racial science pro- pounded the notion that “the intellectual man is inseparable from the physical man; and the nature of the one cannot be altered without a corre- sponding change in the other.”9 The increasing centrality of race as a justification for slavery—­and thus the increasing centrality of racial scientific discourse to both pro- ­and antislavery argumentation in the late antebellum era—is a significant his- torical development. In this chapter, however, I ­will argue that to under- stand the full impact that racial science had on the American po­liti­cal imaginary, we must also look beyond the role it played in racist defenses of slavery. For even more profoundly, as I shall­ argue, the biologism im- plicit in racial scientific discourse ­whether( pro- ­or antislavery) presented a potentially fatal challenge to the then still novel liberal ideals of universal ­human rights and equality. In place of the abstract and uniform figure of Man typically invoked in liberal demo­cratic discourse, biologism draws attention to our embodied diversity: empirically speaking, no two persons are the same. Seizing upon the fact of diversity, racial science concluded that humanity, or Homo sapiens, is in fact fractured into a variety of distinct taxonomic subtypes. Regardless of whether­ it was being used to bolster or to dismantle racist prejudice, then, racial science forwarded a newly bi- ological conception of the ­human that erodes the universalizing imagi- nary enshrined in liberal politics. From this new embodied perspective, belonging to the ­human race no longer ensures one’s basic similarity nor, therefore, one’s basic equality with other members of the species. This chapter investigates this crisis in the meaning of “the ­human” by tracing its effects on the remarkable transformation of Frederick Doug- lass’s antislavery thought during the de­cade or so of racial science’s ascen- dancy in antebellum discourse. In the late 1840s and 1850s, Douglass reinvented his stance on slavery. Parting ways with the Garrisonian abo-

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 26 11/1/17 11:57 AM Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality 27

litionists and abandoning their platform of disunionism and pacifism, he made new alliances in New York, throwing his weight into electoral politics and his money into his newspaper and John Brown’s armed re­sis­tance. Among the myriad ­factors that contributed to his transformation, I high- light Douglass’s growing sense that the battle­ for freedom must not only be a campaign against slavery but against racism and the pernicious ideol- ogy of Black inferiority that midcentury ethnology was then fortifying. As an example of how the growing influence of racial discourse altered anti- slavery argumentation, Douglass is a fascinating case not because­ his re- sponse to racial science was typical, but ­because it was not. Douglass’s writings of the 1850s show him to not only have sensed the importance of being able to frame his antislavery argument “ethnologically” (as a num- ber of con­temporary Black writers had begun to do), but to have also been keenly alert to the steep costs associated with doing­ so. In his response to racist science, Douglass refutes Black inferiority on ethnological grounds but seems to recognize that simply by acknowledging racial difference—­ even if just to deny its po­liti­cal significance—he is weakening his case for ­human equality. “Let it once be granted that the ­human race are . . . ​ naturally dif­fer­ent in their moral, physical, and intellectual capacities,” he ruefully observes, “and a chance is left for slavery.”10 As I ­shall argue, Douglass solves this prob­lem by developing a new strain of argument against slavery that is materialist yet not racialist—an argu- ment that, speculatively and at ­great po­liti­cal hazard, brackets the ques- tion of Black humanity and embraces the materiality and animality of the ­human. This difficult argument emerges intermittently across Douglass’s writings of the 1850s and sits uneasily alongside his continued affirmation of Black humanity and racial equality. It becomes particularly loud in his prophecies of an imminent racial conflict, whose vio­lence, as I shall­ dem- onstrate, he proleptically justifies by portraying this as the natu­ral and ineluctable expression of a universal biological instinct for self-­preservation. In these­ moments, Douglass invokes a rhe­toric of assertive Black “man- hood” that is paradoxically animalistic, proposing that Black Americans can best demonstrate their humanity through acts of physical re­sis­tance that Douglass consistently compares to the violent re­sis­tance of animals. Indeed, as I ­will demonstrate, the comparison to animals allows Douglass to pres­ent racial uprising as not only natu­ral but, ­because natu­ral, inevi- table—if the intolerable conditions of Black life in Amer­i­ca do not change. Thus just when it would seem to have been most urgent to disavow all comparison to nonhuman animals, Douglass begins to think more consis- tently through them, and it is my contention that he does this not in spite

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 27 11/1/17 11:57 AM 28 Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality

of but because­ of the rise of racial science and the dehumanizing discourse of Black animality it fostered. Recognizing the ways in which racial sci- ence’s materialism erodes the epistemic assumptions under­lying appeals to ­human rights and equality, Douglass develops a rearguard defense against this new onslaught, framing an antislavery argument that is strategically agnostic ­toward the “question” of his race’s humanity. As it diffusely takes shape in his late antebellum writings, this new strain of antislavery think- ing depicts the systematic oppression of Black Americans as a moral crime that is, moreover, a mounting national liability: a practice that is “danger- ous as well as wrong.”11 Although he by no means abandons his moral op- position to slavery, Douglass’s late antislavery writings supplement that moral critique with a new strain of thinking that works from a logic of risk rather than wrong. Tactically engaging racial science’s biological recon- ceptualization of the human,­ Douglass experiments with a new, material- ist antislavery argument that is indifferent to the question of the slave’s—or anyone else’s—humanity.­

Racial Science’s Challenge to Human­ Equality

By 1850, racial scientific accounts of Black inferiority had become deeply woven into the fabric of the proslavery position, providing a seemingly au- thoritative rationale, coolly removed from the subjective chaos of moral sentiment, for the wisdom and justice of slavery.12 Proslavery ethnologies suggested that Black Americans were,­ at best, innately dependent humans­ (like ­women and ­children), and perhaps even not quite ­human: “A man must be blind not to be struck by similitudes between some of the lower races of mankind . . . ​[and] the Orang-­Outan,” write the authors of Types of Mankind.13 This racist science was answered by antislavery ethnologies, many written by prominent Black thinkers, that decried this bestialization and fought to establish the full humanity of the Black race. To appreciate the true scope of the impact that racial scientific discourse had on the slav- ery debates, however, we must look beyond this antebellum strug­gle be- tween pro- ­and antislavery ethnologies. As crucial as it was to empirically discredit racist science’s attempts to dehumanize and bestialize Black Americans, the very fact that this was a debate between racial sciences—­ that, in other words, racial science had become a vital new battleground in the debate over slavery—­was itself consequential. For, as I ­shall elaborate below, quite apart from its po­liti­cal usages, the materialist logic of racial science fundamentally challenges basic assumptions of humanistic ethics and liberal democracy. To understand the po­liti­cal significance of racial

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 28 11/1/17 11:57 AM Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality 29

scientific discourse, then, we must learn to recognize how, from the be- ginning—in its basic conceptual premises, which became more explicit over the course of its historical development—­racial science undermined Enlightenment notions of universal ­human rights and equality. The field of racial science was born when eighteenth-­century natu­ral historians began to apply their empirical and taxonomizing procedures to the study of ­humans. Racial science was, in this sense, an attempt at reflex- ivity: much as the word “race” had originated as a term of art in sixteenth-­ century animal husbandry before migrating to its usage in ­humans, the discipline of racial science originated out of a taxonomizing science origi- nally developed to systematize and instrumentalize the nonhuman world. Racial scientists proposed to study humankind as a species like any other animal, endeavoring to enumerate, describe, and account for the causes­ of embodied diversity. By its very premise, then, racial science undermined the categorical distinction between ­humans and animals. Humanism differentiates the ­human from the animal by positing that humans­ are uniquely in posses- sion of a moral quality (reason or soul) that marks humanity’s exception- ality to nature—­its in­de­pen­dence from its animal body and freedom from the chains of physical causality. By contrast, natu­ral history restricts its inquiries to physical phenomena, and from this strictly empirical perspec- tive, as the eighteenth-­century godfather of taxonomy, Carl Linnaeus, observed, ­there is hardly “a distinguishing mark which separates man from the apes, save for the fact that the latter have an empty space between their canines and their other teeth.”14 Linnaeus proposed to sidestep the incom- mensurability of humanism’s doctrine of ­human exceptionalism and natu­ ral history’s commitment to empirical evidence by suggesting that the question of humanity’s moral nature “belongs to another forum” than natu­ral history, a deferral he signals in his landmark volume, Systema na- turae (1775), by suspending his taxonomic system at the ­human, refusing to identify this species by any distinguishing physiological marks. Instead, he designates humankind by the curious epithet, Homo nascem te ipsum (“Man know thyself”)—­a singularly recursive construction that Giorgio Agamben reads as a nod to the aporetic logic at the heart of Western hu- manism, the circularity by which ­humans do not prove but simply assert their moral and ontological exceptionality to animal life. But if Linnaeus thus foresaw and sought to deflect a confrontation between empirical and humanistic discourses of humankind by suspending the former, eighteenth-­ century racial scientists were­ not so cautious and forged ahead with their speciological rearticulation of humanity.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 29 11/1/17 11:57 AM 30 Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality

In ­doing so, they ­were developing a discourse that not only undermined the doctrine of ­human exceptionalism and natu­ral rights but moreover re- made the logic of ­human equality. In natu­ral history, as Linnaeus reminds us, facts are determined by observation: what makes this five-­pointed body ­human and that five-­pointed body starfish is a ­matter of distinguishing physical marks, anatomical forms, and other mea­sur­able traits. In order to qualify as true by the standards of scientific authority, propositions like the doctrine of ­human equality therefore had to be empirically verifiable: the equality of one person to another had to be a demonstrable, mea­sur­ able “fact.” Accordingly, as Winthrop Jordan observes, “From the facts of natu­ral history, [racial science] spoke for an equality among men which derived from their corporeal sameness. . . . ​Men had been created equal by the Creator, yes, but the evidence for this creation now lay in man’s physi- cal being.”15 In other words, natu­ral history’s empirical episteme demanded that human­ equality be manifest: equality could not inhere in a strictly in- ward and disembodied human­ trait—an unobservable soul or rational freedom—­and still count as true. Thus instead of arguing for a universal moral equality or shared human­ nature, racial scientists sought to ground the doctrine of human­ equality in demonstrable physical likeness. Seeing is believing. As equality migrated from an inward to an outward trait, the corporeal diversity of ­human bodies consequently became freighted with unpre­ce­ dented significance. As Irene Tucker argues, empiricism’s “demand that universalism be not simply a po­liti­cal aspiration but something that might be experienced” caused the vis­i­ble attributes of persons—­and most especially skin color—to take on po­liti­cal import as a sign of a person’s categorical likeness (or not) to others­ in the po­liti­cal body.16 That racialist ideology was on the rise in the West in the same historical moment when demo­ cratic and antislavery sentiment was spreading can seem like a glaring hy­ poc­risy, or at least evidence of a conservative retrenchment against the Enlightenment’s liberal ideals.17 But Tucker’s point is that, however anti- thetical they may seem, abolitionism and racialism are equally logical outcomes of the Enlightenment, expressing its commitments to liberal universalism and the empirical method, respectively.18 The necessity of em- pirically confirming­human equality made physical diversity fraught with po­liti­cal meaning to a degree it had not been before. And thus, previously negligible to the question of human­ likeness, material embodiment—­and more particularly, the infinite diversity of bodies—­now posed a power­ful obstacle to liberal universalism.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 30 11/1/17 11:57 AM Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality 31

This impasse, however, was not fully apparent before Douglass’s day. In the eigh­teenth and early nineteenth centuries, the reigning paradigm in racial science, termed “environmentalism,” worked to reconcile physi- cal diversity with ­human equality by asserting the latent empirical like- ness of all humans.­ This theory held that all humans­ descend from a single ancestral stock (an idea called monogenism), and that this original human­ race diverged as ­humans dispersed across the globe and came ­under the influence of dif­fer­ent climatological and social circumstances. “The pli- ant nature of man is susceptible of many changes from the action of the minutest ­causes,” Samuel Stanhope Smith explains in his Essay on the ­Causes of the Variety of the Complexion and Figure in the Human­ Species, “and these­ ­causes habitually repeated through a sufficient period of time, can create at length, the most con­spic­u­ous differences.”19 Environmentalism was not antiracist: its expositors generally described racial diversification as a pro­ cess of degeneration from the original and ideal racial standard embodied in Euro­ pe­ ans.­ 20 However, the same scientists also proposed that the pro­ cess of racial degeneration could be reversed—­that nonwhite races were­ capable of reverting to the original, ideal form of humanity (could quite literally turn white) through changes in climate and .21 By treat- ing racial differences as secondary acquisitions superimposed over an orig- inal and inalienable (if only virtual) empirical sameness, eighteenth-­ and early nineteenth-­century environmentalism finessed the tension between embodied diversity and ­human equality. This uneasy détente fell apart in the nineteenth century,­ when environ- mentalism increasingly lost ground to more rigidly essentialist theories of race. The first wave of the new ideology arose in conjunction with romantic philosophy, at one step removed from the discipline of natu­ral history, which celebrated the distinctiveness of dif­fer­ent races and national volk. Like environmentalism, romantic racialism believed racial differences to be the product of adaptations to local climate and culture; however, it tended to view ­these differences as irreversible once acquired, and deeply determinative of personal identity. The fixity of race in romantic racial the- ory thus revoked environmentalism’s notion of a latent ­human unifor- mity; however, romantic racialists generally did not use the permanence of racial difference as an excuse for erecting a divinely ordained hierarchy of human­ races. “­There was in fact some tendency to celebrate diversity, as showing the richness and plenitude of the human­ spirit,” George Freder- ickson notes.22 The result was a discourse that was not aggressively racist, although it was essentializing and often patronizing—as, for instance, when

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 31 11/1/17 11:57 AM 32 Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality

George Catlin enthuses over “the proud yet dignified deportment of Nature’s man” in his Letters and Notes on . . . ​the North American Indians (1841), or when Moncure Daniel Conway praises Black Americans for bringing “an infusion of this fervid African ele­ment, so child-­like, exuber- ant, and hopeful.”23 As ­these ste­reo­types attest, even absent overtly racist intentions, romantic racialism codified a new view of race that was much more difficult to reconcile with a universalizing discourse of “the ­human.” Transforming race from a reversible acquisition to a permanent identity determined by deep biology, romantic racialism ushered in a new era of racialist thinking in which, as Frederickson describes it, conversation increasingly tended “to start from a common assumption that the races differed fundamentally.” 24 This new aesthetic of difference paved the way for a much more aggres- sively racist strain of racial science known (­because its leading expositors published in Amer­i­ca) as the “American school” of ethnology. In 1839, at the tail end of a de­cade of increasing racial conflict in the United States (with the passage of the Indian Removal Act in 1830 and its brutal imple- mentation thereafter; Nat Turner’s Rebellion in 1831, Black Hawk’s war in 1832, the Amistad mutiny in 1839, the organ­ization of the immediatist abolitionist movement and underground railroad, and the galvanization of their proslavery opposition), Philadelphia physician and naturalist Samuel George Morton published Crania Americana, a craniometrical study of the indigenous ­peoples of North and South Amer­i­ca. Morton’s work inaugurated the American school of racial science by reviving a lesser eighteenth-­century racial theory known as polygenism. Unlike monogen- ism, polygenism holds that the ­human races ­were created separately, con- stituting originally distinct and unrelated populations. “Each Race was adapted from the beginning to its peculiar local destination,” Morton asserts in Crania Americana; “In other words . . . ​the physical characteristics which distinguish the dif­fer­ent Races are in­de­pen­dent of external ­causes.”25 The American school’s case for polygenism relied heavi­ly on Morton’s craniometrical research as well as the work of the renowned Swiss-­born Harvard naturalist, Louis Agassiz (on whom more in Chapter 2), and American Egyptologist George Gliddon. More unusually, American school ethnology was aggressively promoted to lay audiences by nonscientists, including the savvy propagandist Josiah Nott, as well as John Van Evrie, George Sawyer, and Samuel Cartwright. The American school’s polygenist brand of racial science gradually gained ground through the 1840s, but it was with the publication of Nott and Gliddon’s Types of Mankind in 1854—­a monumental compendium of

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 32 11/1/17 11:57 AM Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality 33

polygenist ethnology—­that its thesis reached a new apogee of popularity. Despite Types’ cumbersome eight hundred pages and even heftier $7.50 price tag, this lavishly illustrated volume sold out in four months and went through ten editions by 1870.26 Drawing from a smorgasbord of anatomi- cal, zoological, archaeological, and philological research, and liberally quoting from the work of other prominent ethnologists (both polygenist and not), Types gathered evidence that “mankind is divisible into distinct species” and that “the differences existing between the races of men are of the same kind as the differences observed between the dif­fer­ent families, genera, and species of monkey or other animals.”27 Nott and Gliddon thus explic­itly denied that the slave is “a man and a ­brother”; instead, they ar- gued that “the ­human race” is a misnomer, obscuring a much more atten- uated taxonomic real­ity. By 1860, this polygenist thesis had won impor­tant converts among the shapers of Southern opinion, including editors of De- Bow’s Review and Southern Quarterly Review, John C. Calhoun, James Henry Hammond, and Jefferson Davis. At midcentury, racial scientific discourse in the United States was thus a heterogeneous yet consequential free-­for-­all. Scientifically, polygenists and monogenists disagreed over the nature of human­ origins. Among themselves, environmental and romantic monogenists further disputed the nature of racial difference, debating whether­ racial characteristics were­ fixed or mutable, and ­whether interracial mixing was physiologically pos­ si­ble and, if so, whether­ it was so­cio­log­i­cally desirable. Theologically, all sides laid claim to biblical authority. (Although monogenists had an easier time of this, given the congruence of their vision of humanity’s single ori- gin with the doctrine of Adamic descent, many polygenists also worked hard to prove that the theory of separate human­ creations accorded with Scripture.)28 But what is most perplexing, ­these competing biological and bio-­ theological arguments were­ attached to a strikingly fungible range of po­ liti­cal ideologies. To be sure, polygenism had very strong ties to proslavery politics (Douglass estimated that “Ninety-­nine out of ­every hundred of the advocates of a diverse origin of the ­human family”­ were­ proslavery apolo- gists).29 Polygenists certainly came the closest to claiming that Black and Native American peoples­ constituted distinct and inferior species of hu- manity taxonomically closer to the animal life over which the biblical God granted Adam’s descendants dominion.30 For this very reason, however, many proslavery advocates decried polygenist science. To men like George Fitzhugh, whose defense of slavery turned on its being a benevolently patriarchal system more humane than Northern capitalism’s brutally

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 33 11/1/17 11:57 AM 34 Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality

impersonal “wage slavery” (Southern “slavery protects the weaker mem- bers of society, just as do the relations of parent, guardian, and husband,” he insisted), polygenism’s literally dehumanizing thesis was anathema. “It encourages and incites brutal masters to treat negroes, not as weak, igno- rant, and dependent brethren, but as wicked beasts without the pale of humanity,” Fitzhugh objected.31 Meanwhile, that polygenists ­were likely to be proslavery does not mean that monogenists were­ not. As nineteenth-­century racial science had in- creasingly come to perceive race as a deep and permanent feature of iden- tity, monogenism became increasingly consistent with patriarchal proslavery ideologies like Fitzhugh’s (think, for instance, of Moncure Conway’s praise for the “child-­like” exuberance of the African race). Proslavery racial sci- ence thus also encompassed monogenist theories like that of the Reverend John Bachman, whose treatise on The Doctrine of the Unity of the Human­ Race insists “that nature has stamped on the African race the permanent marks of inferiority,” rendering this race inherently dependent beings, like women­ and children.­ 32 As tracts like Bachman’s prove, monogenist “unity” pres­ents no necessary impediment to proslavery politics, affirming Nott and Gliddon’s claim that “the doctrine of unity gives no essential guarantee of universal liberty and equality.”33 Indeed, what Nott and Gliddon seem to recognize is that racial science’s challenge to the doctrine of ­human rights does not turn on the question of human­ origins (shared or separate) but rather inheres in racial science’s antagonism to the idea of a shared ­human nature. Increasingly and across the board, nineteenth-­century racial discourse moved away from eighteenth-­ century environmentalism to portray race as a fixed and determining fea- ture of moral identity—­indeed, as Bay has shown, even Black ethnologists in this era (whom I ­will discuss below) assigned transhistorical characters to the races, reifying race as a meaningful marker of moral difference. This emphasis on ­human diversity emptied the category of “the ­human” of moral significance: instead of indicating a fundamentally shared moral es- sence, humanity now functioned as a speciological designation that guar- anteed a baseline morphological, but not moral, similarity. From this perspective, the differences between polygenist and monogenist racial sci- ences recede: whether­ human­ races represent dif­fer­ent species of humans­ or simply dif­fer­ent va­ri­e­ties of a single species starts to look like a taxo- nomic squabble of minor po­liti­cal importance. For, ­either way, midcentury racial science seemed to reveal that there­ simply is no universal “­human nature,” nor any “­great fundamental laws of humanity to which all human­ passions and human­ thoughts must ultimately be subject.”34 Thus if poly-

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 34 11/1/17 11:57 AM Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality 35

genism seemed to suggest that the slave was not, in fact, “a man and a ­brother” to white Americans, monogenism suggested that the fact of the slave’s humanity might, ­after all, be moot, since to be recognized as a ­human in the new empirical dispensation now only specified a nominal bio- logical likeness that made no claims about your moral endowments. To be speciologically ­human did not guarantee your equality with other humans­ and thus did not vouchsafe your entitlement to the same human­ rights. But though it is fair to conclude that antebellum racial science was more overtly racist than eighteenth-­century racial science, in another sense what we are seeing is not simply the rationalization of racial prejudice but the belated unfolding of the incommensurability of empirical and liberal demo­ cratic discourses of the ­human. As I have argued, racial science’s empirical epistemology precludes it from asserting an essential moral equality that is not also materially mea­sur­able. Given that, from a strictly materialist perspective, mea­sur­able equality is impossible (no two bodies could ever be empirically identical), the materialist outlook of racial science (of any stripe) necessarily throws the liberal assertion of ­human equality into doubt. In this sense, racial discourse reverted to the hierarchical view of “the ­human” enshrined in the republican doctrine and voting laws of the early republic, which likewise represented the ­human race as unevenly capable and hence unequally qualified for po­liti­cal rights. Over and above the debate between monogenists and polygenists, then, the under­lying shift to an empirical discourse of “the human”­ enshrined in all strains of racial science undermined demo­cratic arguments for uni- versal equality and ­human rights by disabling the logic according to which ­those arguments operate. Across the spectrum of its po­liti­cal affiliations, racial science’s biological conception of the ­human was transforming what it meant to recognize someone as ­human. Transposing “the ­human” from a moral to a taxonomic designation, racial science’s empirical epistemology destabilized the liberal demo­cratic conception of humanity, exploding the latter’s abstract uniformity into an embodied diversity and placing ­humans in an ontological continuum with nonhuman life. The rationale for equality and ­human rights—­the idea that “all men are created equal”—­once again rested on ideologically shifting sands.

Antislavery Ethnology: Douglass Responds

Given the difficulty of aligning racial science with liberal humanistic doc- trine, it makes sense that many antislavery advocates simply refused to engage with it. Leading abolitionists like Garrison, Theodore Weld, and

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 35 11/1/17 11:57 AM 36 Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality

Wendell Phillips remained staunch humanists through the 1850s, reject- ing the invidious distinctions of race. “Convince me that liberty is not the inalienable birthright of every­ human­ being, of what­ever complexion or clime, and I ­will give [the Declaration of In­de­pen­dence] to the consuming fire,” Garrison pronounced in 1854, the yearTypes of Mankind was pub- lished.35 For ­these abolitionists, ­human equality is a right endowed by the exceptional yet unobservable moral value that is inherent in all humans­ irrespective of race, gender, or other features of human­ embodiment. And yet, for all its ideological purity, this principled indifference to racial distinctions became a liability to the antislavery cause. Like it or not, racial science was increasingly central to the debate over slavery in the years leading up to the Civil War. Surveying the landscape of proslavery argu- ment in 1861, one Southerner wryly observed that the case for slavery was now being made “theologically, geologically, oryctologically, paleontologi- cally, archaeologically, chronologically, genealogically, orismologically, philologically, etymologically, zoologically, osteologically, myologically, ethnologically, psychologically, [and] so­cio­log­i­cally.”36 Here­ was an arsenal of empirical and quasi-­empirical discourses to which abolitionism’s moral platform had no way to directly respond. When men such as Josiah Nott demanded evidence of ­human equality, asserting that “numerous attempts have been made to establish the intellectual equality of the dark races with the white; and the history of the past has been ransacked for examples, but they are nowhere to be found,” abolitionists like Garrison could not provide proof without abandoning their moralistic high ground.37 This abstention cost them, Frederickson argues: “The inability of the abolitionists to ground their case for the Black man on a forthright and intellectually convincing argument for the basic identity in the moral and intellectual aptitudes of all races weakened their ‘strug­gle for equality’ and helps explain the per­sis­tence of racist doctrines after­ emancipation.”38 But of course, that invoking humanity’s “inalienable birthright” or in- nate moral essence no longer constituted an “intellectually convincing ar- gument” for ­human equality was precisely the prob­lem. If equality must be empirically demonstrated to be compelling, then liberal humanism has already lost crucial ideological ground. In this sense, racial science’s influ- ence worked to disable Garrisonian-­style abolitionism’s primary rhetori- cal strategy, moral suasion. For once moral standing is understood to inhere in a being’s embodied attributes or capacities, testing and mea­sure­ment become the only sure ways to decide how a being ­ought to be treated. Hence, as the phi­los­o­pher Cora Diamond argues, the idea “that what is involved in moral thought is knowledge of empirical similarities and differences”

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 36 11/1/17 11:57 AM Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality 37

deflects us from the work of examining our consciences and the prompt- ings of moral sentiments such as sympathy, compassion, pity, and love.39 Instead of consulting our hearts, we are tasked with analyzing the marks and features of the other—an empirical proj­ect in which, as Dana Nelson and Kyla Schuller point out, sentiment is banished as irrelevant if not mis- leading, replaced by a “male sensibility” that is embodied in the disciplined sensuality of empirical methods, privileging purity, professionalism, and self-­control.40 As racial science’s cultural authority grew, it threatened to moot moral suasion by suggesting that the question of whom or what de- serves our full sympathy is a topic “upon which science alone has the right to pronounce.”41 The rapid ascendency of racial scientific discourse in the late 1840s and 1850s may thus help us to account for Frederick Douglass’s dwindling faith in moral suasion in ­these years. As we know, his ideological and po­liti­cal stance underwent a transformation between 1847 and 1851, during which time he moved to Rochester, founded a newspaper, the North Star, began to associate with James McCune Smith and Gerritt Smith of the Liberty Party, and fi­nally broke with the Garrisonians by publicly proclaiming the U.S. Constitution to be an antislavery document. From this point forward, he renounced the Garrisonian platform of disunionism to throw his weight into electoral politics, and he abandoned their pacifistic commitment to moral suasion to embrace an increasingly fiery rhe­toric of racial uprising—­ words he backed up with deeds by providing material support to John Brown. To many observers both then and ­today, Douglass’s foray into po­ liti­cal and even militant antislavery circles has seemed like a concession to expediency—­a calculated betrayal of his lofty humanistic ideals.42 In his 1899 biography of Douglass, Charles Chestnutt somewhat apologetically accounts for this de­cade by explaining that Douglass was not above “sub- ordinating the means to the end.”43 But if it is the case that the Garrisonians retained the moral high ground, as we have just seen ­there is also evidence to suggest that lofty arguments ­were losing traction against racist prejudices that were,­ with the help of midcentury racial scientific discourse, luxuriating in the light of newfound cultural authority. By 1850, after­ two de­cades of abolitionist appeal, the number of slaves in Amer­i­ca had doubled, and the passage of the Fugitive Slave Law made the likelihood of emancipation seem to be, if anything, on the wane. Moreover, by this time Douglass’s personal experience of freedom had also been soured by the racism he encountered in the North—­ prejudice he experienced even among his Anti-­Slavery Society colleagues, and which became all the more evident to him ­after his sojourn in Ireland

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 37 11/1/17 11:57 AM 38 Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality

and Great­ Britain, where he noticed that, for the first time in his experi- ence, “no delicate nose grows deformed in my presence.”44 Thus though Douglass certainly did not cease to believe that slavery is morally abomi- nable, he does seem to have concluded, as Marianne Noble suggests, “that moral sense was evidently so overwritten by racist ideology that it was not useful in the fight for justice.”45 As Douglass became convinced that Amer­ i­ca would not be ­free until­ racism was defeated, he repositioned himself to fight not only for emancipation but also for racial equality, and indoing ­ so he seems to have realized that moral suasion alone would not defeat the ideology he was up against. Indeed, Douglass watched the rise of racial scientific discourse closely and with growing alarm. After­ the publication of Types of Mankind in 1854, he was sufficiently convinced that “Messrs. Nott, Gliddon, Morton, Smith, and Agassiz” ­were now being “duly consulted by our slavery propagating statesmen” that he felt compelled to respond to their science directly.46 He did this in the form of an address entitled “The Claims of the Negro Eth- nologically Considered,” delivered at Western Reserve University in Au- gust of that year (in what was also the first U.S. commencement address given by a Black American speaker).47 The public demand for a transcript of this speech was apparently clamorous enough that Douglass ventured to republish his text as a pamphlet—­a move that also indicates how cen- tral biological discourse had become to the discussion of slavery, and how urgent it now seemed that slavery’s opponents be able to frame their case “ethnologically.” Indeed, in his opening remarks, Douglass justifies his topic by remarking that science was now established as a crucial arbiter of racial politics. “The relation subsisting between the white and Black people­ of this country is the vital question of the age,” he writes, and “in the solu- tion of that question, the scholars of Amer­i­ca will­ have to take an impor­ tant and controlling part.”48 In writing “Claims,” Douglass was contributing to a tradition of Black American ethnographic writing that stretched back to the late 1820s.49 Well before racial science had become a lynchpin of proslavery discourse, Black activists, editors, ministers, and men of science had become aware and alarmed by racial science and “felt compelled to disprove, rather than dismiss, even the earliest, tentative arguments for Black inferiority made by white Americans.”50 Thus, for instance, two de­cades prior to the for- mation of the American school of ethnography, John Russwurm, an edi- tor of Freedom’s Journal, decried craniological speculations that the Black race was endowed “with faculties little­ superior to the tribe of the Ourang Outangs,” and forms “something between man and brute creation.”51 Re-

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 38 11/1/17 11:57 AM Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality 39

sponding to similar accusations in 1837, Hosea Easton ruefully observed, “What could better accord with the objects of this nation with reference to Blacks than to teach their ­little ones that a negro is part monkey?”52 Against such bestializing racial theories, Black ethnological writers con- structed counterarguments that blended aspects of eighteenth-­century environmentalism with romantic racialism. Men such as Russwurm, Easton, Henry Highland Garnet, and James Pennington argued that Black Americans suffered “an intellectual and physical disability or infe- riority” that was directly caused by the “damning influence of slavery.”53 However, once emancipated, they argued, Black Americans would be ­free to develop the unique characteristics that are truly endemic to their race. ­These “true” characteristics were­ typically understood to include intellectual gifts, as demonstrated by the genius of ancient Egyptians and Ethiopians, who “astonished the world with their arts and sciences.”54 “The world now would be in a heathenish darkness, for the want of that infor- mation which their better disposition has been capable of producing,” Easton writes.55 The race was also understood to be naturally endowed with a particularly Christ-­like moral temperament, a capacity for long-­ suffering endurance that contrasted sharply with “the love of gain and the love of power,” which ­were understood to be “the besetting sins of the Anglo-Saxon­ race.”56 “Nothing but liberal, generous princi­ples, can call the energies of an African mind into action,” writes Easton, who looks forward to an age, ­after the “continual scene of bloodshed and robbery” that has characterized the era of white dominance, in which Africa’s sons ­will naturally “take the lead in the field of virtuous enterprise, filling the front ranks of the church, when she marches into the millennial era.”57 Whereas the extant character of the Black race in Amer­i­ca was under- stood to be the product of social conditioning, ­these latter intellectual and moral endowments were­ understood to be expressions of the race’s natu­ ral and permanent character; this blend of environmentalist and romantic racialist rationalization typifies the Black ethnological tradition that Douglass inherited. In taking up ethnological discourse, ­these men sought to do what the Garrisonians would not: refute racist science on its own empirical terms. But if their adoption of ethnological discourse helped to challenge the cul- tural authority of proslavery science, their strategy did not come without price. On the one hand, as Bay notes in her masterful study of Black eth- nography, the effort to combine environmentalism with romantic racial- ism produced an inherently contradictory theory of racial difference. “By assigning transhistorical characteristics to the races, African-­American

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 39 11/1/17 11:57 AM 40 Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality

thinkers seemingly undercut their own environmentalist explanations of ­human differences,” Bay explains.58 This ambivalence might itself be seen as a symptom of a more basic prob­lem: simply engaging in racialist dis- course required Black writers to concede to the notion of racial identity, reifying the idea that racial differences fragment ­human likeness, making the princi­ple of ­human equality more difficult to uphold. Hence Bay sug- gests that Black ethnologists ­were, “to some degree, ensnared by the idea of race even as they sought to refute racism’s insult to their humanity;” as she argues, Black ethnology’s “arguments for difference and equality were­ beset by some of the same difficulties contained in the late nineteenth-­ century white segregationist doctrine of ‘separate but equal.’ ”59 Given this logical difficulty, it is not surprising that some Black activ- ists called for racial separatism, invoking the romantic idea that nations had to be racially homogeneous. In the same year Douglass wrote “Claims,” Martin Delany published his manifesto of Black nationalism, “The Po­liti­cal Destiny of the Colored Race on the American Continent,” announcing that “we are not identical with the Anglo-­Saxon,” and arguing that Black Americans must therefore emigrate elsewhere: “A ­people, to be ­free, must necessarily be their own rulers.”60 For Delany, however, racial segregation is only a temporary solution to the prob­lem of human­ difference; ulti- mately, he anticipates an ­apocalyptic future showdown between the world’s races, “upon which must be disputed the world’s destiny,” and in which “­every individual ­will be called upon for his identity with one or the other” race.61 Controversial though it was, Delany’s antagonistic separatism of- fered a solution to the logical tension between difference and equality by ­doing away with the latter. The larger context of Black ethnological writing and the prob­lems it faced prepares us to recognize just how nuanced Douglass’s self-­positioning is in “Claims.” If Douglass was determined to answer racist science on its own terms, he nonetheless seems to have been acutely aware that doing­ so meant conceding vital ground in the strug­gle for human­ equality. At the same time, he was also determined to stave off Black separatism (a policy he did not endorse), which meant that he would have to navigate an alter- native route through the internal contradictions of the Black ethnological tradition. Juggling his ambivalence toward­ racialist discourse and his com- mitment to a multiracial Amer­i­ca, Douglass constructs an argument in “Claims” that is curiously double-­voiced. The bulk of the essay sets out to refute the dehumanizing theory of polygenism by putting forward a fairly conventional environmentalist defense of racial unity. In ­these principal sections of “Claims,” Douglass marshals archaeological and physiological

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 40 11/1/17 11:57 AM Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality 41

evidence to support the thesis that the world’s existing racial lineages con- verge in ancient Egypt and that their subsequent divergence reflects “the effect of circumstances upon the physical man.”62 And yet, at the outset of the essay, Douglass signals his wariness of the ideological concessions that this kind of ethnological argumentation wrings from him. Indeed, if the main body of the essay offers an environmentalist defense of ­human unity (along with occasional assertions of racial distinctiveness), its opening and closing remarks introduce a countervailing, speculative strain of thinking that trenchantly queries the assumptions that underpin the racialist discourse­ the main body takes up. In other words, “Claims” manages to si­mul­ta­ neously deploy and detonate racial science. Bracketing—­even preempting—­ the essay’s central argument, Douglass’s framing remarks embrace racial science’s embodied conception of the ­human only to challenge the notion that embodiment has anything to teach American politics. In his opening remarks, Douglass invites us to ask what the assignation “­human” means in the first place. As he points out, the question at hand is ­really two: before approaching the question of humanity’s multiple or “common ancestry,” he must first address the question of “the manhood of the Negro.” In the effort to prove that he is “a man,” Douglass admits he finds himself immediately at an impasse: “I cannot . . . ​argue; I must as- sert.” 63 This impulse to assert his humanity by fiat rather than empirical demonstration echoes Linnaeus’s designation of the human­ as the being who must recognize itself as such (Homo nascem te ipsum). Linnaeus arrives at this aporetic self-­reference ­because he recognizes that what we mean by the ­human when we invoke it in humanistic discourse is ultimately a ­matter of moral rather than empirical judgment and thus belongs “to another fo- rum” than natu­ral history. But if man is therefore the animal that recog- nizes itself as not-­animal—if ­human life is that which deems itself morally exceptional to animal life—­Douglass is also aware that self-­nomination is a privilege that has been revoked for members of his race. His own asser- tion of his humanity is thus rendered inadmissible by the racism that pre- sumes him to be subhuman ­until proven other­wise, obliging him to first “establish the manhood of anyone making the claim.”64 This catch-22 forces Douglass to seek other means of demonstration be- sides assertion, and so he gamely proceeds to review the criteria according to which humanists have historically distinguished human­ from animal kind. “Man is distinguished from all other animals, by the possession of certain definite faculties and powers,” he reminds us, including the power of self-­recognition: “Men instinctively distinguish between men and brutes.” But ­here Douglass’s argument again threatens to collapse, for having named

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 41 11/1/17 11:57 AM 42 Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality

the ability to instinctively distinguish between ­human and animal as a characteristic mark of the ­human, he proceeds to point out that “The ­horse bears [the Negro] on his back. . . . ​The barnyard fowl know his step. . . . ​ The dog dances when he comes home, and whines piteously when he is absent. All ­these know that the Negro is a MAN.” Douglass offers this animal testimony as proof of his humanity, “presuming that what is evident to beast and to bird, cannot need elaborate argument to be made plain to men.” But the irony of this evidence is as rich as it is paralyzing. For, on the one hand, one cannot help but notice that it is “brutes” rather than “­humans” that ­here demonstrate the capacity to “instinctively distinguish between men and brutes.” By the classical criteria Douglass has just re- hearsed, ­these animals are therefore more reasonable—­more human­ — than racist Americans, who have come to rely on specialized sciences to tell them what ­every barnyard animal already intuitively knows. But in a further irony, these­ animals’ testimony to Douglass’s humanity is inad- missible for the same reason that he has already recognized his own is—­ because of its presumed animality. Douglass’s effort to distinguish himself from an animal thus manages to reify the categorical moral difference between men and animals even as it si­mul­ta­neously demonstrates the log- ical indefensibility of this distinction’s aporetic center. Emphasizing the obviousness of the moral boundary between ­humans and nonhumans (“a distinction as eternal as it is palpable,” he insists), Douglass’s now twice-­ failed efforts to invoke it highlight the insusceptibility of this boundary to rational argumentation. If only ­human speech is admissible testimony to one’s humanity, then one must first be acknowledged to behuman ­ before one can testify to one’s humanity. In “Claims,” however, Douglass does not linger to press this point. Instead he merely gestures to this circular logic by concluding his opening discussion where it began: “I assume . . . ​that the Negro is a man,” he reiterates, and without further comment, shifts tack.65 Douglass now reframes the question before him: assuming his race is ­human, he proposes to consider ­whether the races are genealogically re- lated. Still he delays his ethnological argument ­here, prefacing the case for monoge­ne­tic descent that he is about to deliver with reflections on science’s susceptibility to bias and distortion. “Science is favorable to distinction,” he notes, cautioning that it tends, by disciplinary habit, to proliferate types regardless of ­whether those­ distinctions matter­ . Indeed, Douglass ­here pres­ents science as a kind of aesthetic—“a­ demand for classes, grades, and intellectual capacities,” a taste not just a technique for discriminating be- tween things.­ Building upon this insight, he observes that “fashion is not confined to dress” since science, too, has its vogues: “Scientific writers, not

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 42 11/1/17 11:57 AM Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality 43

less than others,­ write to please, as well as to instruct,” and hence they may “unconsciously . . . ​sacrifice what is true to what is popu­lar.”66 Moreover when the case is race, the room for bias—­unconscious or other­wise—is irremediably broad, for as Douglass observes, “viewed apart from the authority of the Bible, neither the unity, nor diversity of origin of the ­human ­family, can be demonstrated.”67 It is, in other words, “impossible to get far enough back” to definitively determine humanity’s origins, leav- ing ethnologists to weigh the evidence on both sides—­a task in which “the temptation . . . ​to read the Negro out of the human­ family”­ does battle­ with the desire to uphold “the credit of the Bible” and to honor “the in- stinctive consciousness of the common brotherhood of man.”68 By way of preface to the ethnological argument he is about to launch, then, Douglass gives us a discourse on the myriad ways in which science, too, is subject to unempirical bias. Douglass’s prefatory remarks in “Claims” thus cast doubt both on ra- cial science (with its disciplinary and extradisciplinary biases) and on hu- manistic discourse (with its groundless self-­assertions), leaving us to cast about for an authority that could help us to definitively answer “the vital question of the age.” In this way, the essay’s opening provocatively creates what Jared Hickman describes as “a situation in which the rhetoricity of all knowledge-­claims is somewhat uncomfortably exposed.”69 Indeed, the vacuum of authority extends even to Douglass, who has by this point pre- empted the force of the ethnological argument he is about to deliver. Had Douglass concluded his essay by resting his case for monogenism, we would have been left with an essay that is perversely self-­defeating. Instead, at the end of “Claims” Douglass expressly lets his case for monogenism unravel in order to reframe the question of his humanity once again. In his final paragraphs, Douglass abruptly turns aside from his exposition of human­ unity to acknowledge the possibility that science ­will ultimately side against him. “What if all this reasoning be unsound?” he speculates; “What if in- genious men are able to find plausible objections to all arguments maintain- ing the oneness of the ­human race?”70 In a climactic final pivot, Douglass sets aside his defense of monogenism to make one last pitch for “the claims of the Negro” from a slightly dif­fer­ent materialist perspective. ­Here Dou- glass invokes a new authority to fill the vacuum his essay has exposed; unlike the essay’s earlier candidates, this authority is immune to “the rhetoricity of all knowledge-­claims” ­because it makes no claims to truth, only power. Working in an entirely new vein, the conclusion of “Claims” frames an alternative theory of human­ rights that does not depend upon establishing

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 43 11/1/17 11:57 AM 44 Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality

that all races share a common identity. In other words, as Douglass shows us, the genealogical debates that absorb racial science may not, in fact, be decisive. “I sincerely believe, that the weight of the argument is in favor­ of the unity of origin of the human­ race, or species,” he assures us, but

What, if we grant that the case, on our part, is not made out? Does it follow, that the Negro should be held in contempt? Does it follow, that to enslave and imbrute him is either­ just or wise? I think not. ­Human rights stand upon a common basis; and by all the reasons that they are supported, maintained and defended, for one variety of the ­human ­family, they are supported, maintained and defended for all the ­human ­family; because­ all mankind have the same wants, arising out of a common nature. A diverse origin does not disprove a common nature, nor does it disprove a united destiny.71

The major claim Douglass makes here­ is that even two races of “diverse origin” may nonetheless, serendipitously, share a “common nature” and therefore be entitled to the same rights. But this discussion also introduces a rather dif­fer­ent line of argument. Alongside his image of a biologically unrelated “­human family”­ conjoined by a “common nature,” Douglass de- scribes a biracial nation related by mutual interests (“wants”) and bound together by a “united destiny.” In pointing to this “united destiny,” Dou- glass reminds us that genealogical kinship is not the only form of relation ­there is. Geo­graph­i­cal proximity—­the shared nature that is one single American landscape—­produces its own kind of relations, as neighbors can- not help but impinge on each other in ­going about the business of seeing to their “wants” in a shared physical economy. And the thing­ about ­these kinds of relations is that they bind populations together through interde- pendence and mutual vulnerability regardless of ­whether those­ populations are homogeneous or diverse. In this sense, Douglass’s appeal to an American future­ bound to a bira- cially “united destiny” sets up a new kind of argument on behalf of the claims of his race. As Foucault observes, “the subject of right and the sub- ject of interest are not governed by the same logic,” and in his closing re- marks, Douglass underscores this difference by suggesting that denying his race’s demand for freedom is not only not “just” but also not “wise.”72 Against the conclusions of white segregationists and Black emigrationists, he insists that “the Negro and white man are likely ever to remain the principal inhabitants of this country.” Ironically repurposing proslavery arguments about how the African race is uniquely designed to withstand

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 44 11/1/17 11:57 AM Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality 45

hard ­labor in harsh climates, he notes that “the history of the Negro race proves them to be wonderfully adapted to all countries, all climates, and all conditions,” thus proving that, barring genocidal “extermination” (“not probable”) or mass exodus (“out of the question . . . ​[the Negro’s] attach- ment to the place of his birth is stronger than iron”), “all the facts in his history mark out for [the Negro] a destiny, united to Amer­i­ca and Ameri- cans.”73 What­ever racial differences might divide them, Black and white Americans, Douglass suggests, ­will inevitably remain united by another “common nature” in the national landscape to which their “common des- tiny” is bound. And in this shared physical environment, interdependence is unavoidable even if other forms of relation (familial, ideological, or sympathetic) are not. Having established the inevitability of ongoing proximity, Douglass closes with the clear and ominous warning that acknowledging his race’s right to freedom, life, liberty, and knowledge is therefore not just right but prudent.

­Whether this population ­shall . . . ​be made a blessing to the country and the world, or ­whether their multiplied wrongs ­shall kindle the vengeance of an offended God, will­ depend upon the conduct of no class of men so much as upon the Scholars of this country. . . . ​­There is but one safe road for nations as for individuals. . . . ​The flaming sword of offended justice falls as certainly upon the nation as upon the man. God has no ­children whose rights may be safely trampled upon. The sparrow may not fall to the ground without the notice of His eye, and men are more than sparrows.74

With ­these portentous words, Douglass suggests that to refuse to accom- modate the interests of Black Americans is to put the interests of white Americans in peril. Couched in the language of divine vengeance, Douglass summons the specter of an imminent Black uprising against the “multiplied wrongs” of slavery and racial oppression, presenting the ethnological “Scholars of this country” with the prospect of their own violent death as a dif­fer­ent kind of rationale for granting that Black Amer- icans are entitled to freedom. Moreover, in this shift from identity to interests, the significance of the ethnological question with which Doug- lass started (is the Negro human­ and related to the white race?) falls away. For the prob­lem of proximity—­which necessarily pres­ents a choice between peacefully accommodating one’s neighbors’ needs or ­else denying their interests with vio­lence—­remains the same regardless of who (or what) the

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 45 11/1/17 11:57 AM 46 Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality

players are. Indeed, as Douglass’s citation of Matthew 10:29 above suggests (and as passages discussed in the next section of this chapter will­ underscore), the same truth holds for men as for sparrows: “God has no ­children whose rights may be safely trampled upon.” Thus without relinquishing his claim to humanity, Douglass concludes “Claims” by bracketing the relevance of that claim’s controversy. Instead, he points to the prob­lem of interdependence—of the mutual vulnerability to which we, of all species, are exposed by virtue of our proximity in a terrestrial “common nature,” the resources of which we all rely on to supply our needs and wants. What is so fascinating, then, about this final pivot in Douglass’s response to ethnology is the way that the prospect of our physically “united destiny” takes him beyond the question of “the ­human”—­beyond, that is, both liberal humanist and racialist logics that make moral consideration contingent upon speciological belonging. In the next section, I ­will explore how Douglass develops this nonhumanistic reasoning across his other writings of the 1850s. As we shall­ see, animals, animal instincts, and the physical laws of nature loom large in this work, supplementing his moral critiques of slavery and appeals to human­ sympathy with a new logic of material risk and existential necessity.

Abolitionist Animals

The rising cachet of scientific racism in American po­liti­cal discourse in the 1850s made it increasingly urgent for abolitionists like Douglass to disavow any similarity between slaves and animals, and yet his writings of this de­ cade are in fact strewn with animals, deliberately courting animal com- parisons in ways his earlier writings do not. In the very historical moment in which he might have had the most at stake in distancing himself from animals he starts to think more regularly through them about the moral claims—­and perhaps more impor­tant, as I shall­ suggest, the amoral claims—­that the nonhuman world holds on the human.­ For through the animals he represents—­animals that stampede, rear, kick, and bite—­ Douglass highlights the speciologically universal instinct to violently resist any threat to one’s life and liberty, marking these­ ­things as basic, more-­ than-­human rights. I will­ thus argue that Douglass’s identifications with animals in the 1850s are part of his systematic effort to frame an abolition- ist argument that is strategically agnostic ­toward the question of his race’s humanity—an argument that operates outside of the liberal discourse of ­human equality and moral right by tactically embracing, instead, the specter of human­ animality and the threat of physical vio­lence. In other

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 46 11/1/17 11:57 AM Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality 47

words, I suggest that Douglass embraces animals in the 1850s not in spite of but because­ of scientific racism and the doctrine of Black bestiality it codified. Around the same time Douglass published “Claims,” he was also at work on a revised and expanded version of his autobiography, titled My Bondage and My Freedom, which he published the following year in 1855. The re- written text includes a striking alteration in his account of the pivotal year he spent hired out to Mr. Covey, a man known locally for “breaking” slaves. As Douglass had recounted in The Narrative, on his first day at Covey’s he was whipped for losing control of a team of “unbroken oxen” who twice make a break for freedom, overturning their cart and destroying a gate in their stampede. In his retelling of this scene in the 1855 autobiography, Douglass inserts a curious moment of reflection, set off on its own in an uncharacteristically short paragraph in the text. Now, in the midst of this harrowing experience, the young Douglass stops to take note of his like- ness to the oxen causing him so much trou­ble. “I now saw, in my situation, several points of similarity with that of the oxen,” he writes. “They ­were property, so was I; they ­were to be broken, so was I. Covey was to break me, I was to break them; break and be broken—­such is life.”75 In 1855, Douglass was well aware of the compelling reasons to disavow any “points of similarity” between himself and these­ beasts of burden—­ reasons that had, if anything, grown more acute in the interim since his first autobiography.The Narrative of the Life of Frederick Douglass betrays no such inclination to sympathy: where comparisons between slaves and animals appear in this text, it is to critique the glaring injustice of a sys- tem in which “horses and men, cattle­ and women,­ pigs and children,­ all [hold] the same rank in the scale of being.”76 Yet despite the intervening ascent of ethnological discourse and the seemingly authoritative support racist science lent to the idea that the African race comprises, as Russwurm encapsulates it, “something between man and brute creation,” My Bondage and My Freedom underscores two basic commonalities: both oxen and slaves are subjected to an overwhelming physical power and, when pressed, both may also assert a violent force of their own. This lesson is even more explicit in the opening scene of Douglass’s 1854 novella, The Heroic Slave. During a quiet moment in the forest, the story’s hero, Madison Washington, observes the bold be­hav­iors of the wild ani- mals around him and ruefully contemplates his own acquiescence to slav- ery. “­Those birds, perched on yon swinging boughs . . . ​though liable to the sportsman’s fowling piece, are still my superiors,” he chides himself. “They live free­ , though they may die slaves.” Noting that even a nearby

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 47 11/1/17 11:57 AM 48 Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality

“miserable” snake, “when he saw my uplifted arm . . . ​turned to give me ­battle,” Washington confesses, “I dare not do as much as that. I neither run nor fight, but do meanly stand,” answering the lash with “piteous cries.”77 The example of these­ forest animals leads Washington to conclude that he, too, has a natu­ral right to self-­determination, and the scene ends with his resolution to resist: “Liberty I ­will have, or die in the attempt to gain it,” he proclaims. Thus echoing Patrick Henry’s iconic revolutionary ultimatum, the rousing conclusion of Washington’s forest soliloquy (which carries on for several more climactically declamatory lines), rings with an eloquence that Ivy Wilson glosses as “an exercise in liberation through literacy”—­a per­for­mance of both Washington’s and, by extension, Doug- lass’s rational intelligence.78 However, the irony of Douglass’s callback to Patrick Henry here­ is that, in this case, Washington’s willingness to mar- tyr himself for his liberty is explic­itly modeled on the defiant freedom of birds and snakes. The humanism implicit in Washington’s insistence that liberty is “the inalienable birth-­right of every­ man” is thus preemptively undercut by the fact that this is a lesson he has learned by observing the inalienable instinct of animals to live free­ or die. Rather than exempli- fying Washington’s uniquely human­ rationality, then, his principled insistence upon self-­determination ­here appears as a belated obedience to a much more basic and universal instinct for self-­defense. The right to freedom does not depend on one’s species designation—in fact, we might say that, on this view, freedom is not a “right” or moral entitle- ment at all so much as it is a reflexive urge that is built into the nature of organic life. Douglass seems to have begun developing this line of thought as early as 1851—­before he had weighed in on racial science, but when he was deeply embroiled in rethinking his relation to the U.S. Constitution. In that year, Douglass wrote an editorial on the “Christiana Riot,” an armed skirmish that erupted in a border town of Pennsylvania when a Mary­land farmer arrived to reclaim four fugitive slaves and was rebuffed by a local party of primarily free­ Black men who assembled to defend the fugitives. By the end of the fighting the Mary­land farmer was dead and the four fugitives, as well as the freeman who had ­housed them, were­ en route to Canada (aided in a leg of their escape by Douglass himself). What inspired Douglass’s editorial on this first real test of the 1850 Fugitive Slave Law was a rumor that the federal government intended to indict the four fugitive slaves for treason, a proposition Douglass found outrageous. As he argues in his paper, it makes no sense to try a man for treason against the government that enslaves him:

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 48 11/1/17 11:57 AM Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality 49

The only law which the alleged slave has a right to know anything about, is the law of nature. This is his only law. The enactments of this government do not recognize him as a citizen, but as a thing.­ In light of the law, a slave can no more commit treason than a horse­ or an ox can commit treason. A ­horse kicks out the brains of his master. Do you try the ­horse for treason? Then why the slave who does the same ­thing? You answer, because­ the slave is a man, and he is therefore responsible for his acts. The answer is sound. The slave is a man and ­ought not to be treated like a ­horse, but like a man, and his manhood is his justification for shooting down any creature whoshall ­ attempt to reduce him to the condition of a brute.79 Douglass’s diatribe here­ is deceptively simple.­ On a first reading, he seems to call back to humanism’s founding assertion of the “natu­ral law” that distinguishes between animals (who are slaves to their nature) and men (whose rationality renders them autonomous from biological compulsion, and hence morally accountable beings). Thus Douglass points out the hy­ poc­risy of legally denying the slave’s humanity while proposing to hold him morally responsible for his actions. However, Douglass’s reasoning ­here also moves outside the lines of this very rationale that he invokes. For even as he suggests that the slave who shoots his master is a moral agent, while the ­horse that brains his master is not, the argument he ultimately advances is that neither ­horse nor slave could rightfully be hauled into court. As he explains, the slave’s act of vio­lence can only be judged by natu­ral, not na- tional law, and according to natu­ral law the act is innocent, since by na- ture a man has a perfect right to “[shoot] down any creature who ­shall attempt to reduce him to the condition of a brute.” Under­ this descrip- tion, the slave’s re­sis­tance becomes morally identical, not antithetical, to the re­sis­tance of the ­horse, who likewise kicks his master when his master attempts to “reduce him to the condition of a brute.” Thus though Doug- lass attributes the slave’s right to self-­defense to his “manhood,” the anal- ogy he draws to the instinct for self-­preservation in a horse­ testifies to the trans-­specific universalism of this natu­ral law—­“manhood,” in other words, shades here­ into something more like “self-­assertion.”80 Neither men nor ­horses ­will tolerate being treated like beasts, and in violently resisting their oppression they exercise an instinctive and naturally ordained right to self-­ defense. This passage therefore courts a very dif­fer­ent reading than the one I began with. Instead of simply locating the slave’s right to freedom in his humanness, the passage ultimately suggests that this right is universal—­ that freedom is synonymous with the instinct for self-­preservation com- mon to all autopoetic life.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 49 11/1/17 11:57 AM 50 Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality

Douglass’s rebellious animals thus conjure a rather dif­fer­ent conception of freedom than the one that has typically circulated in discussions of Dou- glass’s growing militancy in the 1850s. Readers ranging from Martin Lu- ther King and Malcom X to Eric Sund­quist and Russ Castronovo have noted how passages like these­ strategically invoke the found­ers’ appeals to natu­ral law in justifying the vio­lence of the American Revolution in order to preemptively justify the armed uprising against slavery that Douglass now anticipates.81 ­These citational echoes have prompted heated debate about whether­ deploying the found­ers’ idiom signals Douglass’s coopta- tion by Amer­i­ca’s patriarchal and white supremacist national legacy, or ­whether this is instead an example of subversive appropriation, an act of what Castronovo terms “discursive passing.”82 While I’m sensitive to ­these concerns, I think this debate fails to account for Douglass’s revolutionary animals. Through these­ nonhuman figures, Douglass conjures scenes of violent re­sis­tance in which the question of that vio­lence’s justifiability is superseded by its naturalness, or biological inevitability. For Madison Washington to learn of his natu­ral right to liberty from a snake, or for the young Douglass to recognize the necessity of violently resisting Covey from the oxen who resist his own whip, suggests that Douglass might not, ­after all, have much at stake in whether­ Black revolutionary vio­lence ­will be deemed rational rather than animalistic. In place of the higher moral law that documents such as the Declaration assert, Douglass’s rearing snake, stampeding oxen, and kicking horse­ refer to a dif­fer­ent kind of natu­ral law—­a material force that is prior to moral calculation, an embod- ied imperative for self-­preservation in the face of which questions of justice and ­legal pre­ce­dent wither away. Put differently, Douglass’s writings in the 1850s endeavor to naturalize natu­ral law, locating moral rights not in humankind’s transcendental rea- son or immortal soul, but in the instincts and energetic economy of the material body (­human or nonhuman). Thus, although he invokes the American Revolution as his pre­ce­dent, in Douglass’s hands natu­ral law is not simply a para­legalistic justification for violent re­sis­tance (as Amer­i­ca’s found­ers and Garrisonian abolitionists deployed it), but moreover func- tions as a mechanistic explanation of that vio­lence’s material necessity. This conflation of moral law with physical laws makes freedom curiously hard to distinguish from automaticity—­hence the tortured ambivalence of the Christiana Riot editorial, which cannot decide ­whether self-­defense is a moral action or an instinctive reflex. This ambivalence is even more ap- parent in another of Douglass’s editorials on the aftermath of the fugitive slave law, provocatively entitled, “Is It Right and Wise to Kill a Kidnap-

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 50 11/1/17 11:57 AM Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality 51

per?” (1854). ­Here Douglass defends the killing of U.S. Marshal James Batchelder at the Boston court­house during the failed attempt to rescue Anthony Burns by arguing that Burns’s right to freedom was upheld by a moral law that is as inexorable as the physical law of gravity. As Douglass asserts, by defying this moral law Batchelder therefore forfeited his right to life in the same way that a man who “flings himself from the top of some lofty monument, against a granite pavement . . . ​forfeits his right to live [and] dies according to law.” In other words, Douglass reasons, “As ­human life is not superior to the laws for the preservation of the physical universe, so, too, it is not superior to the eternal law of justice.”83 Here­ again we can see how Douglass’s conflation of moral and physical law throws the con- cepts of justice and freedom, as we know them, into turmoil. For if the “eternal law of justice” is understood to operate as mechanically as the physical law of gravity—if, that is, the act of shooting Batchelder is no more voluntary than the pavement’s “act” of crushing a suicidal jumper—­ then undertaking to justify Batchelder’s murder seems as irrelevant, in the first place, as attempting to defend the moral legitimacy of falling down- ward. If justice and gravity act upon us as natu­ral necessities, their moral virtue is superfluous. This is, again, an ideologically risky move for Douglass to make at this moment. For although his materialized account of rights allows him to frame his case for racial equality and justified vio­lence within the empiri- cal idiom of “the ­human” that racial science makes authoritative, it also breaks down the moral distinctions (between humanity and animality, and between moral and amoral actions) that might other­wise seem to form the crux of that case. But herein, I think, lies the force of his naturalization of natu­ral rights, for it suggests that however the “question” of Black human- ity is deci­ded, a violent racial uprising against slavery is nevertheless not only pos­si­ble but in time guaranteed by the mechanisms of physical law. That even the simplest nonhuman organisms resist harm by fight or flight—­that nature itself hates oppression in the same lawful way that it abhors a vacuum—­means that slavery is materially unsustainable in time, attempting as it does to pervert and repress the liberty-­loving of the natu­ral world.84 Thus Douglass concludes, in an 1857 editorial an- nouncing that “Peaceful Annihilation of Slavery Is Hopeless,” that “the recoil, when it comes, ­will be in exact proportion to the wrongs inflicted.”85 If the equitable proportionality of this projected racial vio­lence (in “exact proportion to the wrongs inflicted”) would seem to be an argument for its justice (echoing Robert Levine’s sense of the self-­restraint implicit in what he dubs Douglass’s “temperate revolutionism”), that word “recoil”—­drawn

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 51 11/1/17 11:57 AM 52 Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality

as it is from the mechanical physics of springs stretched too far and guns that go off—­si­mul­ta­neously works to move the vio­lence it conjures into the amoral realm of automatic and compulsory action.86 As such, antislavery vio­lence comes to look as unstoppable as it is unavoidable. As we saw at the end of “Claims,” in the face of the per­sis­tent denial of his race’s humanity, Douglass begins to supplement his critique of slavery’s injustice with warnings about its risk: slavery, he argues, is “dangerous as well as wrong.”87 As he suggests, even ­those listeners who refute his hu- manity and deny that his race is endowed with inalienable rights ­will none- theless soon find themselves obliged by sheer necessity to accommodate his claims or ­else brace for a kick to the head. Thus he proposes that “what­ ever character or capacity you ascribe to” his race, and however the ques- tions of slavery’s moral, legal,­ and theological justifiability are popularly deci­ded, slavery is structurally unsustainable. It has, he writes, “no means within itself of perpetuation or permanence,” and must therefore either­ be abolished or implode.88 ­There is no appeal to humanity or morality in this new argument’s reasoning; instead, in line with the biological dispensa- tion that racial science augurs, Douglass attributes antislavery vio­lence to an instinctive demand for self-­determination that is inherent in all organic being, and in so ­doing appeals to the no less compulsory and unreflective instinct for self-­preservation among his white audiences. But if this new strain of argumentation sidelines appeals to white sym- pathies, it does not dismiss the po­liti­cal importance of sentiment. On the contrary, it doubles down on it by suggesting that a knowledge of rights manifests in embodied instincts, affects, appetites, and desires, rather than through the transcendental operation of reason. Thus, for instance, in the same scene of The Heroic Slave in which Madison Washington learns to imitate the instinctive self-­assertion of wild animals, George Listwell, a white man eavesdropping on Madison’s soliloquy, is instantaneously con- verted to abolitionism, finding that Washington’s speech “rung through the chambers of his soul, and vibrated through his entire frame.”89 As a number of critics have noted, the sonic imagery here­ emphasizes the em- bodied and even erotic nature of Listwell’s reaction, underscoring the cor- poreality of this moral conviction.90 Conversely, Douglass represents moral oppression as an experience that is as much an affront to the body as it is to reason. In My Bondage and My Freedom, he amends his memorable de- scription of slave songs by noting that he once “heard the same wailing notes, and was much affected by them. . . . ​during the famine of 1845–6” in Ireland.91 Of course, Douglass’s comparison here­ works on many fronts at once: ­there is po­liti­cal strategy in linking slavery to injustices in Eu­rope

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 52 11/1/17 11:57 AM Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality 53

so as to align American abolitionism with a transnational revolutionary movement, and ­there may also be financial interest in it, since Douglass raised significant funds for his newspaper abroad.92 However, this compari- son between the slaves’ “melancholy” songs and the sounds of ­people lit- erally starving also lends the slave’s “grief and sorrow” all the existential urgency—­all the physiological desperation—of the Irishman’s dying­ com- plaint. On this view, moral wrongs register as corporealized burdens in the body—­forming what Douglass elsewhere describes as “pent up energies of ­human rights and sympathies.”93 Like any other compiled physical stress, ­these pent-up energies may be absorbed by the body only up to a point. In this regard, my analy­sis of Douglass’s abolitionist animality diverges from recent critical readings of Douglass’s response to the prob­lem of ­human difference in the racial scientific 1850s. In her astute reading of ani- mality and biopolitics in Douglass’s work, Colleen Glenney Boggs also argues that Douglass does not outright denounce but rather recodes the bestialization of Blackness in racial science in ways that show him to have been willing to abandon the discourse of rationality (a move that, as Boggs points out, “flies in the face of roughly thirty years of commentary on Af- rican American writing that has emphasized the acquisition of language and literacy as a key liberatory tool”).94 On Boggs’s reading, Douglass turns away from the language of rationality (as the distinguishing mark of the ­human) in order to make the body (­human or nonhuman) “the basis for a relational subjectivity” premised upon the shared language of suffering. Thus she argues that Douglass “treats the pained body as the locus of an embodied language that bespeaks the cruelty endemic to slavery’s symbolic order,” challenging audiences to reimagine subjectivity as something that extends to all beings who are subject to suffering, regardless of racial or speciological difference (including the capacity to cognize a “symbolic or- der”).95 Along related lines, Brigitte Fielder demonstrates how frequently abolitionist texts deploy “domesticated animals to mediate their readers’ sympathy for enslaved ­people,” a substitution that allows them to frame an “alternative model of sympathy that deprioritizes notions of sameness, acknowledging that even humanist sympathy can function across relations of alterity.” 96 Like Boggs and Fielder, I find that Douglass’s animals respond to the prob­lem that racial (or, as polygenism codifies it, speciological) difference seems to pose to interracial sympathy and recognition. But if, like Boggs, I find that Douglass’s defiant animals draw our attention to the shared vulnerability of all embodied beings, unlike Boggs I am particularly inter- ested in how Douglass invokes that vulnerability not in order to engender

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 53 11/1/17 11:57 AM 54 Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality

a sympathetic connection across speciological differences but to convey a timely reminder of the vio­lence that suffering unleashes, lighting up the precariousness of proximity and the necessity of mutual accommodation with or without intersubjective sympathy or recognition. Whether­ or not Madison Washington feels an affinity with “that accursed and crawling snake,” he acknowledges the force of its bodily threat to him and there- fore accedes to its demand to be left alone. In this way, proximity consti- tutes a community around the material interrelations of diverse bodies that is not contingent upon kinship or affects of solidarity. In keeping with Lloyd Pratt’s reading of “strangerhood” in Douglass’s late antebellum writ- ings, then, I suggest that Douglass’s animals identify “an ineluctable bar- rier to mutual intelligibility that also functions as a kind of hinge point for mutuality.” 97 In his turn to the animal body, Douglass develops a new strain of antislavery rhe­toric in which relations of sympathy and intersub- jective recognition take a backseat to material relations of proximity, embodied necessity, and mutual exposure. But this new argument also creates difficulties for Douglass since, unlike his appeals to sympathy and moral conversion, his invocations of slavery’s systemic risk can seem to leave audiences with very ­little to do. By the lights of his new, materialist antislavery logic, slavery not only ought­ to be abolished, but it inevitably ­will be, with or without white Amer­i­ca’s consent, lending this argument a fatalistic providentialism un- characteristic of Douglass’s earlier work. Thus, for instance, in his power­ ful Fourth of July address, Douglass boldly asserts that “the doom of slavery is certain”—­vouchsafed not by a preponderance of antislavery votes or by the sure vengeance of an angry god, but by the much more diffuse and not-­quite-­human agency of what he describes as “the obvious tendencies of the age” ­toward globalization and (which turns out to be the same ­thing) freedom.98 As he tells us, “No nation can now shut itself up from the surrounding world and trot round in the same old path of its ­fathers without interference,” for “intelligence is penetrating the darkest corners of the globe. It makes its pathway over and ­under the sea, as well as on the earth. Wind, steam, and lightning are its chartered agents. Oceans no longer divide, but link nations together.”99 Although the nation-­dissolving “intelligence”­ Douglass alludes to here­ is clearly com- municated by ­human technologies—­“wind, steam, and lightning” met- onymically referencing oceanic navigation, railroads, and telegraphs—­his heavi­ly allegorized prose distances ­these circulations and the “intelligence” they spread from ­human action and intentions. Instead, the globalizing “tendencies of the age” he describes ­here take on the impersonal dimen-

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 54 11/1/17 11:57 AM Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality 55

sions of a world spirit or hidden hand—an emergent systemic rather than strictly human­ force whose fugitive and deterritorializing freedom of cir- culation Douglass most directly identifies with “agents” ofmatter ­ itself. Thus this essay’s famously fiery denunciation of American hy­poc­risy ends on a paradoxically quietist note. Bracketing the issue of racial differ- ence (“Must I undertake to prove that the slave is a man?,” Douglass sighs; “The time for such argument is passed”) and likewise waiving its earlier call for a recommitment to American Revolutionary ideals, Douglass’s jer- emiad concludes by heralding emancipation’s inescapability: in this essay, abolition is both the means of national repentance and the globally wrought apocalypse that awaits an unregenerate nation.100 And thus instead of reaffirming American self-­determination, Douglass’s natu­ral law rhe­ toric ends by challenging the very notion of individual and national sover- eignty that the found­ers had originally used that rhe­toric to defend. In Douglass’s empiricized version, the nation’s naturalness indicates its in- ability to “shut itself up from the surrounding world,” highlighting its exposure to and imbrication within a global community of human­ and nonhuman beings interrelated through biological, geophysical, ideologi- cal, and economic systems whose multiplied complexity no individual nor nation could hope to fi­nally control. It is, consequently, unclear what role is left in this climatological drama for Douglass’s audiences to play. As Carrie Hyde argues in her brilliant reading of weather in The Heroic Slave, by “depicting nature as the princi­ple agent” of antislavery re­sis­tance, “Doug- lass is able to suggest that opposition to slavery is more fundamental than the actions of any one individual or group.”101 Indeed, he suggests that opposition to slavery may originate in forces that are not human­ at all. In this re­spect, Douglass’s Fourth of July prophecy is not only antira- cist and transnationalist but also posthumanist. Resurrecting the discourse of natu­ral rights as a self-­executing modality of natu­ral laws, Douglass turns the found­ers’ liberal humanistic logic on its ear by making freedom an involuntary instinct of the body and an inexorable tendency of ­matter itself. Far from marking a uniquely ­human autonomy from natu­ral laws, this empirical freedom is all but indistinguishable from physical necessity. Moreover, it conjures an empirical public that likewise breaks from the found­ers’ nationalistic vision. For whereas Amer­i­ca’s liberal institutions convoke a public constituted by formally equal and enfranchised indi- viduals conjoined by contract and brought together by rational, delibera- tive debate, Douglass’s revolutionary animals and abolitionist oceans point to a public that comprises all earthly beings whatsoever, conjoined by material interrelations and brought together by the ongoing strug­gle to

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 55 11/1/17 11:57 AM 56 Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality

satisfy their basic “wants”—­including, most basically, the freedom to pursue those­ interests. Access to this embodied public is not restricted by qualifications—­one need not be accredited as “rational,” or “­human,” or “morally ­free” to participate in it. On the contrary, the polemical force of this embodied public is that participation in it—­and thus exposure to it—is strictly unavoidable, a condition of being. In his invocations of an empiricized natu­ral law, then, Douglass makes an end run around the ef- forts of some racial scholars to definitively exclude his race from the ranks of the ­human by dismantling the humanistic logic that makes humanity a criteria for po­liti­cal participation in the first place. As Bruno Latour might describe this, Douglass renounces the arbitrary distinction between “natu­ ral” (passive, animalistic) and “po­liti­cal” (­free, human)­ action, challenging us “to redefine politics asthe entire set of tasks that allow the progressive composition of a common world.”102 If racial science should succeed in dis- proving our “common nature,” it cannot deny this common world: with this insight, voiced in “Claims” and developed across Douglass’s images of natu­ral vio­lence in the 1850s, Douglass twists racial science’s empiricism to his advantage, demonstrating how its embodied and hierarchical ac- count of the human­ might in fact sponsor a more capacious and inclusive postnationalist and nonhumanist vision of worldly community. From our con­temporary standpoint, this may seem like a power­ful (or at least fash­ion­able) move. Douglass’s insistence upon the way in which proximate bodies impinge on each other regardless of their po­liti­cal sta- tus boldly renounces what Mel Chen describes as humanism’s “animacy hierarchy”—­the systematic denial of nonhuman agency by which humanism licenses the po­liti­cal exclusion of, and moral indifference to, racialized, animalized, and objectified bodies.103 However, this liberatory renuncia- tion also comes with steep costs to Douglass’s politics, for, as we have just seen, it erodes the liberal politics he is other­wise inclined to champion. Thus if Douglass’s antislavery materialism defuses the force of denials of Black humanity, it does so by giving up on the unique moral and po­liti­cal value of human­ belonging and mooting the question of racial equality—­ both of which (unique moral value and racial equality) he was understand- ably keen to claim for Black humanity. While his insurgent bodies clearly resist objectification, their agency cannot serve Douglass as proof of their liberal personhood. Instead, his embodied public is full of unowned agency, agency that (like freedom, on his redescription) is not a property of persons but rather percolates up from materiality itself. Although antislavery, this materialist riposte to racial science leads Douglass a long way off from the liberalism he might like to inhabit.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 56 11/1/17 11:57 AM Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality 57

To be sure, Douglass never explic­itly formulates the challenges his ma- terialism poses to the liberal princi­ples he champions. However, his sense of their contradiction may be registered in the reluctance with which he turns to this argument. As it appears in his late antebellum writings, this antislavery materialism functions (like the antislavery vio­lence that he usu- ally summons it to justify) as a kind of position of last resort. Indeed, in “Claims” his appeal to our materially “united destiny” explic­itly appears as the essay’s last line of defense against polygenist racial theory, and in his Fourth of July address it again emerges only after­ his appeal to Amer­ i­ca’s liberal princi­ples is exhausted. Such reluctance suggests, as I have al- ready speculated, that Douglass was a liberal driven to develop a materialist argument against slavery by the popu­lar ascendance of racial science and empiricism’s cultural authority, more broadly. But if, on this view, Doug- lass’s embrace of embodiment is a local strategy and not the po­liti­cal end- game, the same cannot be said of posthumanist materialisms ­today, raising the question of ­whether the illiberalism of materialism’s politics is fully reg- istered in ­these theories. I ­will return to this in Chapter 4, where I ­will suggest that the question of the contradictions between materialism and liberalism is one whose absence has shaped­ posthumanism’s failure to rig- orously theorize its relation to racial and social justice traditions. By way of conclusion, I would like to look at one final example of Dou- glass’s antislavery materialism that lights up its illiberal and nonhumanis- tic tendencies. I have argued elsewhere for the burgeoning materialism and “amoral abolitionism” of My Bondage and My Freedom; rather than reca- pitulate that argument here­ I would like to return to The Heroic Slave which, as Douglass’s only foray into fiction, allowed him to distill his ideas with vivid concision.104 We have already seen how the novella’s opening scene naturalizes natu­ral law by identifying Madison Washington’s natu­ral right to freedom with the instinctive self-­assertion of animals in the forest. At the end of the novella, in the climactic scene of Washington’s successful mutiny aboard the Creole, Douglass again rewrites the rational vio­lence of American Revolutionary liberalism as natu­ral, inhuman, and involuntary vio­lence—­a demand for freedom that is systemic to the material order of being. Like the prior three episodes of the story, which are narrated by Mr. Listwell, this pivotal episode is also narrated by a white character, Tom Grant. Grant survived the mutiny aboard the Creole and now, two months ­later, relates the story to an audience of dubious fellow sailors at a Richmond coffee­house. He is goaded into the retelling by a sailor named Williams who blames the affair on mismanagement: “All that is needed in dealing

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 57 11/1/17 11:57 AM 58 Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality

with a set of rebellious darkies, is to show that ye’re not afraid of ’em,” Williams scoffs. “A drop of blood from one on ’em will­ skeer a hundred.”105 Routing the narrative of the mutiny through Grant’s defense of his defeat thus allows Douglass to specify precisely what, in the eyes of this unsympa- thetic white Southerner, overmastered him. And as Grant tells it, the lesson of the mutiny is a curiously blended one. For on the one hand, contrary to Williams, Grant insists that Washington is proof that “­there are exceptions to this general rule” that “[Negroes] are ignorant,” and Grant leaves the Creole affair convinced that “this ­whole slave-­trading business is a disgrace and scandal to Old Virginia.”­ 106 However, when pressed, Grant does not ascribe the mutiny’s success to Washington’s exceptional intelligence and bravery. Instead, he compares the mutiny to a hurricane or maelstrom, a natu­ral disaster in the face of which “we lose our indignation and disgust in lamentation of the disaster, and in awe of the Power which controls the ele­ments.”107 In Grant’s eyes, then, Washington’s agency dis­appears into the imper- sonal forces of nature, and this eclipse is borne out by the account he gives of the role of the weather in the mutiny’s events. Grant was knocked un- conscious early in the fighting and, upon waking, attempts to rally the crew, who have retreated to the ship’s rigging. But Washington interrupts Grant’s efforts with an eloquent defense of the justice of his cause, invoking his namesake’s example: “God is my witness that LIBERTY, not malice, is the motive for this night’s work. . . . ​We have done that which you applaud your ­fathers for ­doing, and if we are murderers, so ­were they.”108 If The Heroic Slave were­ a conventionally liberal story, this speech should have been the end of it. But in fact it makes ­little impression on Grant. For although he “forgot [Washington’s] blackness in the dignity of his manner, and the el- oquence of his speech,” these­ evidences of Washington’s equal humanity are nevertheless not enough to overcome Grant’s racial prejudice: “It was not that his princi­ples ­were wrong in the abstract; for they are the princi­ ples of 1776,” Grant confesses. “But I could not bring myself to recognize their application to one whom I deemed my inferior.”109 Thus rational dis- course and appeals to shared princi­ple fail to end Grant’s standoff with Washington; instead, it is finished by force. First, ­there is the sheer force of Washington’s desire for freedom: Washington tells Grant that if they come near “a slave-­cursed shore” he will­ set fire to the ship’s magazine and blow them all “into a thousand fragments,” an oath that convinces Grant “that re­sis­tance was out of the question.” Next, as if to underscore Wash- ington’s threat of fragmentation by fire, a storm suddenly blows up, howl- ing with sublime fury and threatening to splinter the ship. If Washington’s

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 58 11/1/17 11:57 AM Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality 59

threat convinced Grant to defer his re­sis­tance, the ocean’s threat momen- tarily convinces him to forget his objection altogether: “For awhile we had dearer interests to look after­ than slave property.” It is thus not Washing- ton’s idealistic rhe­toric but the storm’s existential threat that ultimately engenders cross-­racial cooperation ­here, activating every­one’s “dearer in- terests” in survival than in preserving “slave property.” Looking grimly out upon the spectacle of “the dreadful hurricane,” Washington calmly proclaims, “Mr. Mate, you cannot write the bloody laws of slavery on ­those restless billows. The ocean, if not the land, is ­free.” With this, his last re- ported line in the novella, Washington identifies his freedom with the exi- gencies of a “restless” nature that has compelled Grant to acquiesce to Washington’s demand for freedom despite his continued denial of Wash- ington’s equal humanity. The Heroic Slave thus frames emancipation as a ­matter of self-­preservation, as Grant finds his imminent death far more persuasive than any of Washington’s rhetorical appeals on behalf of his own human­ rights. But the point ­here is not simply that Douglass allows Washington’s ra- tional agency—­his heroic re­sis­tance and the humanness it evinces—to be eclipsed by the ocean’s sublime and irrational power. Rather, the point is that by the naturalistic logic with which the story begins—­the logic that identifies the right to freedom in “animal” instincts—­Washington’s vio­ lence is of the same order as the ocean’s: both are construed as elemental forces impersonally inscribed in the “restless” or freedom-­loving order of ­matter. One mea­sure of the radicalism of this conceptual move is that, in modeling Washington’s uprising on the unruly ocean, Douglass in fact em- braces the argument that Daniel Webster had advanced in 1842 in an at- tempt to re-­enslave the people­ of the actual­ Creole, who had been officially liberated when the mutineers landed at Nassau. As Carrie Hyde reminds us, on the day of the historical mutiny there­ had been no storm; instead, Douglass’s in­ven­ted storm seems to derive from Daniel Webster’s subse- quent effort to establish that the British lacked jurisdiction when they freed the Creole by arguing that the mutineer’s “unlawful force” ­ought to be re- garded like the “stresses of weather” (according to maritime law, when foul weather drives a vessel into port, it is exempted from becoming sub- ject to the laws of that country).110 Hyde suggests that Douglass’s squall “strategically reappropriates natu­ral meta­phors as a figure for natu­ral rights,” converting Webster’s conflation of violent mutinies and violent weather into a “universalizing rhe­toric of natu­ral law as a model for po­liti­ cal reform in the United States.”111 I concur with Hyde’s analy­sis but wish to add that the natu­ral law Douglass hereby invokes is conceptually alien

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 59 11/1/17 11:57 AM 60 Racial Science and the Prob­lem of ­Human Equality

to the one to which Madison Washington’s forebears appealed, and that the mechanisms of po­liti­cal change this naturalized natu­ral law envisions likewise exceed the deliberative rationality and national self-­constitution the found­ers’ liberal institutions enshrined. This is what Douglass means by taking seriously Webster’s de-­animating conflation of slave uprisings with bad weather: his naturalization of natu­ral rights drains the rational agency out of Washington’s revolutionary action, transforming freedom from a ­human prerogative into an ontological imperative. As Douglass’s 1850s writings suggest, far from distinguishing the ­free (­human beings) from the materially determined (nonhuman beings), this natu­ral freedom percolates throughout the world, finding expression in snakes and birds no less than in transatlantic commerce and violent weather. And where this irrepressible urge breaks out—in stampedes, uprisings, and cyclones—it confronts ­those in its way with their own freedom: fight, fly, accommo- date, or die. Douglass’s depictions of freedom’s empirical imperative in the 1850s thus bracket the question of racial difference and ­human equality that both liberal and racialist discourses had made to seem paramount to the ques- tion of slavery and the prospect of a multiracial national community. And yet by making freedom an instinct of matter,­ his antislavery materialism creates prob­lems for the notion of rational agency and human­ autonomy that ground liberal humanist doctrine. My next chapter will­ further ex- plore this erosion of agency in antislavery materialism by turning to the late work of Henry David Thoreau. Like Douglass, Thoreau also followed the rise of racial science closely, adopting and adapting its empiricism in ways that indelibly reshaped his antislavery politics in the 1850s.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 60 11/1/17 11:57 AM chapter 2 Thoreau’s Seeds: Evolution and the Problem­ of Human­ Agency

Henry often reminded me of an animal in ­human form. He had the eye of a bird, the scent of a dog, the most acute, delicate intelligence—­but no soul. No . . . ​Henry could not have had a ­human soul.

—­ralph waldo emerson1

I am not responsible for the successful working of the machinery of society. I am not the son of the engineer. I perceive that, when an acorn and a chestnut fall side by side, the one does not remain inert to make way for the other, but both obey their own laws, and spring and grow and flourish as best they can, till one, perchance, overshadows and destroys the other. If a plant cannot live according to its nature, it dies; and so a man.

—­henry david thoreau, “Re­sis­tance to Civil Government” (1849)

What does it mean for Thoreau to compare society’s workings to the op- erations of “machinery”? According to what logic could he suggest that debate in a deliberative democracy obeys something like the dynamics of resource competition that govern forest succession? What does it do to our conception of belief to say that moral convictions are inscribed in our “na- tures” in the way that dif­fer­ent habits of growth are inscribed in the na- tures of oaks and chestnuts? What prompted Emerson to suspect Thoreau had an animal body but no “­human soul”? As we have seen, the idea that moral and biological identity are ineluc- tably linked—­that the human­ mind is not autonomous of the body—is cen- tral to biologism’s challenge to the humanist episteme, and a key premise of antebellum racial discourse. “The intellectual man is inseparable from the physical man,” write the authors of Types of Mankind, “and the nature of the one cannot be altered without a corresponding change in the other.”2 In the previous chapter we saw how this embodied episteme created a cri- sis for the ideal of liberal equality at midcentury. The pres­ent chapter ­will examine a dif­fer­ent aspect of the crisis that biologism’s embodied account of the ­human created for liberal doctrine, a prob­lem symptomatized in

61

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 61 11/1/17 11:57 AM 62 Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency

Thoreau’s comparison of moral to speciological succession, above. As Tho- reau suggests, since he is simply obeying the law of his embodied “nature” when he stands up against slavery, he cannot be held responsible for the actions he takes or their effect on “the machinery of society.” If moral char- acter is indeed inseparable from physical character, then ­human agency is merely an expression of biological forces that are beyond our design or con- trol. Already in Douglass’s appeal to instinctive vio­lence we can discern the horizon of this reconceptualization of conscientious action: the biolo- gization of belief transforms rational debate into a scene of existential strug­gle, in which men (like oxen, horses,­ snakes, and, Thoreau adds, trees and plants) must “live according to [their] nature” or die. In this chapter, I examine the ways in which Thoreau’s increasingly em- pirical understanding of nature in the 1850s reshaped his late antislavery thought. Reexamining the shift in Thoreau’s style in the 1850s, a shift ­often described as lurching from the lyricism of his early Journal to the ostensibly “dry” objectivity of his late naturalistic writings, I highlight the continuousness of Thoreau’s commitment to an embodied conception of the ­human across this de­cade, and examine the difficulties this commit- ment created for his faith in the freedom of moral conscience, the found- ing princi­ple of his natu­ral law doctrine. The line I will­ be charting from the early to late Journal, and culminating in his essays for John Brown and unfinished manuscripts on seeds and fruits at the end of the de­cade, tells the story of Thoreau’s sustained investigation of the phenomenon of envi- ronmental influence—of the plastic responsivity of thehuman ­ body and mind to their physical surroundings. As I will­ argue, if Thoreau’s concep- tion of nature’s moral influence is at first nearly indistinguishable from -Em erson’s depiction of nature as a moral text written in physical ciphers, it nonetheless progressively evolved into something markedly dif­fer­ent: an idiosyncratic theory of environmental adaptation and speciological devel- opment that put Thoreau in conversation with the most controversial debate within antebellum racial science in his final years. At its broadest, then, my claim is that we have not yet fully reckoned with Thoreau’s embodied conception of the ­human and the effects that his late ecologism had on the liberal antislavery politics we habitually ascribe to him. Critical interest in Thoreau’s empiricism has blossomed in the last three de­cades in the wake of groundbreaking studies by Sharon Cameron, Lawrence Buell, and Laura Dassow Walls, who taught us to recognize the philosophical import of Thoreau’s long-­disregarded late naturalistic writ- ings.3 Dispelling the notion that Thoreau’s “dry” empiricism signaled his declining artistic powers and withdrawal from social activism, ­these crit-

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 62 11/1/17 11:57 AM Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency 63

ics, and ­those who have followed them, celebrate the late work as evidence of Thoreau’s intellectual maturation from Transcendental idealist to eco- logical materialist.4 Lawrence Buell memorably charts this as a progres- sion “from homocentrism to biocentrism,” arguing that Thoreau gradually learned to prioritize “nature’s interest over the ­human interest” in his study of natu­ral phenomena.5 On this revised view, the increasing facticity of Thoreau’s writing in the late 1850s no longer appears as a renunciation of social activism but instead indicates the redirection of his concerns from the “homocentrism” of self-­culture and antislavery reform to the “biocen- trism” of environmentalist advocacy.6 Below I retrace Thoreau’s intellectual development in the 1850s in or- der to highlight an aspect of his thought overlooked in this account of his environmentalist politics: the consanguinity, in antebellum science, of eco- logical and racial theory. As Richard Schneider observes, in the mid–­ nineteenth century­ the study of what we now call ecol­ogy was synonymous with the study of ­human ecology—of ­human origins, racial difference, and what was then widely assumed to be the teleological pro­gress of civiliza- tion.7 Indeed, readers of the last chapter ­will recall that in eighteenth-­ and nineteenth-­century natu­ral history, “environmentalism” refers to the idea, central to monogenist racial theory, that ­human and other species change in response to physical and cultural agents in their environments—­a key premise of monogenist racial theory. In this first heyday of racial scientific controversy, even the driest ecological research—­a study, for instance, on the varying girth of Galapagos finch beaks or on the mechanisms of seed dispersal—­was rife with consequences for the racial politics by proxy unfolding in the pages of midcentury science. The close affiliation of ecological and racial theory suggests that our accounts of Thoreau’s late politics may need to be readjusted. For not only does it indicate that we may be overlooking the racialist implications of Thoreau’s ecological vision, but moreover it suggests that our repre­sen­ta­ tions of ecologism as a correction to homocentrism may be misleading. The conjunction of ecol­ogy and racial science renders the epistemological dis- tinction between nature’s interest and ­human interest untenable: it collapses what Dipesh Chakrabarty has dubbed the “age-­old humanist distinction between ­human history and natu­ral history.”8 And therefore when we describe Thoreau’s late naturalism as an implicit renunciation of his earlier anthropological concerns—­expressing “a passion for nature di- vorced from social meaning” or illustrating his mature interest in “much vaster cycles of time than those­ generated by the American po­liti­cal sys- tem”—we risk reasserting a distinction between natu­ral and po­liti­cal life

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 63 11/1/17 11:57 AM 64 Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency

that Thoreau’s ecological outlook, as I ­shall be reading it, energetically works to dismantle.9 In addition to providing a more complete picture of Thoreau’s late an- tislavery politics, acknowledging the racial implications of his ecologism also amends this picture by underscoring the proto-­posthumanism of his late politics. In The Politics of Nature, Bruno Latour spells out the distinc- tion between an environmentalist politics that aims to renaturalize human­ life and preserve nature from human­ encroachment, and an outlook (what I am calling posthumanism, and Latour calls “po­liti­cal ecol­ogy”) that be- gins from the nonhumanist assumption of humanity’s naturalness.10 There­ is nothing intrinsically redemptive in this latter synthesis: by contrast to what is sometimes presented as environmentalism’s romantic aspiration to overcome ­human alienation and re­unite with nature, posthumanism’s sense of the always-­already imbrication of social and natu­ral pro­cesses is not eth- ical but ontological. Bearing this distinction in mind, I explore how, in addition to his environmentalist appeals to preserve wildness in both our exterior and interior landscapes, Thoreau’s late work also elaborates a spec- ulative theory of embodiment that attenuates his po­liti­cal commitments to liberal individualism and conscientious action. If Thoreau’s late natu- ralistic research lent support to monogenist theory and thus bolstered his longstanding antislavery views, it also profoundly reor­ga­nized his theory of antislavery activism by remapping po­liti­cal reform onto the vast and diffuse populational, multigenerational, and not-­quite-­voluntary mecha- nisms of evolutionary change.

Against Agassiz: Thoreau’s Development in Context

The story of Thoreau’s evolution from social to environmental activist hinges upon the Journal, and the transformation it rec­ords as Thoreau’s observational methods grew progressively less Transcendentalist and more empiricist over the course of the 1850s. The story I have to tell about Tho- reau’s development from individualism to posthumanism via environ- mental racial theory also begins with the renovation of his observational practice in the Journal, which I propose to characterize somewhat differ- ently. For while I am fully persuaded that the Journal demonstrates Tho- reau’s gradual renunciation of Emerson’s mode of reading nature as a symbolic text, I would like to suggest that it should also be read as regis- tering his increasing re­sis­tance to another towering figure of antebellum natu­ral philosophy, Louis Agassiz. Readers of the prior chapter will­ recall that Agassiz was a featured contributor to Types of Mankind; he was also, in

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 64 11/1/17 11:57 AM Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency 65

the late 1840s and 1850s, a looming presence in Thoreau’s larger social circle: the celebrated head of Harvard’s brand-­new Lawrence Scientific School, a driving force behind­ the professionalization of American science and the chief architect of the theory of “special creation,” which upholds the immutability of species and rejects the notion that races develop in re- sponse to their environments. When read in light of Thoreau’s opposition to Agassizian science, the Journal begins to appear as a more consistently empirical proj­ect. As I ­shall argue below, even in its “poetic” mode of the early 1850s, the Journal demonstrates Thoreau’s deliberate investigation, pace Agassiz, into nature’s power to materially influence and thereby plas- tically transform life. Louis Agassiz arrived in Boston in 1846 during the second year of Thoreau’s residence at Walden Pond. He had been invited to give the prestigious Lowell Institute lectures in Boston and planned to spend two years touring the New World; as it happens, he never left. The buoyant Swiss naturalist so impressed American audiences with his encyclopedic knowledge and dynamic showmanship that his celebrity was soon being ­compared to Jenny Lind’s, and by the end of 1846 Agassiz was offered a professorship at the head of Harvard’s brand-­new Lawrence Scientific School, slated to open in 1847.11 The creation of the Lawrence School ­indexes the rising prominence of natu­ral science in antebellum Amer­i­ca. When Thoreau had attended Harvard in the mid-1830s, scientific study, such as it was, was an afterthought to the classical education on offer.12 But the appointment of Agassiz to helm this new school is also telling in its own right. For as it was initially conceived, the Lawrence School was de- signed to offer instruction in practical sciences that would directly sup- port “the pursuit of commerce, manufactures, and the mechanic arts.”13 ­After Agassiz’s spectacular popu­lar success in 1846, however, the Lawrence School’s major donor, cotton manufacturer Abbot Lawrence, was so cap- tivated that he deci­ded to pursue Agassiz, a theoretical scientist, for the school’s top post. Agassiz’s appointment thus gave the Lawrence School a newly theoretical mandate, attesting to the rising cachet of science not just as an applied practice but also as an episteme. At Harvard, Agassiz consolidated this cultural shift by tirelessly work- ing to institutionalize and professionalize American science. In 1847, he founded the American Association for the Advancement of Science (of which Thoreau soon became a member), and in 1853 he began to lay plans for opening the nation’s first museum of natu­ral history. That same year he announced his intention to bring out the first comprehensive survey of North American natu­ral history, soliciting subscriptions among his

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 65 11/1/17 11:57 AM 66 Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency

influential friends, who by this point included Senator Charles Sumner, Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, Ralph Waldo Emerson, Oliver Wendell Holmes Sr., and James Russell Lowell. But perhaps Agassiz’s most profound influence on American science consists of his teaching: Agassiz trained the first generation of professional scientists in Amer­i­ca. When he arrived in the United States, there­ was not a single domestic institution equipped to educate natu­ral historians; by the end of the ­century, Agassiz’s former student William James would observe, “­there is hardly one now of the American naturalists of my generation whom Agassiz did not train.”14 From his im­mensely influential position, Agassiz propagated a version of natu­ral history or­ga­nized on the theory of special creation.15 His re- search on glaciers in the 1830s, before his emigration to the United States, yielded the breakthrough hypothesis that the earth has under­gone a number of ice ages, each of which caused a mass extinction event. From this in- sight, Agassiz developed his theory of special creation, arguing that God serially scrubs the earth clean with glaciers in order to repopulate the earth with more advanced and complex versions of the prior world’s species. This theory of speciological change allowed Agassiz to account for a fossil rec­ ord that kept turning up extinct species that nonetheless bore striking re- semblances to extant species without requiring him to conclude that such fossils indicate that species are inherently changeful. Instead, the theory of special creation holds that only God has the power to change nature: in his apparently growing wisdom, God periodically revises species, but spe- cies themselves are static, undergoing no physical change between ice ages and remaining fixed in the geo­graph­i­cal place to which God assigned them. On this theory, then, the resemblance between fossil species and present-­day species is strictly typological: ­these species are not materially related, Agassiz asserted, but rather represent sequential iterations—an early and a ­later, superior draft—of a single divine thought. Agassiz thus roundly rejected the “developmental hypothesis” advanced by men like Jean-­Baptiste Lamarck,­ Étienne Geoffroy Saint-­Hilaire, and Robert Chambers. To the contrary, he argued that “­there is nothing in [or­ga­nized beings] which depends in the slightest degree upon the nature or the influence of the physical conditions in which they live.”16 Such physical “agents have never been observed to produce anything new, or to call into existence anything that did not exist before,” he maintains, concluding (in a line that might have made the early Emerson proud) that “the whole­ Creation is the expres- sion of a thought, and not the product of physical agents.”17 Like stop-motion­ animation, Agassiz’s world only appears to move. God, and not change, is the author of the world that we see, and this syntactical world pres­ents us

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 66 11/1/17 11:57 AM Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency 67

with a “vast picture in which each animal, each plant, each group, each class, has its place, and from which nothing could be removed without destroying the proper meaning of the ­whole.”18 From their first contact, it was clear that Agassiz’s scientific premises and methods were­ not Thoreau’s. In 1847, while he was still living at Walden Pond, Thoreau received an invitation to contribute birds to Agas- siz’s North American collection. Collecting and classifying specimens was a cornerstone of Agassiz’s scientific method. Since he did not believe that species are influenced by their environments, he saw no value in studying species in situ; instead, he sought to comprehend the divine “thought” of creation by collecting as many extant species as pos­si­ble and organ­izing ­these specimens into typological groupings—­dividing them into the “four ­great branches of the animal kingdom” (Radiata, Mollusks, Articulata, Ver- tebrata), and then ordering them within ­these branches according to “their superiority or inferiority in regard to ­others.”19 In 1847, Thoreau had not yet begun to study natu­ral history in earnest; however, he was already convinced of the importance of studying life in context. In response to Agassiz’s request for bird specimens, he wrote of his “squeamishness on the score of robbing [bird] nests” and suggested that ­there was, in any case, a wider variety of birds to be found near Harvard, since he had “noticed that in an open country where there­ are but few trees, there­ are more ­attractions for many species of birds than in a wooded one.”20 Thoreau’s distaste for killing life in the name of studying it (he signs off, “Trusting that you ­will feather your own nest comfortably without stripping ­those of the birds quite bare”) was thus not only an ethical position. For Thoreau, any worthwhile study of North American birds must not only be able to identify dif­fer­ent species but must, more importantly, be able to describe their distinctive ways of being—to understand how birds interact with their habitats and how habitat change (for instance, Cambridge’s deforestation) might induce populational migration (attracting more birds to Agassiz’s suburban campus than to Thoreau’s woods). It is, ­after all, not the shape but the life of the body that intrigues us. Already in this brief first encounter, it’s clear that Thoreau’s interest in the lived interaction between organisms and their environments sets his approach to the study of nature apart from Agassiz’s. Laura Dassow Walls describes this difference as a fault line that divides the field of romantic science more broadly. As she argues, early nineteenth-­century science was dominated by two competing attitudes ­toward local particularity. On one side ­were the “rational holists” (including Emerson and Agassiz) who viewed nature’s diversity as the expression of an anterior ordering princi­ple

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 67 11/1/17 11:57 AM 68 Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency

that is itself immaterial—­law, spirit, thought, God, the One. Alternatively, “empirical holists” (including naturalists like Thoreau and Alexander von Humboldt) held that nature’s diversity is “moved and animated by internal forces,” that nature unfolds itself through the dynamic interaction of its myriad parts. ­These differing premises led romantic era science in two dif­fer­ent directions: rational holists identified patterns in nature in an effort to elucidate the under­lying and eternal ordering princi­ple or moral law manifested therein; empirical holists endeavored to discern nature’s interconnectivity—to observe the “infinity of mechanical forces and chemical attractions” through which climate, topography, and vegetation, as well as human­ economies, languages, and cultures, variously combine and impinge on one another to create the forms of life distinctive to that place.21 The result of this latter epistemology, Walls suggests, “could be called a kind of situated knowledge,” a mapping of local complexity that also traces this local assemblage’s connections to natu­ral phenomena far- ther flung in space and time.22 In the late 1840s and early 1850s, Thoreau’s pursuit of “situated knowl- edge” was chiefly driven by his interest in something that Agassiz’s science strictly prohibited—­the possibility of human­ development. Agassiz believed that ­humans demonstrated development in the sense that, for instance, the “white race” characterized “man in his highest development,” whereas other races embodied vari­ous aspects of humankind’s “early stages of de- velopment.”23 Nonetheless for Agassiz, ­humans did not possess an intrinsic capacity for development; only an act of God—an exterminating ice age and total new creation—­could change the nature of the races and advance humankind toward­ moral and physiological perfection. By his own ac- count, Thoreau came to understand his sojourn at Walden Pond as an effort to prove the opposite hypothesis: that humans­ are indeed impress- ible, that “physical agents” in our environments can so alter our moral natures that we might come to “live with the license of a higher order of beings.” 24 Thus though he may have originally conceived of his move to Walden as an experiment in removal—­a demonstration of the freedom af- forded by renouncing one’s social environment—by the end of revising Walden in 1854, Thoreau had come to frame it as an experiment in self-­ transformation, embracing (as William Rossi persuasively documents) a transmutationist theory of evolution that allows him to conclude that “­there is an incessant influx of novelty into the world.”25 If we would only go out into nature and open ourselves up to its creative force, we might find that ­these are “but the spring months in the life of the race,” he warrants.26 In

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 68 11/1/17 11:57 AM Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency 69

“Walking,” an essay he first delivered in 1851, while he was still revising Walden, Thoreau formulates this thought in the form of an overtly anti-­ Agassizian credo: “I believe that climate does thus react on man—as ­there is something in the mountain air that feeds the spirit and inspires. Will­ not man grow to greater perfection intellectually as well as physically ­under ­these influences?”27 But the site of Thoreau’s most rigorous and sustained experiment in en- vironmental self-­cultivation is the journal that he turned into a laboratory of situated empiricism in 1850. In November, Thoreau began to write in his journal every­ day. From that point forward the Journal became the in- strument of a practice—­what Walls describes as “a tool for seeing.”28 Thoreau’s entries in this period demonstrate his ambition not only to rec­ ord observations of flora and fauna around Concord but, moreover, to re- fine his capacity for perception—to discover how his own life is environed and, through this effort of attention, to thereby make himself more recep- tive to the influence of this environment. “Why should just ­these sights and sounds accompany our life?” he won­ders in an entry for April 18, 1852, which serves as a kind of mission statement for this new Journal proj­ect:

Why should I hear the chattering of blackbirds, why smell the skunk each year? I would fain explore the mysterious relation between myself and ­these ­things. I would at least know what ­these ­things unavoidably are—­make a chart of our life—­know how its shores trend—­that butter- flies reappear & when—­know why just this circle of creatures com- pletes the world. Can I not by expectation affect the revolutions of nature, make a day to bring forth something new? As Cawley loved a garden, so I a forest. Observe all kinds of coincidences—as what kinds of birds come with what flowers.

Fascinated by nature’s “coincidences” (such as “what kinds of birds come with what flowers”), Thoreau frames hisJournal proj­ect as an effort to map the vari­ous elements­ of his environment so that he might “explore the mysterious relation between myself and these­ ­things.” What he wants to assem­ble, then, is not simply an Agassizian survey that ­will index all of the species that appear in Concord through the cycle of a year. For in addition to being able to list “what these­ ­things unavoidably are,” Thoreau hopes to make “a chart of our life”—to identify the material relations between these­ myriad phenomena and his lived experience so as to understand how “just ­these sights and sounds” produce just this kind of life. Moreover, Thoreau hopes that by studying this interrelation he can transform it—­can “make a

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 69 11/1/17 11:57 AM 70 Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency

day to bring forth something new.” His proj­ect is thus not simply documen- tary but creative: it is not only knowledge but also development he is after.­ In her still peerless analy­sis of the Journal, Sharon Cameron highlights how this passage signals Thoreau’s break from the symbolic analytic of na- ture he had learned from Emerson, and which he employs so frequently in Walden. In his Emersonian mode, Thoreau “reads” natu­ral phenomena as parables that are morally edifying, but ­here, Cameron argues, Thoreau’s natu­ral phenomena “evade morals or interpretations.” For, as she explains, “morals are fixed” and universal whereas the natu­ral phenomena Thoreau mentions ­here are “fugitive” and particular—­historical rather than exem- plary, desultory instants and not instantiations of a transcendent moral or- der. Indeed, Thoreau even suggests that this nature is unfinished, that it is still capable of bringing forth “something new.” Accordingly, Cameron concludes that “the sustained documentation of the Journal [is] the strat- egy for writing about nature that resists being symbolic”: convinced that this world is still in the making, the Journal sets out to rec­ord natu­ral phe- nomena without mining them for timeless moral truths.29 While I share Cameron’s sense that this passage indicates Thoreau’s conversion to an analytic of “nature that resists being symbolic,” I want to suggest that this change nonetheless did not put an end to his conviction that nature is morally edifying. When Cameron writes that the Journal is satisfied “by the very act of observing contrasts, disassociated from story, progression, from anything at all”—or again, when Buell suggests that the Journal tracks Thoreau’s pro­gress “from homocentrism to biocentrism”— we are tempted to conclude that nature, in the Journal, is wholly indiffer- ent to ­human meaning.30 But if nature is not a divine text—­a message for ­humans ciphered in bark and feathers—­this need not mean that it therefore bears no relation to ­human thought. Throwing aside hermeneutics, Thoreau’s Journal proceeds on the understanding that the material envi- ronment conditions Thoreau’s perception of it. In other words, I suggest that the admittedly desultory notes that ­these entries collect—­their apparently haphazard shifts between observations on the weather, flora and fauna, and the thoughts or reflections thatthese ­ spring in Thoreau—­will only seem to be a rec­ord of “relentless discontinuousness” if we discount what I take to be the Journal’s founding premise: that the vari­ous natu­ral and ­mental phenomena it registers are materially interconnected.31 On my reading, Thoreau’s early Journal sets out to study the sensuous relations between his mind and nature, determined to identify the as-­yet “mysterious” mutuality through which “just this circle of creatures com- pletes” or convokes his thought of the world. The contours of this argu-

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 70 11/1/17 11:57 AM Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency 71

ment ­will be easier to comprehend by way of example. In his journal entry for July 21, 1851, Thoreau reports,

When I am against this bare promontory of a huckleberry hill, then forsooth my thoughts ­will expand. Is it some influence as a vapor which exhales from the ground, or something in the gales which blow ­there, or in all things­ ­there brought together agreeably to my spirit? The walls must not be too high . . . ​the trees must not be too numerous nor the hills too near bounding the view.32

­Here Thoreau describes an experience of what we might call inspiration atop a huckleberry hill. However, instead of relaying the content of his di- lated thoughts, as we might expect, Thoreau is strictly interested in the physical circumstances surrounding their occurrence. Thus he takes note of the precise arrangement of walls (not too high), trees (not too numer- ous), and hills (not too near) in an effort to account for the fact that just this composition of objects has the power to cause his thoughts to sponta- neously “expand.” This subjective experience is the result of “some influ- ence,” he proposes, and if the mechanism at work is more complicated than the miasmic local vapor he first suspects, it nonetheless retains for him all the predictability and reproducibility of a physiological reflex: “When I am against this bare promontory . . . ​my thoughts ­will expand.” However ephemeral or ethereal it may seem, this experience of mental­ illumination is, for Thoreau, a legibly material and embodied phenomenon. This moment echoes ­others in the Journal, which doggedly tracks the movements of Thoreau’s thoughts of nature. We can see this, for instance, in Thoreau’s fascination with the correlation between the character of his thoughts and the seasons in which they arrive. For Thoreau, winter had a kind of incubating effect, its emptiness bringing his thoughts to fruition: “The winter was made to concentrate and harden and mature the kernel of [man’s] brain, to give tone and firmness and consistency to his thought,” he writes. “Then is the great­ harvest of the year, the harvest of thought.”33 And if “winter with its inwardness” of blank days causes­ thoughts to take final shape, spring is, for Thoreau, the season of new freshets of inspira- tion.34 “When the frost comes out of the ground, ­there is a corresponding thawing of the man,” he reports.35 It would be easy to ­mistake ­these ob- servations for analogies; however, Thoreau repeatedly indicates that the relation he means to invoke is not comparative but causal. Thus, for instance, when he observes that “the distant view of the open flooded Sudbury mead- ows, all dark blue, surrounded by a landscape of white snow, gave an impulse to the dormant sap in my veins,” we are at first tempted to imagine that his

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 71 11/1/17 11:57 AM 72 Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency

feeling of revival manifests as a kind of mystical sympathy with the re- awakening earth in this early spring thaw. But the entry goes on to ex- plain that his quickening pulse is more specifically the result of anticipation: offering the first “placid reflecting ­water” to be seen since the ponds and rivers froze over months earlier, the flooded meadows direct his gaze upward to the sky, where he expects, on the “promise of the morrow,” to see the arrival of new avian life (birds come to fishthose ­ newly reopened ­waters). The flooded spring meadows thus produce a stirring in Thoreau ­because they indicate the return of activity ­after a long dull winter. “I must be on the lookout now for the gulls and the ducks,” he eagerly concludes; “this is the sap of which I make my sugar after­ the frosty nights.”36 Reflec- tions like these­ help to bring the Journal into focus as an instrument for studying the sensuous and affective relations by which natu­ral phenom- ena incite physiological responses and excite ­mental phenomena. By faith- fully documenting ­these coincidences, the Journal enables Thoreau to observe himself observing nature. In the retrospect that it provides, he can scrutinize his experience for clues to the specific mechanisms by which “climate does thus react on man.” It is therefore not only the mutability of natu­ral phenomena that marks the Journal’s departure from Emerson’s and Agassiz’s static naturalism; Thoreau’s heresy also inheres in his embodied conception of mind. Indeed, as Branka Arsić observes, Thoreau’s ambition to think “the origin of thought . . . ​outside of the self” presumes a recursive relationality between mind and world that is at odds with the image of a “self-­posited reflexive mind representing the external and material world.” The Journal practices an empiricism that begins from the assumption that the mind is not au- tonomous but rather inextricable from the external and material world it perceives—­not mystically fused in some “vague and dubious quasi-­ ecological” way but ordinarily and unavoidably immersed by virtue of its embodiment and ongoing, sensuous impressibility.37 On this reading, then, what changed as Thoreau’s conception of nature became progressively less Transcendentalist and more empiricist in the 1850s is not his sense that na- ture is morally instructive but his sense of how this edification takes place. If, for Emerson and Agassiz, nature’s order is symbolic (a catechism of law in rocks and stones and trees), in Thoreau’s Journal nature increasingly ap- pears as a shifting array of physical agents that work us over, impressing us sensuously and materially impinging on our minds through mechanisms Thoreau was determined to discover.38 This intermediation of mind and environment makes for an unusual sci- entific practice: Thoreau understands his perceptual experience to be a

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 72 11/1/17 11:57 AM Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency 73

facet of the material phenomenon he is observing. Thus while Agassiz was training up the first generation of American scientists in the methods of strict objectivity (a mode of seeing Walls describes as a “crystalline purity . . . ​emptied of self”), Thoreau was developing an experimentally meta-­observational practice that would not have passed muster at the Law- rence Scientific School.39 As he would protest, however, his own method was arguably more rigorously empirical than the alternative. Thus, in a memorable journal entry for Christmas Day, 1851, he complains:

I witness a beauty in the form or coloring of the clouds which ­addresses itself to my imagination, for which you account scientifically to my understanding, but do not so account to my imagination. . . . ​ You tell me it is a mass of vapor which absorbs all other rays and reflects the red, but that is nothing to the purpose, for this red vision excites me, stirs my blood, makes my thoughts flow, and I have new and indescribable fancies, and you have not touched the secret of the influence.40

Lamenting the poverty of conventional science, Thoreau calls for an ex- panded practice that would take into account the ­whole phenomenon of sunset—­both the observable light and the sensuous effects of that light on its observer. “This red vision excites me, stirs my blood, makes my thought flow,” he insists, pointing to the fact that this light has not only passed through the vaporous body of a cloud, but also through the medium of his own body, striking his eye and exciting his pulse and mind. Although it would be another thirty years before the invention of an instrument to mea­sure changes in blood pressure, and even longer before the invention of a means to mea­sure blood flow to the brain, Thoreau knows ­these as-­yet-­ unmeasurable physiological phenomena to be materially real nevertheless, and he insists that they must be counted among the empirical phenomena that compose the multidimensional event we call “sunset.” On this reading, then, when Thoreau suggests that science is in need of a poetic supplement, he is not voicing the commonplace romantic asser- tion that poetry has access to a higher moral truth to which empiricism’s prosaically earthbound materialism is blind. For Thoreau, “poetry” refers to experience—­the same authority to which empiricism is, ostensibly, com- mitted. Thus when he despairs at the deficiency of an “objective” science that purges subjective experience from its frame of reference, he is not ex- posing the inherent limitation of empirical knowledge so much as he is accusing conventional science of failing to live up to its empiricist creed. “­There is no such thing­ as a pure objective observation,” Thoreau protests,

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 73 11/1/17 11:57 AM 74 Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency

since “the sum of what the writer of what­ever class has to report is simply some human­ experience.”41 A truly materialist empiricism must therefore acknowledge the mediating presence of the observer’s subjectivity. Indeed, he suggests that insofar as “objective” science fails to incorporate human­ perception within the frame of the natu­ral world it scrutinizes, it not only lies about the empirical conditions of its operation but moreover condemns its inquiries to inconsequence. For by expunging the observer from the scene of observation, science precludes itself from examining what must be, tautologically, the most in­ter­est­ing facet of any natu­ral phenomenon: its ­human interest. Thus Thoreau objects, “I think that the man of science makes this ­mistake . . . ​that you should coolly give your chief attention to the phenomenon which excites you as something in­de­pen­dent of you, and not as something as it is related to you. The impor­tant fact is its effect on me. . . . ​The point of interest is somewhere between me and them (i.e., the objects).”42 There­ is, in other words, no such ­thing as intrinsic significance: we study that which excites us, and facts are only ever facts for someone. But if it is thus a phenomenological rather than a poetic correction to science that Thoreau envisions, poiesis remains, in a dif­fer­ent sense, the central concern of his alternative empiricism. As he insists, the aim of ob- servation is not simply to document a fact but to register its effect on us in the event of perception. In this subjective science, the “poetry” or inventive- ness of Thoreau’s descriptions stems from the creativity of the perceptual encounter itself—­watching a sunset generates a new experience in him. Hence he insists, “­After all the truest description & that by which another living man can most readily recognize a flower—is the unmea­sured [?] & elegant one which the sight of it inspires—­No scientific description­will supply the want of this though you should count & mea­sure & analyse ­every atom that seems to compose it.”43 What may seem like the inven- tiveness of Thoreau’s “poetic” descriptions of nature—­their “unmea­sured” embellishments, their interest in the effect and inspiration that natu­ral objects can excite, and not simply in their mea­sur­able “atoms”—is in fact an insistence on the documentary. Our relations themselves are creative, sensuously, physiologically, and mentally transformative, and it is this—­ the poiesis of perception—­that Thoreau’s prose attempts to get down. “A true description growing out of the perception & appreciation of [a fact]—is itself a new fact . . . ​indicating [its] highest quality . . . ​the relation to man.”44 The world invents and reinvents Thoreau, and the poetry of the Journal is just another kind of geological rec­ord the world leaves. This therefore suggests that if Thoreau’s reflexive science anticipates late twentieth-­century critiques of scientific positivism—if, like Bruno Latour

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 74 11/1/17 11:57 AM Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency 75

or Karen Barad, Thoreau insists that scientific knowledge is subjectively and culturally mediated—­his science also points up a connection between positivism and racialist ideology. Thoreau’s situated or relational scientific practice stems from his sense that bodies, minds, and even landscapes are alive, pro­cessual, susceptible to development: perception is an embodied event, and the viewer (at least) is altered by these­ encounters. His science therefore does not propose to tell us what an object is but, rather, how it moves us; it is the calculus to positivism’s algebra, a science not of identity but of change. As such, Thoreau’s critique of positivism is also a critique of racialism’s essentialist view of the body. From the perspective of his lively science of a world in flux, the positivism of biological identity is untenable. Like Agassiz’s science of still specimens and fixed ­orders, racialism’s no- menclatural grid of ­human difference must inexorably be belied by the slow flow of embodied change.45 In fact, by the mid-1850s, Thoreau’s accumulating Journal rec­ord had led him to expand his intuitions of development into a nascent theory of speciological change. In 1856, on a visit to Horace Greeley’s farm in New York, Thoreau described to Greeley his hypothesis that plant species do in fact migrate and colonize new territories through the agency of seeds, which are variously dispersed by wind, water,­ and animals.46 Although the mobility of plants may be a phenomenon that seems wholly unrelated to the question of human­ development and racial difference, to midcentury naturalists this connection, on the contrary, went without saying. Infor- mation regarding the (im)mobility or (im)mutability of plant and animal species was universally understood “to throw light,” as Agassiz affirms, “upon the very origin of the differences existing among men.”47 Thoreau’s effort to substantiate his theory of speciological development presented him, however, with a new prob­lem of scale. For whereas he could hope to observe his own experiences of natu­ral transformation, the pro­ cesses of seed dissemination and populational succession that now occupy him are phenomena that unfold at temporal and geo­graph­i­cal scales not directly available to ­human experience. The mechanisms by which this kind of natu­ral change is accomplished are at once too small—­too dispersed and incremental—­and too large—­too attenuated in space and time—to reg- ister in our attention without the aid of careful, longitudinal rec­ords. It is therefore not coincidentally around the time of Thoreau’s disclosure to Greeley that his Journal starts to become less consistently self-­reflexive, fo- cusing less and less on his perceptual experience as he becomes progressively more intent on systematically documenting the incremental mechanisms of populational change.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 75 11/1/17 11:57 AM 76 Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency

I am therefore suggesting what we have taken to be the newly “empiri- cal” or “scientific” nature of Thoreau’s lateJournal might also, and maybe even more accurately, be described as its newly racialist imaginary. The early Journal was already empirical—­indeed, William James might say, “radically” so—­and its idiosyncratic empiricism grew out of Thoreau’s desire to investigate the pos­si­ble natu­ral mechanisms of individual devel- opment. What changes in Thoreau’s final years is his determination to investigate the mechanisms of natu­ral development at the level of biologi- cal populations—­a scalar shift that turns his attention from the drama of personal reform to the epic sweep of speciological change. But if this means that his subjective experience now takes a backseat to more “objective” methods, it should be clear that Thoreau’s late science remained ripe with ­human interest and even po­liti­cal controversy.

On the Dispersion of Species: Race in Thoreau’s Population Studies

In 1853, Thoreau grieved privately to his Journal that he might never find an audience for his natu­ral historical research. He had recently received a survey from Agassiz’s American Association for the Advancement of Sci- ence, to which he felt unable to respond frankly: “I felt that it would be to make myself the laughing stock of the scientific community to describe or attempt to describe to them that branch of science which specially inter- ests me, inasmuch as they do not believe in a science which deals with the higher law. . . . ​How absurd that, though I prob­ably stand as near to na- ture as any of them, and am by constitution as good an observer as most, yet a true account of my relation to nature should excite their ridicule only.”48 If Thoreau’s Journal remained a largely private enterprise in the early 1850s, this may be ­because his proj­ect presumed what Agassiz’s in- fluential science strictly precluded: that environmental agents impinge on the body, and that individuals, races, and species are susceptible to change. This theory of natu­ral development at the heart of the Journal and the unorthodox observational methods Thoreau developed to test it put Tho- reau so far outside of the scientific mainstream Agassiz was then consoli- dating around himself that Thoreau did not dare to share it. A few years ­later, however, as he began to pursue these­ mechanisms at scale—­tracking not his own personal development but the mechanisms of dispersion, suc- cession, and adaptation in plant populations over time—­Thoreau’s research became more legible (if still unpalatable to Agassizians) as a direct contri- bution to mainstream monogenist science.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 76 11/1/17 11:57 AM Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency 77

In this section I suggest that two events in the latter half of the 1850s ­were instrumental in spurring Thoreau to brave ridicule by preparing his naturalistic research for publication. The first of­these was the publica- tion, in 1857, of the long-­anticipated first volume of Agassiz’s projected masterwork, Contributions to the Natu­ral History of the United States of Ameri­ ca­ , which contains Agassiz’s definitive statement of the theory of special creation, “An Essay on Classification.” The second event was the publication, in late 1859, of Darwin’s On the Origin of Species, which sparked a long season of controversy in Boston scientific circles and marked the beginning of the end of Agassiz’s preeminence. As I ­shall argue, reading Thoreau’s late naturalistic writings in light of these­ catalytic events draws out their polemical investment not only in ecological systematicity and the politics of environmental protection, but in ­human ecol­ogy and the politics of ­human difference on the eve of the Civil War. Despite dining with Agassiz at Emerson’s in 1857, the year Contribu- tions came out, Thoreau did not get around to reading Agassiz’s book ­until the following year. But if Thoreau was not overly ­eager to read the long-­ anticipated volume, it nonetheless seems to have had a major effect on him. As Robert Richardson reports, upon finishingContributions Thoreau commenced a “major reading campaign in zoology,” for which “Agassiz’s volume seems to have been the initiating impulse.”49 At the same time, Thoreau’s antagonism ­toward Agassiz’s theory of special creation becomes more palpable in his Journal. In March, he objects that “No science does more than arrange what knowledge we have of any class of objects” (a jibe particularly aimed at the typological emphasis of Agassiz’s static science).50 ­Later that summer, observing toad spawn in a small pool atop Mount Mo- nadnock, Thoreau dryly quips that “Agassiz might say that they originated on the top.”51 Thoreau’s account of a trip that Emerson took with Agassiz to the Adirondacks is likewise laced with condescension for both men: ap- parently Emerson bought a gun, shot a bird for Agassiz’s collection, and then proceeded to shoot at bottles­ for fun. “It sounds rather Cockneyish,” Thoreau sniffs. “Think of Emerson shooting a peetweet (with shot) for Agassiz—­& cracking an ale ­bottle (­after emptying it) with his ­rifle at six rods!”52 Ultimately, however, Thoreau’s dissent is most forcefully expressed in the form of counterevidence: as Richardson notes, in the spring of 1859, the Journal is particularly “filled with observations on the interconnect- edness and interdependence of ­things in nature.”53 In the fall of that year, Thoreau began the major undertaking of culling his Journal notes in order to compose the manuscript that would become Wild Fruits.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 77 11/1/17 11:57 AM 78 Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency

Wild Fruits can be read as a tacit riposte to Agassiz’s Contributions. A regionally specific guide to the identification and, above all,appreciation of New England­ plants, Wild Fruits is the situated antithesis to Agassiz’s ­grand national typology. Thus whereas Agassiz promises to “[bring] together an extensive museum of purely American specimens,” magisterially parading the nation’s radically diverse fauna before us, Thoreau begins by suggest- ing that his purpose is to drive us out into nature, to bring us into closer contact with the vegetation immediately surrounding us.54 “Most of us are still related to our native fields as the navigator to undiscovered islands in the sea,” Thoreau observes. “We can any after­noon discover a new fruit ­there which ­will surprise us by its beauty or sweetness.”55 Most impor­tant, for Thoreau the value of this local knowledge has to do with the transfor- mative moral effect it can have on us. “The value of ­these wild fruits is not in the mere possession or eating of them, but in the sight and enjoyment of them,” he tells us. The child who goes huckleberrying “is introduced into a new world, experiences a new development, though it brings home only a gill of berries in its basket.” Thus whereas Agassiz’s volume is founded on the understanding that the value of comprehensively studying the immutable order of species is to decipher the vast “thoughts of God” encoded therein, Thoreau’s guide is premised on his conviction that it is impor­tant to observe ­these local fruits because­ “the fruits of New ­England . . . ​educate us and fit us to live ­here.” Thoreau promises us not an image of eternal order but an opening onto change: “The value of any experience is mea­sured, of course . . . ​by the amount of development we get out of it.” The chief interest of the species he will­ proceed to list is not the “finite” place they occupy in an orderly cosmos unmoved by physical forces, but the dynamic “part they play in our education.”56 But it is not only humans­ who develop in Thoreau’s manuscript. In Wild Fruits’s standout essay, “Wild Apples,” which Thoreau first delivered as a lecture in February 1860 (a month after­ perusing Darwin), Thoreau de- scribes the development of a new variety of apple, explaining how an im- ported varietal near him has, through generations of migration and environmental adaptation, become feral and self-­propagating, its flesh transformed into “the choicest of all its kind.”57 The striking thing­ about this little­ fable of re-­wilding is just how mechanically specific it is. This is, as David Robinson notes, “a very Darwinian narrative” of speciation, high- lighting how this new variety has arisen through the agencies of dissemi- nation (its seed has strayed the orchard into unprotected new fields) and local pressure (aggressive browsing by its “bovine foes” has forced it to adapt new “tactics” for survival).58 Thus if Thoreau’s prefatory promise of

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 78 11/1/17 11:57 AM Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency 79

“development” to the reader who would stray into her “native fields” seems hazily unspecific, the development this apple undergoes by its wandering (or what Walden might call its “extravagance”) is unmistakably evolution- ary, involving a physiological and characterological transformation. Indeed, it is no accident that Thoreau’s word for this fruit’s peculiar flavor is “racy,” an adjective he uses three times in this essay but apparently nowhere ­else in his corpus.59 While ostensibly highlighting the fruit’s piquant taste, he clearly favors­ “racy” for its ability to underscore the fruit’s distinction as a new breed. For Thoreau, the bracing flavor of this apple’s flesh is a speciological trait that is also a kind of moral virtue, expressive of what he ­will ultimately describe as its uniquely American character. This is, he sug- gests, “our wild apple”: a transplanted and once-­colonized fruit that “strayed into the woods from the cultivated stock” to assert its in­de­pen­dence, annex new territories, and gradually become a “superior” new type. With “Wild Apples,” Thoreau brings his critique of Agassiz’s science into high relief, underscoring the raciological implications of his theory of environmen- tal adaptation and development. The other catalytic event that seems to have emboldened Thoreau to publish his naturalistic research was the publication of Origin of Species. Thoreau first readOrigin in January 1860, just five weeks­after its publica- tion and one month before he first delivered “Wild Apples” as a lecture. In the ensuing months, Darwin’s book became a flashpoint of controversy in Boston scientific circles, particularly between Agassiz and his Harvard colleague Asa Gray. Gray had shared research with Darwin as Darwin was composing Origins, and he had even begun to introduce Darwin’s ideas on evolution to Boston audiences (possibly including Thoreau) as early as 1858.60 Between February and April 1860, Agassiz, Gray, and other prom- inent men of science debated evolution in a series of meetings before the Boston Society of Natu­ral History, the American Acad­emy of Arts and Sci- ences, and in the pages of the popu­lar and scientific press. Thoreau may have attended one or more of ­these debates—­his Journal indicates that he traveled to Boston on the day that at least one of them took place (Febru- ary 6, 1860). But of course, as we have seen, unlike many in ­those Boston circles, Thoreau had not been persuaded by Agassiz’s speciological theory to begin with; whereas Darwin’s thesis struck other midcentury readers with the force of a detonation, Thoreau was already sympathetic to the idea that populations adapt and develop ­under the influence of their local environments. What was new to Thoreau, in Darwin’s book, was the theory of natu­ ral se­lection. According to this theory, speciation occurs when the natu­ral

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 79 11/1/17 11:57 AM 80 Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency

variation within a species produces an anomalous trait that affords its car- rier a competitive advantage, allowing that trait to proliferate down through ensuing generations. As Gray notes in his review of Origin, what made Darwin’s theory worrisome was its ambivalence on the score of natu­ral se­ lection’s progressivism (“Only let us hope that it always works for good,” Gray writes). Moreover, Gray anticipated that this theory might be greeted with popu­lar resistance—­not only because­ it rules “the Negro and the Hot- tentot our blood-­relations,” but moreover because­ it puts the human­ race in “a closer relation” with the “quadrumanous ­family” (primates), and even ultimately traces “the evolution of the ­human no less than the lower ani- mal races out of some simple­ primordial animal.”61 In short, Darwinian monogenism upheld the common origin not just of all humanity but, more- over, of all life. However, as Darwin himself acknowledged, his theory still suffered from blind spots, and it is ­here that reading Origin may have been par- ticularly productive for Thoreau by helping him to recognize the vital and timely importance of his own seed studies. In his concluding chap- ter, Darwin observes that “the chief cause of our natu­ral unwillingness to admit that one species has given birth to other and distinct species, is that we are always slow in admitting any great­ change of which we do not see the intermediate steps.”62 In par­tic­u­lar, he confessed, he was as yet unable to demonstrate the “intermediate steps” by which species migrate (as his theory required him to hypothesize) from one region to another:

Turning to geo­graph­i­cal distribution, the difficulties encountered on the theory of descent with modification are grave enough. All the individuals of the same species, and all the species of the same genus, or even higher group, must have descended from common parents; and therefore, in however distant and isolated parts of the world they are now found, they must in the course of successive generations have passed from some one part to the others.­ We are often wholly unable even to conjecture how this could have been effected. . . . ​We are as yet profoundly ignorant of the many occasional means of transport.63

Thus, as Michael Berger has demonstrated, Thoreau’s studies of seed dis- persal are not just related to Darwin’s work but “directly support one of the weakest links in Darwin’s argument for evolution.”64 Whereas Darwin was forced to simply assert that populations have gradually migrated to the

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 80 11/1/17 11:57 AM Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency 81

“distant and isolated parts of the world [where] they are now found,” Thoreau had laboriously observed the “infinitely . . . ​extensive and regular” system by which plants—­which are the most emphatically rooted and thus apparently immobile of all the species—­are broadly disseminated by wind, ­water, and animals.65 His seed studies ­were thus poised, as Berger argues, to provide crucial support for Darwin’s embattled thesis. In the fall of 1860, on the heels of a long summer of evolutionary de- bates, Thoreau delivered his lecture on “The Succession of Forest Trees.” Modestly addressing the enigmatic yet common occurrence that when a pine forest is cut down, an oak stand may spring up in the clearing, “Suc- cession” sets out to demonstrate that this phenomenon is the result of the movement of seeds. Thanks to a vast and somewhat haphazard network of environmental mechanisms, Thoreau argues, even the heaviest seeds “­will be found to be winged or legged,” able to wend their way across vast distances and even seemingly insurmountable topographical barriers without the aid of divine intervention.66 In the weeks after­ delivering “Suc- cession,” Thoreau threw himself into the task of elaborating this account by beginning work on a book-­length manuscript, The Dispersion of Seeds, which compiled years of his naturalistic research to offer an even more comprehensive inventory of the mechanisms of seed migration and pop- ulational succession. Thoreau’s impressively detailed grasp of interspecies mutualism and en- vironmental dynamism in “Succession” has led con­temporary critics to praise this essay’s proto-­ecological understanding of nature. The essay is much less often read as an argument for racial unity and yet, coming as it did on the heels of months of evolutionary controversy, it would have been clear to Thoreau’s audience that his argument for speciological mobility bore directly upon the question of environmental adaptation at the center of the debate between Darwin and Agassiz. Indeed, the fact that “Succes- sion” was the most widely reprinted of all of Thoreau’s essays—­excerpted in several publications and republished verbatim in three, including Horace Greeley’s New-­York Weekly Tribune—­suggests that editors and readers ap- preciated its germaneness to the headlining questions of evolution and racial difference.67 As if to ensure that we recognize the anthropological dimensions of his botanical thesis, Thoreau prefaces his essay with a humorous sketch of the ecol­ogy of racial migrations. “­Every man is entitled to come to a Cattle-­ Show, even a transcendentalist,” he quips to his audience at the Middlesex Agricultural Fair; “and for my part I am more interested in the men than

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 81 11/1/17 11:57 AM 82 Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency

in the ­cattle.”68 In the paragraph that follows he describes the plea­sure he takes in people-­watching:

I wish to see once more ­those old familiar faces,­ whose names I do not know, which for me represent the Middlesex country, and come as near being indigenous to the soil as a white man can. . . . ​It is true, ­there are some queer specimens of humanity attracted to our festival, but all are welcome. I am pretty sure to meet once more that fellow . . . ​ who prefers a crooked stick for a cane; perfectly useless, you would say, only bizarre. . . . ​He brings that much indulged bit of the country with him, from some town’s end or other, and introduces it to Concord groves.

As Walls notes, readers ­today tend to take ­these prefatory remarks on the fair as “witticisms” and “throwaway literary asides.”69 Against that assump- tion, Walls observes that they also situate Thoreau as a speaker, exploding “the illusion of an invisible omniscient ‘I.’ ”70 But in addition to resisting the pretense of objectivity, ­these humorous remarks also cagily point to the connection between nonhuman and human­ ecologies. Reminding us that humanity is also a subject of the naturalist’s scrutiny, Thoreau anticipates the essay’s analy­sis of populational mobility and secondary growth among tree species by noting that the typologically “familiar” population of Mid- dlesex County is nonetheless not original to this place but rather has mi- grated and adapted to this “country,” becoming “as near being indigenous to the soil as a white man can.” He further suggests that the features of this local race are not fixed, taking note of how one or two “queer specimens of humanity,” recently arrived from elsewhere, are even now introducing “bi- zarre” new variations “to the Concord groves.” Here­ again, Thoreau’s horti- cultural pun (“bizarre” being a term for splashy, variegated varietals of flower) and his meta­phorical substitution of Concord’s “groves” for its soci- ety both insist that the ecol­ogy he is about to describe applies interchange- ably to oak stands, cattlekind, and the human­ race.71 When read in the context of Agassiz’s and Darwin’s landmark midcen- tury publications, the racial import of Thoreau’s late naturalistic writings is more vis­i­ble. But if ­there is still any question about the racialism implicit in Thoreau’s studies of dissemination, Thoreau’s “Indian Notebooks” help us to see that Thoreau explic­itly understood the migration of seeds and migration of races to be conceptually of a piece. Thoreau’s second-­largest undertaking in this de­cade, ­after the Journal, the “Indian Notebooks” con- sist of twelve commonplace books that together comprise what Richard Fleck calls “the largest body of knowledge on American Indian cultures

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 82 11/1/17 11:57 AM Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency 83

in the nineteenth century.”­ 72 In these­ books, Thoreau transcribed passages from his wide-­ranging reading of travelogues, missionary reports, land sur- veys, and ethnologies relating to the indigenous ­peoples of North Amer­ i­ca, and their rec­ord indicates that in the late 1850s he also began to compile research on the question of Native American racial origins.73 Although Thoreau’s bibliography on this subject was catholic (he read works of both polygenist and monogenist science), evidence suggests that he was most persuaded by the theory that indigenous Americans did not originate in North Amer­i­ca (as polygenists argued) but, rather, migrated to this conti- nent from Asia. Indeed, his transcriptions from polygenist works betray an impish instinct to catch them in moments of conceptual impasse.74 By contrast, in 1856 Thoreau approvingly transcribed Benjamin Smith Bar- ton’s thesis “that the Americans are not, as some writers have supposed, specifically dif­fer­ent from the Persians, and other improved nations of Asia,” affirming the likelihood of Smith’s thesis in hisJournal the follow- ing year, where he observes that “It is most . . . ​in accordance with the natu­ ral phenomena, to suppose that North Amer­i­ca was discovered from the northern part of the Eastern Continent, for a study of the range of plants, birds, and quadrupeds points to a connection on that side. . . . ​Men in their migrations obey in the main the same law.”75 In keeping with this thesis, in the late “Indian Notebooks” Thoreau pursues cross-­racial commonali- ties by reading travelogues not only of North Amer­i­ca but also of the ­Middle East, Greenland, Australia, the East Indies, the Arctic, and sev- eral regions of Africa. As he confessed to the Journal in 1859, “It is the spirit of humanity—­that which animates both so-­called savages & civilized na- tions, working through a man, and not the man expressing himself, that interests us most.”76 Here­ again, Thoreau’s interest in animation—in the migratory and mutational dynamism of life—­leads him to reject the typo- logical episteme embraced by Agassiz’s science and by racialism’s ideology of identity and difference. Thoreau was thus well aware that his own research on speciological mi- gration and development, published in “Succession” and “Wild Apples,” was proposing to contribute to an ecological science that was inseparable from racial theory in his antebellum moment. But if we can therefore dis- cern this work’s connection to racial theory, defining their racialpolitics remains a dif­fer­ent and far more speculative task. As readers of the prior chapter ­will remember, monogenist racial theory was deployed in both pro-­ and antislavery arguments, and in support of both racist and egalitarian views. In analyzing Thoreau’s writings, a number of scholars highlight the racial chauvinism and settler colonialism implicit in ­these (and other)

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 83 11/1/17 11:57 AM 84 Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency

essays’ visions of a new “racy” flavor of white transplants who are, like the wild apple or Middlesex farmer, becoming “near indigenous to the soil” of their appropriated home. As ­these critics note, such a vision effects a dou- ble displacement of Native Americans, anticipating their geo­graph­i­cal ex- pulsion and cultural appropriation by a “superior” new race of nativized white Americans.77 On the other hand, critics who have focused on Tho- reau’s studies of Native Americans—­including his anthropological and eth- nographic research in the “Indian Notebooks” and his accounts of traveling with Penobscot guides in The Maine Woods—­suggest that by the late 1850s Thoreau had developed a far more nuanced admiration for Na- tive American cultures, expressing a desire to learn from them that did not amount to a desire to impersonate or displace them.78 While holding this line of inquiry open, I would like to propose that Thoreau’s engagement with racial science may also have ­shaped his poli- tics in a very dif­fer­ent way. I have been arguing that Thoreau’s interest in ecological change is inseparable from his interest in ­human development and the question of racial history more broadly. I would now suggest that the theory of speciological development—­its biologism, contextual mech- anisms, and the vastly expanded scale at which it operates—­reinflects Tho- reau’s theory of social reform, as evidenced in the last antislavery essays of his career,­ written in defense of John Brown. As I shall­ discuss in the next section, the naturalization of Thoreau’s late antislavery thought registers in the way he accounts for conscientious disagreement (which now appears to be a ­matter of embodied differences) and in his abandonment of imme- diatism (Thoreau now suggests that moral reform requires generations to unfold). In par­tic­u­lar, I suggest that this alteration in Thoreau’s thought registers as a prob­lem of attenuated ­human agency that his late essays in- troduce. In this regard, Thoreau’s late antislavery essays encapsulate both the power and the limitations of the po­liti­cal ecol­ogy that emerge out of his final writings.

Weird John Brown: The Revolutionary as Racial Anomaly

Thoreau’s last antislavery essays are coeval with his late natu­ral historical manuscripts; between 1859 and 1860 he moved back and forth between his po­liti­cal and ecological writings. In October 1859 Thoreau had just be- gun to draft Wild Fruits when news of John Brown’s raid on Harpers Ferry reached Concord.79 Eleven days later,­ on October 30, he delivered “A Plea for Captain John Brown” at the Concord Town Hall, reprising his speech twice more that week (once in Boston as a stand-in for Frederick Doug-

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 84 11/1/17 11:57 AM Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency 85

lass, who had sailed to ­England to avoid being arrested in connection with Brown). On December 2, Thoreau delivered a short eulogy for Brown at a memorial ser­vice he had or­ga­nized at Concord. In early January 1860, Thoreau was reading Darwin, and in early February he drew up final proofs of “A Plea” as he prepared to deliver “Wild Apples” for the first time. In the ensuing spring and summer months, as the Darwin-­Agassiz debate played out, he chiefly worked on the manuscript ofWild Fruits, but he also wrote a substantial second essay, “The Last Days of John Brown,” which he sent to be read at a July Fourth memorial ser­vice for Brown in North Elba and which was subsequently republished in the Liberator. Two months ­later he delivered “Succession” at the Middlesex County Fair and began to compose The Dispersion of Seeds, his most comprehensive case for specio- logical migration and adaptation. As a rule, critics have tended to describe ­these months of Thoreau’s life as a time of intellectual bifurcation, characterizing his essays for Brown as a temporary distraction from his main task of composing his late natu­ ral historical manuscripts.80 My claim ­here is that his thoughts on Brown are better understood as extensions and translations of his naturalistic research, for the theory of change he formulates in Wild Fruits and The Dispersion of Seeds is the same one that animates the account of po­liti­cal reform he sketches out in his essays on Brown, which envision social change as a pro­cess of intergenerational succession that is no less operational and inexorable for being difficult to discern in the moment. Thoreau’s essays in praise of Brown entered a public sphere in which even abolitionists denounced Brown’s violent methods and popu­lar consen- sus held that he was insane. Against the tide of this public opinion, Thore- au’s essays not only seek to justify Brown’s cause but advance the strikingly counterfactual claim that this would-be revolutionary—­thwarted, arrested, and slated to die—­has succeeded. To the neighbors who tell him Brown “threw his life away,” Thoreau responds: “Such do not know that like the seed is the fruit, and that, in the moral world, when good seed is planted, good fruit is inevitable, and does not depend on our watering and cultivat- ing; that when you plant, or bury, a hero in his field, a crop of heroes is sure to spring up. This is a seed of such force and vitality, that it does not ask our leave to germinate.”81 To justify his faith in Brown’s ultimate success, Tho- reau leans on the logic of natu­ral succession that he was just then working out in his other manuscripts. His meta­phor here­ frames po­liti­cal change—in this case the proliferation of abolitionist sentiment—as a pro­cess that oper- ates through mechanisms akin to ­those by which the wild apple’s new race came about. As he tells us in “Wild Apples,” the remarkable thing­ about

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 85 11/1/17 11:57 AM 86 Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency

that “chance wild fruit” is that its seeds are “hardier” than ­those of the cultivated stocks from which this apple diverged, able to “plant themselves in distant fields and forests” without the assistance of­human tending.82 That this fruit can germinate “in woods and swamps and by the sides of roads,” and even survive the grazing herds of “bovine foes,” is evidence of what Darwin would term its natu­ral advantage.83 This apple is, as Tho- reau more colloquially puts it, “good seed”—­a natu­ral variant whose anomalousness affords it a higher rate of survival and thereby allows it to propagate a new breed. And this is how Thoreau now proposes to explain why Brown’s words and deeds need not fall on sympathetic ground for his beliefs to “germinate”: some beliefs have “such force and vitality” that they can withstand our indifference and proliferate among us without our “leave.” According to the more standard view, which holds that morality is a set of positions we consciously assent to, there­ is something unsettling in this notion that a belief might propagate itself without the aid of our consent. And of course, one might also note that this disconcerting idea that moral truth has its own kind of endemic force is an article of Transcendentalist faith that recurs throughout Thoreau’s po­liti­cal writings. “What force has a multitude?,” he observes in his 1849 essay, “Re­sis­tance to Civil Govern- ment. “They only can force me who obey a higher law than I.”84 But if moral truth emboldens ­those who choose to become its champions, what seems to have changed in this late essay is that ­here moral truth appar- ently has the power to move through populations of its own accord. Looked at differently, then, we can see that Thoreau’s vision of Brown’s propaga- tive power marks a profound shift from an individualistic to a populational conception of morality. That is, whereas in 1849 Thoreau’s rhetorical ques- tion “What force has a multitude?” was meant to contrast the multitude’s physical force with the superior moral power of the conscientious individ- ual, Thoreau’s late writings now conflate moral and physical compulsion. Brown’s moral force is the same as his propagative capacity; moral force can now be mea­sured by demographic success—by the multitudes that it produces with or without “our leave.” Brown has not simply done some- thing heroic; he embodies a superior, heroic race. And hence, although Thoreau takes comfort in projecting a ­future race of John Browns, his conflation of moral and raciological identity might well give us pause. The essentialism it implies results in an attenuation of moral agency. This prob­lem becomes clearer in “Wild Apples” when Thoreau re- verses his meta­phor: if Brown was “good seed,” ­here he suggests that good seeds are heroic individuals. Turning the emergence of the variant wild

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 86 11/1/17 11:57 AM Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency 87

apple into a parable of ­human pro­gress, Thoreau writes that among men, too, “only the most per­sis­tent and strongest genius defends itself and pre- vails, sends a tender scion upward at last, and drops its perfect fruit on the ungrateful earth. Poets and phi­los­o­phers and statesmen thus spring up in the country pastures, and outlast the hosts of unoriginal men.”85 Beyond illustrating how topologically entwined Thoreau’s late naturalist and po­ liti­cal writings are (they use the same meta­phors), we can also notice that in both proj­ects Thoreau is working through the same philosophical prob­ lem: how to understand agency within a materialist system. One can, for instance, read this passage as a lesson about the singular importance of the exceptional individual. According to both the “­great man” theory of his- tory and the evolutionary theory of development, one heroic specimen—­ one anomalous individual, one unusually bovine-­resistant seedling—­has the power to change the course of history (­human or natu­ral) ­going for- ward. On the other hand, this parable also works to naturalize—to render embodied and involuntary—­the heroic individual’s contribution. ­Here greatness is not an accomplishment so much as it is an identity—an em- bodied “genius” for per­sis­tence that allows him to “outlast” his “unorigi- nal” peers. Indeed, that word “genius,” etymologically related as it is to “genus” and “gene” via their shared root in the Latin word for the male spirit of a familial or tribal line, conjures an exceptional character that is specifically raciological—­inborn like the wild apple’s distinctive hardi- ness.86 To praise the virtue of such a man—as, indeed, Thoreau praises the character of the wild apple—is to congratulate the beneficiary of biological luck. Of course, as the second epigraph to this chapter attests, this is not the first time that Thoreau has suggested that moral character might be de- termined by one’s embodied “nature.” However, in the context of his late empirical research, and in this case arriving in the midst of a story about the wild apple’s racial speciation, his invocations of natu­ral succession carry a new kind of weight. At this point in Thoreau’s career­ as a naturalist, we can no longer dismiss the biologism of his meta­phors as purely rhetorical. Taking ­these figures seriously therefore also entails acknowledging that the prob­lems of human­ agency that they introduce are very real. The pos- sibility that we are not responsible for the beliefs that we hold pervades Thoreau’s defense of Brown in “A Plea.” It lingers, for instance, around Thoreau’s suggestion that Brown is a new breed of American: “the most American of us all,” he does not typify Americans (“He was too fair a spec- imen to represent the like of us”) but rather instantiates its new type. Thus Thoreau insists that “Brown could not have been tried by a jury of

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 87 11/1/17 11:57 AM 88 Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency

his peers, ­because his peers do not exist.” Instead, he rises “above [his ac- cusers] literally by a ­whole body”—­a grim visual pun which transforms Brown’s hanging corpse into the mea­sure of not just his moral but also his corporeal superiority (a distinction Thoreau underlines in italics and by his insistence that he is speaking “literally”). And by this same embodied logic, in “A Plea” Thoreau argues that Brown’s detractors are “half-­ brutish,” suffering from “a difference of constitution, of intelligence, and faith.” “They pronounce this man insane, for they know that they could never act as he does, as long as they are themselves,” he complains, under- scoring the existential nature of this disagreement—­they are constitution- ally incapable of sympathizing with him; they could not think or act as he does and be “themselves.”87 This essentialism becomes loudest in Thoreau’s second essay for Brown. Written in the spring or summer of 1860, in the midst of the public de- bate over Darwin’s challenge to Agassiz, “The Last Days of John Brown” is even more insistent that Brown’s critics are not just morally but physi- ologically inferior to him. “The man who does not recognize in Brown’s words a wisdom and nobleness,” Thoreau submits, is “not willfully but con- stitutionally blind.” As he continues,

I was not surprised that certain of my neighbors spoke of John Brown as an ordinary felon, for who are they? They ­either have much flesh, or much office, or much coarseness of some kind. . . . ​Several of them are decidedly pachydermatous. I say it in sorrow, not in anger. How can a man behold the light who has no answering inward light? They are true to their sight, but when they look this way they see nothing, they are blind. For the children­ of the light to contend with them is as if ­there should be a contest between ea­gles and owls. . . . ​It is not ­every man who can be a Christian, even in a very moderate sense, what­ever education you give him. It is a ­matter of constitution and tempera- ment, ­after all. He may have to be born again many times. . . . ​It is not ­every man who can be a freeman, even.88

In deeming his neighbors “pachydermatous,” Thoreau recasts the racist trope that Black bodies are insensitive—­naturally impervious to heat, over- work, and emotional hardship.89 Simulating the essentialism, biological chauvinism, and even the dermatological fixation of racist science, Tho- reau finds his neighbors condemned to moral blindness by an insensibility that is congenital (“not willfully but constitutionally” acquired) and phys- iological (“a matter­ of constitution and temperament, after­ all”). He even indicates that Homo pachydermatous may be another species—­benighted

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 88 11/1/17 11:57 AM Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency 89

“owls” to the diurnal “ea­gles” who sympathize with Brown—­and in ­doing so he affects the same condescending regret (“I say it in sorrow, not anger”) that Nott and Agassiz express when they come to similarly heretical conclu- sions. At once echoing and indicting Agassiz’s patronizing proposition that “the best education to be imparted to the dif­fer­ent races” ­must account for “their primitive difference” by not attempting “to force the peculiarities of our white civilization . . . ​upon all nations of the world,” Thoreau suggests that re­sis­tance to the truth of human­ equality proves that not ­every white man “can be a Christian . . . ​what­ever education you give him.”90 But as gratifying as this satirical skewering of polygenism is, its biolo- gism also injects Thoreau’s last antislavery essay with a fatalism uncharac- teristic of his prior politics. In earlier essays like “Re­sis­tance to Civil Government” (1849) and “Slavery in Mas­sa­chu­setts” (1854), Thoreau rails against what he describes as our conscientious enslavement to the slave- holding power, and urges us to “for once and at last serve God . . . ​by obey- ing that eternal and only just CONSTITUTION which He, and not any Jefferson or Adams, has written in your being.”91 In ­these earlier essays, moral redemption is within every­one’s reach: their own quaking resolve is the only obstacle standing between them and moral perfection. But by the John Brown essays, the moral “constitution” Thoreau invokes has taken on a fleshy materiality and embodied diversity that makes it operate very differently, so that now moral reform may be beyond my power: “It is not ­every man who can be a freeman, even.” Of course, it is clear that Tho- reau does not intend to wholly limit the scope of our moral agency. ­These essays still press us to overcome our torpidity and live up to the promise of our natures: “If this man’s acts and words do not create a revival, it ­will be the severest pos­si­ble satire on the acts and words that do. . . . ​[Brown] has already quickened the feeble pulse of the North, and infused more and more generous blood into her veins and heart.”92 But differ­ ent,­ here,­ is ­these essays’ new sense that we may be working within organic limits, that the “constitution and temperament” that dictate our conscience, though technically still given us by God, may afford us greater or lesser moral in- sight depending upon the luck of our birth. But if Thoreau therefore seems to accede to a kind of moral fatalism, his resignation is leavened by his correspondingly redoubled faith that moral pro­gress is nevertheless on its way. Both “A Plea” and “Last Days” conclude by affirming Brown’s ­future redemption, expressing a degree of optimism that is unusual in Thoreau’s po­liti­cal writings. In professing this faith, Thoreau invokes a newly capacious sense of po­liti­cal time. When in “Slavery in Mas­sa­chu­setts” his choice was between Jefferson’s Constitution

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 89 11/1/17 11:57 AM 90 Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency

or God’s, his options were­ to live within the fallen time of human­ history or to immediately assent to the timeless order of higher law inscribed in his conscience. Now, however, Thoreau seems to imagine moral reform as a gradual rather than millennial pro­cess. Brown himself is a product of history ­here: “such a man as it takes ages to make, and ages to understand.”93 Likewise, Thoreau now figures Brown’s vindication as an outcome that­will arise not through our instantaneous moral conversion but by the intergen- erational march of succession: as we have seen, Thoreau expects “a new crop of heroes” to spring from Brown’s fecund “good seed” and dissemi- nate his legacy to the ­future. It is thus by turning to the timeline of spe- ciological change that Thoreau can conclude that even though Brown’s raid did not incite the hoped-­for slave insurrection, it nevertheless engendered “the possibility, in the course of ages, of a revolution.”94 “I foresee a time when the painter ­will paint [the] scene” of Brown’s martyrdom, Thoreau confidently closes “A Plea.” “The poetwill ­ sing it; the historian rec­ord it; and . . . ​it ­will be the ornament of some ­future national gallery, when at least the pres­ent form of Slavery shall­ be no more here.”­ 95 One pos­si­ble name for this optimistic patience is passive re­sis­tance. This, at least, is the term Wai Chee Dimock invokes to describe what she calls the logic of “slow translation” subtending Thoreau’s faith in Brown’s eventual success. “Is an action still meaningful if the outcome transpires far beyond the life span of the actor?” she hears Thoreau’s essays for Brown asking. “Just how far can deed and consequence be strung out?” As Di- mock argues, Thoreau’s answer—really­ far—­works to expose the fact that our tendency to judge po­liti­cal actions by their immediate results puts a premium on violent acts, whose consequences are “instantly adducible and demonstrable.” Against that bias, Thoreau’s philosophy of passive re­sis­ tance challenges us to expand our sense of the scale at which politics happen. In contrast to war’s “bluntly truncated” temporal timeframe, the enlarged horizon of passive re­sis­tance allows us to discern the operation of far more subtle methods and pro­cesses of po­liti­cal change.96 From this perspective, Dimock suggests, Brown’s posthumous agency now becomes vis­i­ble in the legacy he has “given over to the care of ­others . . . ​who ­will go on to write” about him and catalyze new activism.97 Under­ the sign of passive re­sis­tance, we may begin to trace the “luxuriance of outcome” that exfoliates from more indirect and minimal po­liti­cal actions like antislav- ery essays, withheld consent, the “­will to disarm,” and other acts of non- violent civil disobedience.98 But what led Thoreau to adopt this vastly expanded view of po­liti­cal change? The cascading ramification of minimal events that Dimock

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 90 11/1/17 11:57 AM Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency 91

observes here­ describes the thesis of The Dispersion of Seeds, which sets out to demonstrate that natu­ral change occurs not by spontaneous generation or the vio­lence of divine apocalypse but by the ongoing operation of myr- iad minor agencies. This gradualism describes Thoreau’s “faith in a seed”:

For many years the daily traveler along these­ roads—­nay, the proprietor himself—­does not notice that there­ are any pines coming up there­ . . . ​ but at last his heir knows himself to be the possessor of a handsome white-­pine lot, long ­after the wood from which the seed came has dis­appeared. We need not be surprised at these­ results when we consider how persevering Nature is and how much time she has to work in. . . . ​A ­great pine wood may drop many millions of seeds in one year, but if only half a dozen of them are conveyed a quarter of a mile and lodge against some fence, and only one of these­ comes up and grows there,­ in the course of fifteen or twenty yearsthere ­ ­will be fifteen or twenty young trees there,­ and they ­will begin to make a show and betray their origin. In this haphazard manner Nature surely creates you a forest at last, though as if it were­ the last thing­ she ­were thinking of. By seemingly feeble and stealthy steps—by a geologic pace—­she gets over the greatest distances and accomplishes her greatest results.

Like Dimock, Thoreau suggests that by dilating the scale of our vision we may begin to perceive the “slow translation” of a world that other­wise ap- pears, to our immediate senses, as a fixed order that can only be changed by violent catastrophe. Thus Thoreau explains how the “seemingly feeble” and “haphazard” agency of seeds, breezes, and felicitous fence posts are sufficient to move ­whole forests, albeit at a “geological pace.” Though this pro­cess may be too gradual and protracted to witness personally, he in- sists that it should give us faith that ours is a mutable world: “We find ourselves in a world that is already planted, but is also still being planted as at first.”99 By calling the philosophy of minor agencies she finds in the Brown es- says “passive re­sis­tance,” Dimock suggests that the theory of change these­ essays introduce is of a piece with Thoreau’s earlier po­liti­cal writings (the term “passive re­sis­tance” is, after­ all, most closely identified with “Re­sis­ tance to Civil Government”). On my reading, however, his thinking in the John Brown essays derives more immediately from his late naturalistic studies, and in fact marks a significant departure from his earlier antislav- ery thought. What Thoreau discovered as his early naturalistic interest in

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 91 11/1/17 11:57 AM 92 Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency

personal moral growth became an interest in speciological succession and development is that, from the perspective of ecological systems, the agency of any given individual is singularly hard to parse. A lone pine seed may be decisive or expendable to the generation of a new pine stand, and al- though Thoreau describes the results of this pro­cess as intentional (the coyly realized plan of a personified “Nature”), up close, he confesses, its indirect and dilatory operation looks anything but purposive. The trans- ference of this ecological model of change into his antislavery writings in- spires his expanded conception of po­liti­cal action, and the result seems less an elaboration than a displacement of his earlier politics’ emphasis on the revolutionary power of individual moral agency and the possibility of immediate po­liti­cal conversion. Resituating Brown’s action at Harpers Ferry within the much larger history of this raid’s diffuse ­future legacy allows Thoreau to assert Brown’s eventual success, but it does so by mini- mizing the scope of Brown’s intentional agency. The actions Brown con- scientiously took—­his raid and speeches—­are dwarfed by comparison to the posthumous cascade of consequences his life has triggered and which are, Thoreau attests, what ­will ultimately bring his revolution to fruition. This subsumption of individual agency into systemic complexity drives Thoreau’s final conclusion, at the end of “Last Days,” that Brown’s death is nothing, his execution inconsequential: “He is more alive than he ever was.” Having compared Brown’s martyrdom to Christ’s, Thoreau now punningly naturalizes that meta­phor by comparing Brown to the sun, pro- claiming that ­today Brown “works in public, and in the clearest light that shines on this land.”100 His unconcern for Brown’s death underscores that it is not Brown’s actions but his influence, the series of aftereffects his life ­will have touched off, that are poised to transform us. At the same time, the image of Brown’s influence as a kind of sunlight conjures Thoreau’s early Journal studies of the mechanisms of light’s influence, the way it im- pinges on us and subtly transforms our thoughts. “I have new and inde- scribable fancies, and you have not touched the secret of the influence,” he wrote of that sunset on Christmas Day.101 Thus though Brown’s legacy ­will no doubt, as Dimock argues, carry forward via the discursive mechanisms of cultural transmission, in this case, Thoreau’s rhe­toric refuses to care about the distinction between cultural influence of the sort Dimock cites (whose mechanisms require voluntary ­human action and consent) and en- vironmental influence (whose mechanisms do not). Brown is now an ele­ ment of our environment like the light, and that environment has the power to gradually yet radically transform whole­ populations, whether­ they wish to be changed or not.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 92 11/1/17 11:57 AM Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency 93

Thoreau’s antislavery materialism is thus surprising for two reasons. First, in this racial scientific moment, the predictable antislavery move would have been for Thoreau to deploy his monogenist theory of specio- logical development to defend human­ equality and uphold the brotherhood of all races. But though he voices this thesis elsewhere in his work, Tho- reau’s essays for John Brown spurn the discourse on racial origins and in- stead draw upon his empirical studies to frame a profoundly expanded theory of po­liti­cal change. In ­doing so, they move away from the individ- ualism and immediatism of his earlier politics, and hence the second sur- prise here­ is that in amending his sense of the timeline and mechanisms of social reform, Thoreau’s ecologism leads him to take a deeply qualified view of ­human agency. Where his earlier writings spoke to our ­will and resolve, ­these late writings speak of our condition. Thoreau imagines us as embodied beings who are not fully in control of our moral identities: we are sometimes “willfully” but other times “constitutionally” immoral, and if we are individually and collectively evolving this change seems to occur less by choice than by adaptation, as we affectively and physiologi- cally respond to natu­ral and social environments that work us over. In this sense, Thoreau’s antislavery materialism divorces his late poli- tics from a Western humanist tradition that defineshuman ­ nature by its moral autonomy and sovereign agency (the freedom of conscience and freedom to enact it that are so crucial to Thoreau’s early antislavery work). Thoreau’s empirical studies led him to reimagine all of nature as an imbri- cated and generative pro­cess: “The development theory,” he observes in Dispersion, renders nature “equivalent to a sort of constant new creation.”102 In place of racism’s static hierarchy of biological life, Thoreau’s ecological politics emphasize life’s mutability, a view he came to from his early faith in the ­human mind’s susceptibility to environmental influences. In theorizing the intermediation of social and biological life, and refus- ing any final distinction between politics and nature, Thoreau’s antislav- ery materialism anticipates key aspects of con­temporary posthumanist theory. Like many posthumanist theorists, Thoreau offers his vision of worldly pro­cessualism as a response to the prob­lem of po­liti­cal oppression: the changefulness he uncovers bespeaks a worldly susceptibility to “con- stant new creation” which promises that the ­future need not reproduce the wrongs of the pres­ent (such as slavery). More specifically, the scope and complexity of this pro­cessualism makes his view newly empowering to mi- nor agencies in ways reminiscent of recent posthumanist theories of po­ liti­cal affect. Promising that even apparently inconsequential actors (a gust of wind, a peckish cow, a failed revolutionary) can unleash effects that

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 93 11/1/17 11:57 AM 94 Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency

snowball into significance—­that just one splinter can derail vast trains of power—­Thoreau evinces an optimistic faith in the transformative power of minor agencies that resonates, for instance, with William Connolly’s account of the vulnerability of neoliberal order to grassroots activism. Con- nolly insists on the volatility of even the most hegemonic-­seeming insti- tutions in the face of the sheer complexity, and hence unpredictability, of the diverse forces that shape our lives. “Creative pro­cesses flow through and over us, and reflexivity doubles the creative adventure,” he observes, arguing, “If you join attention to differing degrees of creativity in the domains of human­ culture, nonhuman force fields, and culture-­nature imbrications to a critical account of the expansion, intensification, and acceleration of neoliberal capitalism, you may be brought face-­to-­face with the fragility of things­ today.”­ 103 With Connolly, as with theorists like Brian Massumi and John Protevi, we can see how assemblage theories of po­liti­cal affect shift our attention from the question of what’s right to the question of how (rather than should) a given set of affects, dispositions, beliefs, and, ultimately, institutions may come to be supplanted by another.104 Like Thoreau’s essays for Brown, then, posthumanist theories of po­ liti­cal affect and assemblages offer something like an ecological model of moral change that challenges us to acknowledge the distinctly nondelib- erative, subhuman, nonhuman, and suprahuman forces that shape our po­ liti­cal landscapes. Unlike Thoreau, however, these­ con­temporary theories do not tend to flag the ways in which the unmanned “creative pro­cesses” they describe threaten to relegate us to po­liti­cal passivity by contracting the scope of individual action and intentionality. As we have seen, in re- laxing the distinction between human­ intentionality and involuntary change, Thoreau’s late ecological vision rescales our sense of po­liti­cal time from the tight rhythms of electoral cycles to the slow roll of geophysical change. One effect of this scalar shift is that it makes the role of conscien- tious action seem comparatively slight, so that Thoreau’s late po­liti­cal the- ory seems at once optimistic that slavery ­will be abolished and pessimistic about the prospect that abolition will­ be the result of principled and concerted human­ effort. By contrast, as Mark McGurl observes, posthu- manist discourse often chooses not to emphasize the dispossession of ­human agency that is implicit in its scaled-up view of systemic complexity. In posthumanist work, “even in its gloomier modes, ­there is a widespread sense, if not of hope, then at least of an opening, a breach” that is born of its certainty that “to see just how much of the total energy in the universe lies beyond the grasp of human­ beings . . . ​is also to witness the profound contingency and frailty of con­temporary social and economic institu-

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 94 11/1/17 11:57 AM Evolution and the Prob­lem of ­Human Agency 95

tions.” Nonetheless, McGurl asserts, whether­ or not posthumanists ac- knowledge it, in making ­human agency “vis­i­ble as something nested in forces beyond its control,” posthumanism confronts us with “the terrify- ing nature of our ethically unconscious selves.”105 In this regard, the un- settling fatalism that tinges Thoreau’s late ecological politics may yet have something to teach posthumanism about the po­liti­cal stakes of its materi- alist ontology. Thus both Douglass’s and Thoreau’s antislavery materialisms bring moralism and materialism together in ways that unsettle the rational, agen- tial, and self-­determining moral subject of Western humanism. In doing­ so, they also redefine the politics of embodiment framed by midcentury racialist thought. In place of a biological hierarchy ­running from “fully” ­human to nonhuman life, these­ authors’ materialisms point to the imbrica- tion of human­ and nonhuman agencies and the co-­constitution of po­liti­cal and ecological pro­cesses. If Douglass’s antislavery materialism thereby confronts us with our “animal” automaticity, and Thoreau’s discloses the chasteningly attenuated nature of our agency—­underscoring the radical passivity of passive re­sis­tance, its paradoxically posthumous life—­Whitman, as the next chapter ­shall explore, exposes the unintentionality of our words and, indeed, the illegibility of the identity that utters them.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 95 11/1/17 11:57 AM chapter 3 Whitman’s Cosmic Body: Bioelectricity and the Prob­lem of ­Human Meaning

The preceding chapters have suggested the need to expand our familiar understanding of the debate over slavery and racial equality in the run up to the Civil War. Stepping back from the confrontation between racist sci- ence and antislavery liberalism, we can discern the emergence of a some- what dif­fer­ent disagreement. My readings of Douglass and Thoreau have thus aimed to show that the antebellum debate over racial equality was not solely a conflict between racist materialism and antislavery universalism, but it also involved a strug­gle within materialism itself over biologism’s politi­cal entailments. If the po­liti­cal clout of racist science rested at least in part on the growing authority of biological conceptions of the human,­ Douglass’s antislavery appeal to the autonomic instinct for self-­preservation and Thoreau’s antislavery faith in the morally progressive tendencies of speciological change both point out that biological conceptions of the ­human do not necessarily support proslavery or racist views. At the same time, as we have seen, their antislavery materialisms also create prob­lems for longstanding humanistic assumptions about human­ autonomy and in- dividual agency that were­ structurally central to the liberal mainstream of antebellum antislavery thought.

96

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 96 11/1/17 11:57 AM Bioelectricity and the Problem­ of ­Human Meaning 97

If nothing else,­ then, the preceding chapters have offered a lesson in the difficulty of mapping the antebellum moment according to our well-­ worn opposition between materialism-­racism-­slavery and idealism-­ liberalism-­antislavery. Arguments that we have thought of as liberal (­because antislavery), like Thoreau’s and Douglass’s, can turn out to be ma- terialist in ways that complicate or even undermine the very possibility of liberalism. Inversely, arguments we have understood as materialist (­because racist) can prove deeply invested in defending the premises of liberalism. ­After all, the animalized and hyper-­embodied Black body of mid-­ nineteenth-­century racist doctrine was designed to throw the inherent autonomy of the “fully” ­human (white, male) liberal subject into sharper relief. We have a working version of this thought in the now common ob- servation that the primary function of Blackness in Western culture has been to consolidate and purify the concept of whiteness. In the context of racist science more specifically, embodying or racializing Blackness allowed for the comparative disembodiment of whiteness. When racial scientists cast the white race as the original and standard ­human form, or the most intellectually and morally advanced ­human form, they rendered the white body neutral or negligible to white humanity, thereby working to preserve the white subject’s bona fides as a transcendently autonomous liberal subject. As part of my effort to show that antebellum debates over slavery and racial difference thus became a front (indeed, arguably one of the most his- torically impor­tant fronts) in a broader and still ongoing cultural negotia- tion of the po­liti­cal entailments of materialism, I turn now to a set of questions that, at least at first, may seem far removed fromthese ­ antebel- lum debates. This chapter explores Whitman’s relation to two strains of antebellum embodied thought—­one liberal and one more radically materialist—­both of which ­were unstably conjoined within the American Spiritualist movement. Born in 1848, the Spiritualist movement rapidly gained popularity in the 1850s by propounding what it described as the first empirically grounded “religion of proof.” Drawing upon research into the role of electricity in the body, Spiritualist doctrine held that the ­human soul is materially real—­that it exists as a bioelectrical phenomenon—­and that this material soul persists beyond the dissolution of the corporeal body, guaranteeing the immortality of the discrete, individual self. Thus though Spiritualism was not chiefly concerned with questions of racial difference, Spiritualist orthodoxy was like racist science in this limited sense: it, too, articulates a materialism that labors­ to preserve the integrity—­that is, the boundedness and self-­possession—of the liberal subject. As this chapter

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 97 11/1/17 11:57 AM 98 Bioelectricity and the Prob­lem of ­Human Meaning

­will argue, however, the bioelectrical self that Spiritualism constructed was theoretically unstable. At odds with Spiritualist orthodoxy, Spiritualist practices of mediumship highlighted the bioelectrical self’s physiological receptivity—­its vulnerability to ambient material influences including communications from other material spirits. The porous communicativ- ity of the bioelectrical self thus threatened to belie rather than to immor- talize the boundedness of the Spiritualist subject. As I ­shall argue, this alternative, monistic, and open-­ended bioelectrical self was an impor­tant inspiration for Leaves of Grass. Whitman’s relation to Spiritualism allows us to track the ways that bi- ologism circulated through the antebellum cultural imagination beyond discourses explic­itly associated with racial science. Panning out from the immediate fray of the debate over slavery and equality, this chapter focuses on the difficulties that the antebellum embodied subject posed to the fig- ure of the liberal subject more generally, and to the demo­cratic politics that subject sustains. As we ­shall see, ­these difficulties ­were in some cases fi- nessed or simply repressed whilst elsewhere they rise more immediately to the surface—­perhaps nowhere more insistently, as I ­shall suggest, than in Whitman’s groundbreaking antebellum poetry. The reading to follow begins by tracing Whitman’s inheritance from Spiritualism’s bioelectrical theology. I argue that the “body electric” that pulses at the center of his early poetry departs from Spiritualist orthodoxy, which distinguished the vulnerable earthly body from the indestructibly material soul, by instead conjuring a bioelectrical subject who is originally relational, granted iden- tity not despite but ­because of the body’s ner­vous entanglement with the world. Whereas Spiritualism promised to square the messy dependencies of ­human materiality with the transcendental integrity of the liberal indi- vidual, on my reading Whitman’s poetry lays bare contradictions that are inherent to that proj­ect. Indeed, I argue that Whitman’s theory of ner­vous entanglement not only informs his poetic topoi but moreover structures his theory of poetic communication. That is, I propose that in addition to its thematic promi- nence in the early Leaves, the body electric furthermore provides the phil- osophical ground from which Whitman developed what I describe as the uniquely “embodied poetics” of his highly experimental first volumes. This novel poetics emphasizes the physiology of poetic communication over and against poetry’s propositional content, challenging some of our most ba- sic assumptions about what poems do and how they mean, as well as about the nature of the subjects between whom ­those poems and meanings pass.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 98 11/1/17 11:57 AM Bioelectricity and the Problem­ of ­Human Meaning 99

As we shall­ see, Whitman’s embodied poetics ultimately stress the consti- tutive indeterminacy of both the propositional poetic subject and the em- bodied ­human subject. Touting the body’s entanglement in a procreant “real­ity . . . . ​materialism first and last imbueing,” Whitman attempts to engender a wholly new poetry adequate to a cosmos thus monistically and pro­cessually re­imagined.1 In our pres­ent critical moment, it is tempting to read Whitman’s po- rous and pro­cessual self through the lens of posthumanist and specifically new materialist models of the ­human. Like Whitman’s, ­these latter-­day materialisms position the material body as a correction to the idealism of the liberal subject. But while this chapter ­will acknowledge intriguing par- allels where they arise, I will­ ultimately suggest that Whitman’s material- ism remains something distinct. On my reading, Whitman’s bioelectrical subject confronts us with the failure of attempts—­both by antebellum era movements like Spiritualism and by posthumanist theory ­today—to rec- oncile the pro­cessual materialist body with a legibly liberal politics of demo­cratic pluralism. For Whitman’s bioelectrical self is fi­nally so spec- tacularly indistinguishable from the cosmos that flows through his ner­vous body (plastically “quivering [him] to a new identity”) that it is impossible to assign content—­that is, anything like a stable meaning or essential identity—to this subject. To be sure, Whitman does not always acknowl- edge, let alone embrace, the effacement of identity that his poetry enacts. Nonetheless, as I hope to demonstrate, the erosion of personal particularity in his work is inescapable, at once glaring and programmatic, arising at the level of both form and content in the early Leaves. In its final movement, then, this chapter turns from the poetics of Whit- manian embodiment to consider the racial politics that this unidentifiable bioelectrical body encodes. Returning to the infamous slave auction scene in “I Sing the Body Electric,” I show how Whitman’s bioelectrical ontol- ogy gives rise to a highly idiosyncratic defense of racial equality that leaves the basic premises of liberal individuality and equality ­behind. If Whitman’s materialism generates a power­ful vision of racial unity here,­ its egalitarian- ism nonetheless bears little­ resemblance to the individualistic and pluralistic demo­cratic politics that we conventionally attribute to his work—­and that Whitman, himself, claimed to celebrate. As I argue, the tension between Whitman’s pro­cessual bodies and the more conventionally liberal politics of mainstream antislavery discourse resurfaces in con­temporary calls for a more radically pluralistic posthumanist democracy today,­ raising questions about the racial politics implicit in the posthumanist proj­ect. I ­will turn to

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 99 11/1/17 11:57 AM 100 Bioelectricity and the Prob­lem of ­Human Meaning

­those questions, investigating the friction between posthumanism’s fluid ontology and its recognizably liberal politics, in Chapter 4.

God Vibrations: The Bioelectrical Soul in Theory and Practice

In his 1860 review of On the Origin of the Species, Asa Gray confesses that the unraveling of liberal selfhood haunts midcentury science. Anticipat- ing that many readers ­will find Darwin’s theory objectionable ­because it conjoins ­human races and ultimately “makes the whole­ world kin,” Gray points out that this unifying vision nonetheless harmonizes with the pre- vailing currents of modern scientific thought.After ­ all, he observes, the “princi­ple triumphs” of modern science “have consisted in tracing connec- tions where none ­were known before, in reducing heterogeneous phenom- ena to a common cause or origin, in a manner quite analogous to that of the reduction of supposed in­de­pen­dently originated species to a common ultimate origin.” Indeed, Gray continues, the “scientific mind” now “con- templates the solar system as evolved from a common, revolving fluid mass . . . ​has come to regard light, heat, electricity, magnetism, chemi- cal affinity, and mechanical power as va­ri­e­ties or derivative and convert- ible forms of one force . . . ​and . . . ​speculates steadily in the ­direction of the ultimate unity of ­matter.”2 However much Darwin’s vision of spe- ciological unity “discomposes us,” then, Gray warns that our preference for separateness, difference, and hierarchy voices a doomed re­sis­tance to the model of physical real­ity that nineteenth-­century science was progressively unveiling: that of a monistic cosmos unified by a fretwork of past and ongoing material interrelations that belie categorical dis- tinctions between races, species, and ultimately even between physical bodies. If it was obvious to Gray that modern scientific materialism was poised to engulf white racial—­and ultimately human—­ ­exceptionalism in one vast, monistic soup, not all antebellum materialists concurred with this projec- tion. Darwin’s polygenist and monogenist detractors obviously understood themselves to be giving an empirical account of real­ity and so, too, did antebellum Spiritualism, the movement to which I turn in this chapter. As I ­shall argue, Spiritualism’s distinctive brand of materialism forms an impor­tant cultural context for Leaves of Grass: in addition to popularizing the divinized “body electric” that would prove so powerfully inspiring to Whitman, Spiritualist discourse housed­ two contradictory views of mate- rialism whose tensions help to illuminate the complex role of embodiment in Whitman’s work.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 100 11/1/17 11:57 AM Bioelectricity and the Problem­ of ­Human Meaning 101

Officially, Spiritualist doctrine espoused a kind of onto-­theology that held that spirits are empirically real (comprised of bioelectricity) and that promised that we persist as materially embodied and autonomously indi- vidual spirits beyond the grave. In practice, as we shall­ see, the communi- cative per­for­mances associated with Spiritualism—in which mediums claimed to channel spirits and speak in the voices of the dead—­point to a very dif­fer­ent conception of the bioelectrical self, flaunting its suscepti- bility to external forces and the porosity of the border between one self and another. The vulnerability and fungibility of the bioelectrical self in Spiritualist mediumship was thus at odds with the discretely bounded individualism of the bioelectrical soul espoused in Spiritualist doctrine. In this opposition, Spiritualist doctrine bears a structural resemblance to antebellum racist science’s re­sis­tance to Darwinian monogenism in that it, too, framed a materialist account of the human­ that worked to defend the figure of the liberal subject against encroachment from more radically conjunctive materialisms. Ultimately, Spiritualism’s in- ternal contradictions make it a particularly vivid example of just how uncertain materialism’s relation to liberal individualism was in this moment. Unfolding in proximate relation to “professional” science (the prior chapter should give some indication of how tenuous such borders were­ in this era), the American Spiritualist movement rose­ to popularity in the 1850s promulgating what it described as a rigorously scientific “religion of proof.” Its ostensibly empirical theology centered on the uniquely ambivalent substance of electricity, that invisible yet material stuff that “sparks” the body into life. Indeed, despite de­cades of empirical investiga- tion, electricity remained at midcentury a phenomenon stubbornly resis- tant to scientific disenchantment.3 Stymied by its oscillation between object and event, materiality and impalpability, chemists dubbed it an “imponder- able fluid,” and since the late eigh­teenth ­century, when its role in galvaniz- ing the ner­vous system was first experimentally established, bioelectricity had inspired a series of popu­lar therapeutic movements, including mesmer- ism and phrenology. When it first arose in 1848, then, Spiritualism was the latest face of what was already a vibrant constellation of bohemian bioelec- trical movements.4 Drawing upon both scientific and peri-­scientific dis- courses, Spiritualism proclaimed electricity the missing link between the ineffable human­ spirit and its effable body. As one phrenologist put it, bio- electricity revealed the “godlike department of our nature reduced to DEMONSTRABLE CERTAINTY”: it furnished, in short, the perceptible ­matter of the soul.5

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 101 11/1/17 11:57 AM 102 Bioelectricity and the Prob­lem of ­Human Meaning

Spiritualists stressed the scientism of their faith, confident that the mea­ sur­able materiality of bioelectricity would soon lead scientists to verify the empirical real­ity of the spiritual world. Arguing that mind “is a sub- stance—an element—as­ really­ so as air or water,”­ they insisted that the body’s electrical mechanisms furnish “sensuous evidence” of the soul.6 In- deed, the soul was so utterly substantial in Spiritualist discourse that questions like “how much does a soul weigh?” ­were seriously entertained while traditional theological teachings about the “immateriality of the spirit” were­ roundly dismissed as “the most consummate nonsense.”7 Spir- itualists thus took pains to distinguish their own rationalist theology from what they saw as the baseless mysticism of other religions. As the movement’s first major codifier, Andrew Jackson Davis, protested, “If men do not consult Nature and Reason, and ‘try the spirits’ by the rigid righ­ teousness of those­ immutable princi­ples . . . ​­there can not be any limits set to the wild fanat­i­cism and superstitious absurdities into which the honest seekers after­ truth and spirituality ­will not as­suredly plunge themselves.”8 What­ever ­else Spiritualism may have been—­a theatrical entertainment, profitable quackery, a program for consoling the bereaved—it was also a site of metaphysical speculation, propounding the materiality of the spirit and, conversely, the intrinsic spirituality of matter.­ One of the specific attractions of Spiritualism’s fusion of science and reli- gion was its claim to have reconciled the dispiriting facts of human­ material- ity with continued faith in the individual’s transcendent autonomy. Whereas other biologisms seemed to sentence the self to contingency by suggesting that our minds and moral characters are merely by-­products of the bodies we are born with, the bioelectrical soul allowed Spiritualism to conceive of identity as the expression of a spirit that is in­de­pen­dent of the corporeal body (just like the classically Christian soul) and yet demonstrably mate- rial nonetheless. This compromise funded Spiritualism’s chief consola- tory promise: that heaven and the afterlife are just as real and materially substantial as our spirits. Thus Andrew Jackson Davis taught that death does not spell the end of the body nor of individual subjectivity but rather works as a kind of “cleansing pro­cess” that purifies our earthly bodies of “their transient imperfections.” On this embodied account, death looks less like a miraculous translation from one ontological state (flesh) into one wholly other (spirit) and more like an accelerated form of evolution that instantaneously perfects each individual body according to what Jackson characterized as a “beautiful . . . ​law of pro­gress.”9 In her best-­selling Spiritualist novel, The Gates Ajar (1868), Elizabeth Stuart Phelps paints a vivid picture of this embodied heaven populated by

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 102 11/1/17 11:57 AM Bioelectricity and the Problem­ of ­Human Meaning 103

immortal yet fully material individuals. Bereaved by the death of her brother,­ the novel’s heroine, Mary Cabot, finds no solace in her minister’s account of the afterlife as a state in which all individuality melts away, bearing off with it all “selfish affections” such as love for one’s­family to leave only a bliss that “glow[s] with holy love alike to all other holy hearts.”10 Mary’s Spiritualist preceptor, Aunt Winifred Forceythe, shudders at this vision of spiritual communion, objecting that it “would destroy individuality at one fell swoop. We should be like a man walking down a room lined with mirrors, who sees himself reflected in all sizes, colors, shades, at allangles ­ and in all proportions . . . ​til he seems no longer to belong to himself.”11 “The truth is,” she concludes, “the ordinary idea [of heaven], if sifted accurately, re- duces our eternal personality to—gas.­ ”12 What Phelps’s characters find un- acceptable in orthodox Christian doctrine, then, is the prospect of a spiritual existence that annihilates the liberal self, dissolving her into a “­great blank ocean” of celestial community “which ­shall swallow up, in a pitiless, glorified way, all the little­ brooks of our delight.”13 By contrast, the great­ appeal of Spiritualist theology for ­these characters is its promise that, since “the spiri- tual body is real, is tangible, is vis­i­ble, is human,”­ we shall­ therefore still very much “be ourselves in heaven,” retaining all of our personal affections (­those “­little brooks of our delight”) and our private possessions—­including, most importantly, the par­tic­u­lar and particularizing bodily “sizes, colors, shades” that encode our (gendered and racial) identities and that allow us, Aunt Forceythe suggests, to belong to ourselves.14 Indeed, Aunt Winifred trium- phantly insists that we shall­ even continue to live in private houses­ with our nuclear families—­both of which, she confesses, will­ undergo “many differ- ences and ­great ones” in the pro­cess of purification, yet ultimatelywill ­ re- main recognizably “mine just the same.”15 In place of a gaseous oneness with God, Aunt Forceythe’s Spiritualist afterlife looks more like the idealized brochure for a new suburban community, promising every­thing the liberal individual’s possessive heart had ever desired in life.16 Spiritualism’s materialist reconceptualization of the soul thus allowed it to guarantee the integrity of liberal personhood even ­after the decom- position of the mortal body. In this specific sense, Spiritualist materialism echoes racist science in that both offer their adherents an embodied ac- count of the human­ that si­mul­ta­neously works to preserve the singularity and autonomy of the liberal subject. For the many Spiritualists who also identified as abolitionists, as well as for Spiritualist prac­ti­tion­ers of color, the similarity likely stopped ­there: unlike racist materialism, Spiritualist materialism did not propose that only some (white, male) persons qualify as truly ensouled or autonomous.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 103 11/1/17 11:57 AM 104 Bioelectricity and the Prob­lem of ­Human Meaning

But if it was not systematically racist, neither was Spiritualism program- matically antiracist. Indeed, despite deep cultural connections to the abolitionist and feminist movements, many prominent Spiritualists did suggest that the bioelectrical soul was most fully developed in the white race. Thus, for instance, Andrew Jackson Davis asserted that the phe- nomenon of Spiritual communication (the practice in which a Spiritualist medium, endowed with exceptionally refined powers of ner­vous “receptiv- ity,” channels electromagnetic transmissions from the spirit realm, speak- ing for the dead) first emerged in the mid–­nineteenth century­ ­because it was only just then enabled by the evolutionary advancement of the white race. As Davis argued, the “miracles and spiritual disclosures of this era flownaturally and consequently from the state of ­mental and moral develop- ment to which the Anglo-­Saxon portion of the human­ race has generally attained.”17 In light of a statement like this, Spiritualism’s individualistic afterlife (complete with gendered and raced bodies, domestic spaces, and nuclear ­family units), stands out more clearly as a markedly conservative vision—­a rejection of the undifferentiated communalism of the “gaseous” afterlife Phelps’s characters deplore. Indeed, Davis proclaimed that heaven is in fact partitioned into six hierarchical socie­ties, “each being character- ized by a dif­fer­ent race of spirits . . . ​in dif­fer­ent stages of moral culture,” and by the late 1860s Spiritualist cartographies uniformly mapped heaven as a racially partitioned space in which “­every race and nation . . . ​ enjoyed its own unique heaven peculiarly suited to its individual needs and desires.”18 If Phelps’s heaven seems like a suburban paradise, Davis’s shared the dream of segregation that would fund the suburbanization of Ameri­ ca­ a century­ later.­ As individualistic as this doctrine seems, however, Spiritualism’s bio- electrical self was also a philosophically unstable entity. Much like the par- adoxically insubstantial electrical substance that inspires it, the Spiritualist subject oscillates between singularity and diffusion thanks to the inher- ently communicative function of bioelectricity. This instability was spec- tacularly on display in the practice of Spiritualist mediumship, which was the movement’s main means of demonstrating its bioelectrical faith and recruiting converts from audiences who arrived by turns skeptical and curious. As Davis explains, spirit communications are made pos­si­ble by the fact that we exude a “general electric atmosphere,” breathing our spiritual electricity into the space around us like a cloud of perfume. When the mind is properly relaxed, “­these electrical elements­ flow down from the brain into the nerves, and into all the infinite ramifications of the nerves, and

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 104 11/1/17 11:57 AM Bioelectricity and the Problem­ of ­Human Meaning 105

thence into the atmosphere which we breathe,” generating a uniquely re- fined electrical field “through which communications [between souls] can be made.”19 In the event of communication, the medium conducts the elec- trical emanations of another soul into his or her own body, allowing that soul to speak and even act through the medium’s ner­vous cir­cuits. The Spiritualist medium, then, conjures a very dif­fer­ent view of the bio- electrical self. Unlike the corporeally defined and possessive Spiritualist subject whom Davis and Phelps proj­ect into heaven, the Spiritualist me- dium is chiefly distinguished by her capacity for ner­vous receptivity and sympathetic affinity: porous and possessed, she is a conduit of sympathetic connection with souls not her own. The fluidity of identity modeled by Spiritualist mediums injected the movement with radical tendencies not legible within its conservative account of a bounded and individualistic af- terlife. Thus, for instance, in what Molly McGarry describes as the “amorphous sexual matrix” opened up by the practice of mediumship, Spir- itualist men and ­women were­ ­free to perform other genders in ways cor- rosive to the strictures of mid-­century gender ideology. Spiritualist séances and demonstrations provided a sanctioned space in which Spiritualist prac­ ti­tion­ers could “reimagine their gender through practices ranging from cross-­dressing to defying the vocal ranges equated with sexual differ- ence.”20 For female mediums in particular—­often young and poor—­this license to command an audience and speak in the tongue and tones of dead presidents afforded unpre­ce­dented access to a public authority other­wise forbidden to them in both church and state. Indeed, Spiritualism was closely associated with the feminist movement: as Anne Braude notes, “While not all feminists ­were Spiritualists, all Spiritualists advocated women’s­ rights.”21 But if mediumship allowed ­women to performatively lay claim to the “masculine” virtues of liberal agency and autonomy, the impor­tant point ­here is that it did so by spotlighting the fictionality of that liberal self. In this sense, Spiritualist feminism is a curiously double-­edged sword, inso- far as mediumship enabled female prac­ti­tion­ers to assert a liberal auton- omy via a practice that tacitly gainsaid it. Beyond sanctioning trans-­gender and cross-­class per­for­mances, then, the larger unorthodoxy of Spiritual mediumship inheres in its public demonstration of a bioelectrical self whose borders are permeable and whose subjectivity is curiously multiple—­ sympathetic, affiliative, and uncannily networked with other minds. Instead of conferring individual identity (as Phelps imagines that our distinctive bodily “sizes, colors, shades . . . ​and proportions” do), the medium’s

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 105 11/1/17 11:57 AM 106 Bioelectricity and the Prob­lem of ­Human Meaning

nerve-­riddled body is the site of bioelectrical exchanges that attenuate in- dividual identity, capitulate autonomy, and blur the boundary between subjects. Along ­these lines, John Lardas Modern describes the Spiritualist subject as someone who is alternately “in control yet susceptible to ­human influences, both past and pres­ent,” and in this way uncertainly poised be- tween contingency and autonomy, “docility and freedom.”22 Similarly, Stephanie LeMenager has shown how the bioelectrical body’s susceptibility was also understood to extend to climatic influences, which Spiritualists believed could variously enhance or hinder conductivity between spirits, vitalizing or vitiating the bioelectrical self. As LeMenager notes, this cli- mactically tuned Spiritualist subject seems perpetually at risk of dissolving “within a network of energetic actors” in the “atmospheric soup” of the environment.23 Thus, while Spiritualism’s main selling point was its claim to have suc- cessfully fused corporeal materiality, liberal individuality, and Christian immortality, the bioelectrical subject who effected this grand­ détente si­ mul­ta­neously seemed to belie the model of selfhood it stood for. As the critics above suggest, the sympathetic susceptibility and communicative- ness that characterize the bioelectrical self light up an invisible dimension of embodied being, extending selfhood beyond the border of our electri- cally conductive skin. In this way, Spiritualist discourse generated two con- tradictory visions of self and world: a recognizably liberal-­individualist one, in which the bioelectrical soul guarantees the per­sis­tence of individ- ual identity ­after death and heaven is a segregated space; and a monistic one, in which the bioelectrical soul blurs the bounds of identity and the universe is materially interconnected. That this internal contradiction does not seem to have troubled Spiri- tualist discourse may be attributable to the fact that both versions of the bioelectrical self seem to agree upon its central revelation of humanity’s empirically super­natural nature. And yet the logics of transcendence un- derpinning ­these two visions are philosophically quite distinct. For Spiri- tualist expositors like Davis and Phelps, the supernaturalism of bioelectricity derives from the occult nature of electricity itself, poised as it was between thingy materiality and celestial imponderability. Thus, glossing Saint Paul’s assertion that “­There is a natu­ral body, and there­ is a spiritual body,” Da- vis explains that, indeed, “the spiritual body is a substance” that is moved by “a fine force” or spirit that “flows through [the] nerve-­sensations.” In short, for Davis, the ethereality of bioelectricity (the rarified fineness of its “force”) allows it to occupy two ontological statuses (material and spir- itual) at once, thereby manifesting the human­ body’s inherently other-

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 106 11/1/17 11:57 AM Bioelectricity and the Problem­ of ­Human Meaning 107

worldly endowment: “the invisible presence of the Divine in the vis­i­ble human.”­ 24 By contrast, as I have suggested, the practice of spiritual mediumship foregrounds a rather dif­fer­ent conception of bioelectricity’s transcenden- talism. (Ostensibly) demonstrating the bioelectrical subject’s suscepti- bility to external forces—to “­human influences, both past and pres­ent” as well as to atmospheric influences in the nonhuman environment—­the spectacle of spiritual communication highlights both the ner­vous self’s permeability and its extension beyond the bounds of its skin. But though the latter version of bioelectrical transcendentalism therefore contends that our beings are not wholly contained in our bodies, it does not explic­itly insist upon being’s supernaturalism. Charles Taylor’s distinc- tion between “enchanted” (ensouled) and “buffered” (secular) selves is helpful for drawing out this discrepancy. On Taylor’s description, the peculiar quality of “enchantment” that the concept of the soul has tradi- tionally named refers to the idea that ­there is some aspect of ­human being that transcends the body and renders it susceptible to super­natural forces beyond ­human ken or command.25 Clearly, the Spiritualist me- dium’s bioelectrical porosity bears a structural resemblance to Taylor’s enchanted self. This similarity, however, depends upon a conceptual sleight of hand, for the medium is susceptible to forces that are repre- sented as material rather than super­natural—he is affected by electrical emanations and climactic influences, manifesting the body’s porosity to a physical world that impinges on his senses at ­every instant. Although ­these material forces may be so vari­ous and complex as to be practically incalculable, they are not, like super­natural forces, essentially incalcula- ble. This is, in other words, a transcendentalism that does not leave the realm of the natu­ral world—­bringing it closer to Asa Gray’s empirical vision of “the ultimate unity of matter”­ than to Phelps’s and Davis’s Spiritualist accounts of an individualistic afterlife. Indeed, in stark con- trast to Phelps’s disdain for “gaseous” communion, this monistic ten- dency within Spiritualist practice ultimately envisions us as part of a vast embodied commons, or what Robert Cox calls a “social physiology,” in which all bodies are woven “into the fiber of a sympathetically united nation in precisely the same way that the nerves, organs, and tissues ­were integrated within the organic body.”26 At odds with Spiritualism’s doctrinal commitments to the possessive and autonomous liberal self, then, the bioelectrical physics of mediumship threatened to explode this integral subject by rendering it fi­nally indistinguishable from a larger and fluidly networked material world.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 107 11/1/17 11:57 AM 108 Bioelectricity and the Prob­lem of ­Human Meaning

The Poet as Ner­vous Medium

Spiritualism’s transcendental materialism and adhesive individualism were­ attractive to Whitman and are impor­tant contexts for his thinking about embodiment and sexuality.27 The movement’s influence on the earlyLeaves of Grass is particularly unmistakable in Whitman’s unorthodox assertions of the body’s divinity. “If the body ­were not the soul, what is the soul?” he demands. Although he treats this as a rhetorical question, the burden of explanation is obviously Whitman’s. In prefatory notes for the first edi- tion of Leaves, he offers an initial defense of this statement, writing:

We hear of miracles, but . . . ​tell me then, if you can, what is there­ in the immortality of the soul more than this spiritual and beautiful miracle of sight? . . . . ​I open two pairs of lids, only as big as peach pits, when lo! the unnamable variety and whelming splendor of the world come to me . . . ​though rocks are dense and hills are ponderous, and the stars are away off sextillions of miles.28

This note can read as a familiar enough defense of the won­ders of the ­human body: sight instantaneously ferries “ponderous” objects across even cosmic distances in order to reveal mountains and starlight to us. In his 1802 Natural­ Theology (required reading when Thoreau was at Harvard), William Paley famously points to the intricacy of the eye as evidence that it, along with the rest of nature, must have been purposively designed, thus proving the existence of God. (Indeed, the intuitive force of Paley’s argu- ment was such that in, 1860, ­after publishing the treatise that would ring natu­ral theology’s death knell, Darwin confessed to Asa Gray, “The eye to this day gives me a cold shudder.”)29 In drawing our attention to the mar- vel of eyesight, then, Whitman might be making a Paleyan claim, point- ing to the phenomenon of sight as empirical proof of the body’s divine origin. By the time this note made its way into the preface to the first edition of Leaves of Grass (1855), however, Whitman had refined his characteriza- tion of sight’s miraculous nature. In the preface, he observes,

What is marvelous? what is unlikely? what is impossible or baseless or vague? after­ you have once just opened the space of a peachpit . . . ​and had all ­things enter with electric swiftness softly and duly and without confusion or jostling or jam.30

Whitman’s restatement clarifies that it is not thefact of sight that impresses him (­isn’t it amazing that we can see?) but more specifically sight’s bioelec-

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 108 11/1/17 11:57 AM Bioelectricity and the Problem­ of ­Human Meaning 109

trical physiology that he finds so improbable: in the moment of percep- tion, “­things enter” the eye “with electric swiftness,” inscribing impressions on the ner­vously receptive body. For Whitman, then, there­ is something distinctly miraculous—­“marvelous,” “unlikely,” “baseless or vague”—­about the way the body’s bioelectrical mechanisms render us permeable, reveal- ing our physiological porosity to “all things.”­ As we have seen, Whitman was hardly alone at midcentury in discern- ing something tantalizingly like “the immortality of the soul” vouchsafed by ner­vous electricity. More specifically, we are now in a position to note how Whitman’s account of the bioelectrical soul echoes the earth-­bound transcendentalism implicit in the Spiritualist practice of mediumship, and at odds with Spiritualist orthodoxy. It is, ­after all, not the inherent divin- ity of electricity but the bioelectrical body’s permeability—­its ability to reach beyond itself and to be, in turn, suffused by things­ not itself—­that elicits Whitman’s won­der and prompts his conclusion that the body is en- chanted, itself a soul. Again, as I have argued, this gloss of transcendental- ism involves an elision or misdirection insofar as it asks us to substitute the body’s ner­vous porosity to material forces for the susceptibility to super­natural forces that has historically distinguished the enchanted self. Insofar as the former state can be called transcendental, the susceptibility it names delivers us not into an electro-­spiritual afterlife but rather into a physiologically conjoined cosmos, disclosing a self suffused not by the im- manent presence of the divine so much as by the immanent presence of the world—­a vast yet mundane communion. To be sure, Whitman ­will also inherit Spiritualism’s contradictions, most spectacularly displayed in the way his speaking persona veers between egotistical particularity and impersonal collectivity—­occasionally in the same breath (“Walt Whitman, an American, one of the roughs, a kosmos”). The reading I will­ be offering here,­ however, proposes that Leaves of Grass programmatically foregrounds the latter. That is, despite Whitman’s claim to have been “the poet of the self,” I submit that his poetry consistently foregrounds the self’s dispossession and identity’s constant dissolution, cel- ebrating the ways in which the ner­vous system’s sensuous receptivity interpellates us within a vast network of earthly communication and embodied sociality. In this section I will­ examine key moments in which the early Leaves thematizes bodily porosity and the dissolution of individ- ual identity, and I ­will suggest how reading ­these moments in light of midcentury bioelectrical discourse can usefully expand and reinflect our discussions of sexuality in Whitman’s work. In the following section, I ex- plore how Whitman’s interest in bioelectricity shows up not only at the

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 109 11/1/17 11:57 AM 110 Bioelectricity and the Prob­lem of ­Human Meaning

level of content but moreover in his signature poetic forms, and in what I describe as the embodied poetics that give rise to ­those forms. Across both sections I shall­ argue that if Spiritualism’s popularity in the early 1850s sup- plied Whitman with the trope of the body electric and of the sanctified physical body, its shadowy strain of monistic materialism was decisive for Whitman’s thinking about both the ontology of the self and the ontology of poetry. Just as Spiritualism’s bioelectrical body wavered between autonomy and dispossession, transcendence and susceptibility, so too does Whitman’s bioelectrical self pulse in and out of formlessness. This oscillation forms the crux of one of the most haunting passages of “Song of Myself.” The uncharacteristic brutality of this passage accentuates the threat that bio- electrical embodiment poses to liberal personhood. “Mine is no callous shell,” it begins:

I have instant conductors all over me whether­ I pass or stop, They seize ­every object and lead it harmlessly through me. . . . ​ Is this then a touch? . . . . ​quivering me to a new identity Flames and ether making a rush for my veins, Treacherous tip of me reaching and crowding to help them, My flesh and blood playing out lightning, to strike what is hardly differ­ ent­ from myself On all sides prurient provokers stiffening my limbs. . . . ​ The sentries desert every­ other part of me, They have left me helpless to a red marauder, They all come to the headland to witness and assist against me. I am given up by traitors; I talk wildly . . . . ​I have lost my wits . . . . ​I and nobody else­ am the greatest traitor, I went myself first to the headland . . . . ​my own hands carried me ­there.

This violent scene is generally read as depicting a sexual encounter, and crit- ics have been divided as to whether­ that encounter is homoerotic or auto- erotic. In his masterful reading of this passage, Mark Maslan argues for their indifference. As he points out, mid-­nineteenth-­century sexual hygiene lit­er­a­ture routinely figured sexual desire as an external force that invades and overmasters unwary men. On Maslan’s reading, this passage draws out a conclusion implicit but unacknowledged in that lit­er­a­ture: namely, that “when men’s masturbatory and heterosexual urges are defined as forms of surrender to an invading force, all male desire begins to look homoerotic.”31

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 110 11/1/17 11:57 AM Bioelectricity and the Problem­ of ­Human Meaning 111

Without detracting from this account of Whitman’s “audacious mold- ing” of hygienic theory into queer desire, we might nonetheless consider what happens to this passage when we take its accusation against “villain touch” more literally. That is, if we read this passage as a complaint not against sexual desire specifically so much as against the fact of sensuous- ness more generally, its narrative of incursion and ravishment begins to read differently. Spotlighting how our ner­vous physiology renders all sensa- tion a form of penetration—as nerves “seize ­every object” they encounter, shepherding them into our bodies via storms of bioelectrical “lighting”—­ the passage draws our attention to the impossibility of self-­sovereignty in light of the manifest un-­callousness of our shells. The speaker’s panic in the face of this incursion is that of a liberal subject who has presumed the integ- rity of his physiological borders and his absolute possession of the body they delimit. Hence he experiences the mundane physiology of touch as a radical betrayal—­not only is he susceptible to this “red marauder” of sen- sation but worse, it is aided and abetted by the “treacherous tip” of his own sensuously receptive skin—­which he now finds does not act as a border or islanding “headland” at all, but rather as an eager­ network of “instant conductors.” On this reading, onanism would be exactly the wrong way to think of this scene, since its larger point is that self-­stimulation is structurally un- avoidable given our ner­vous architecture: in ­every waking moment, our senses are working to arouse and provoke us. Indeed, more broadly, I worry that to gloss the invading force ­here as specificallysexual , as distinct from sensual, in nature risks minimizing or missing entirely the polemic against the liberal self this passage other­wise encodes. For whereas the discourse on sexuality stresses object choice and is directed toward­ typological iden- tification, sensuality is indiscriminate and (as this passage luridly illus- trates) belies our individuation. Thus though we might be tempted (as the speaker initially was) to view this scene of overmastery as a threat to be resisted, the passage ultimately instructs us to accept that dispossession is a feature inherent to bioelectrical subjectivity because­ the body is a sensi- tive medium of communication and change. “I and nobody ­else am the greatest traitor”: for Whitman, to be a ner­vously embodied self is to tes- tify, involuntarily (of course) and at all times, against the doctrine of indi- vidual autonomy and identity. But while this passage exposes the fiction of autonomy, unlike more recent denunciations of the liberal subject (such as ­those coming out of decon- struction, posthumanism, and affect theory), its mood is not strictly cel- ebratory. Instead, the vio­lence of Whitman’s imagery and anxiety of his

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 111 11/1/17 11:57 AM 112 Bioelectricity and the Prob­lem of ­Human Meaning

speaker task us to acknowledge the sacrifice this shift in outlook entails. To be sure, as we have also seen with Spiritualist mediumship, the porosity of bioelectrical embodiment works to re­unite self and world in a single system of continuous mutual exchange (hence our speaker ­here finds that his senses “strike what is hardly dif­fer­ent from myself”). But if the bioelec- trical body therefore stands to release us from the burden of singularity, relieving our sense of alienation from the world, by the same token it also threatens to do away with our sense of being anyone in par­tic­u­lar at all. For although Whitman admires that sensations move through us “harm- lessly,” he also makes clear that they are not without consequence. To the contrary, sensuous perception materially alters this speaker, “quivering [him] to a new identity.” Indeed, since ­there is no disembodied soul to serve as a separate locus of identity in the version of bioelectrical embodiment Whitman invokes, all material alterations to the body therefore constitute changes at the level of being.32 More pointedly, then, if every­ sensuous per- ception is a touch, and ­every touch quivers us to a new identity, then in what sense can we—­inscribed and revised by each passing experience—­ still lay claim to something like an identity at all? If this scene feels like a rape, it is because­ of its attention to the vio­lence its monistic ontology does to the speaker’s sense of selfhood. Brought face to face with his suscepti- bility to the world and the continuous existential renovation embodied ex- perience wreaks, this speaker becomes, like his identity, incoherent: “I talk wildly . . . . ​I have lost my wits . . . .” Indeed it would seem that talking wildly is inevitable now since the no longer tenable fiction of a self-­ representing “I” has been displaced by a babbling bioelectrical “we”—­I, my hands, their nerves, villain touch, and the “red marauder” of sensation that tethers me to other bodies “hardly dif­fer­ent from myself.” If the po- rosity of embodiment gains us the world, this passage observes that it also costs us that thing­ we have heretofore known as the self. Indeed, across the pages of Leaves, embodied selves and other objects freely dissolve and coalesce again in Whitman’s intermittently liquefying gaze, enumerated in one moment and in the next proving composite or dispersed beyond recognition. Individual bodies are ramified by all that exists around them: you are “your person and ­every particle that relates to your person.”33 And these­ horizontal relations of association and interac- tion also extend longitudinally across time, as Whitman indicates when he describes himself as an index of the earth’s entire history: “Before I was born out of my mother­ generations guided me, / My embryo has never been torpid. . . . ​For it the nebula cohered to an orb. . . . ​Monstrous sauroids transported it in their mouths and deposited it with care.”34 Moreover, he

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 112 11/1/17 11:57 AM Bioelectricity and the Problem­ of ­Human Meaning 113

also understands each ­thing to be an index of every­thing that ­will unfold from its body ­after its death: “I effuse my flesh in eddies and drift it in lacy jags / I bequeath myself to the dirt to grow from the grass I love, / If you want me again look for me ­under your bootsoles.”35 Despite the presence of nouns and proper names, then, Whitman’s bodies are perpetually in transit—­processual, ongoing—­and thus belie any name we would give them. In Michael Warner’s acutely succinct words, Whitman “makes the phenomenology of selfing a mess.”36 Despite the continuous transformations implicit in its pro­cessual on- tology, however, Leaves ­will not sustain the elegiac awareness of self-­loss it registers in the vio­lence of the foregoing long passage. More commonly Whitman is, like his posthumanist counter­parts, optimistic that the body’s integration with the world does not entail the dispossession of the self so much as its heroic dilation. Perhaps Whitman’s most ecstatic articulation of this thought comes at the very outset of Leaves, in the poetics he lays out in the 1855 preface. ­Here Whitman defines the poet as a particularly talented medium, someone who can make himself a channel of the ­whole nation, conducting the panoply of its influences into his receptive and plastic body:

The American poets are to enclose old and new for Amer­i­ca is the race of races. . . . ​he gives them reception . . . ​he incarnates [his nation’s] geography and natu­ral life and rivers and lakes. Mississippi with annual freshets and changing chutes, Missouri and Columbia and Ohio and St. Lawrence with the falls and the beautiful masculine Hudson, do not embouchure where they spend themselves more than they embouchure into him. . . . ​When the long Atlantic coast stretches longer and the Pacific coast stretches longer he easily stretches with them north or south. . . . ​On him rise solid growths that offset the growths of pine and cedar and hemlock and liveoak and locust and chestnut . . . ​with flights and songs and screams that answerthose ­ of the wildpigeon and highhold and orchard oriole and coot and surf-­duck. . . . ​To him the hereditary countenance descends both ­mother’s and father’s.­ To him enter the essences of the real things­ and past and pres­ent events—of the enormous diversity of temperature and agriculture and mines—­the tribes of red aborigines . . . ​the first settlements north or south—­the rapid stature and muscle—­the haughty defiance of ’76 . . . ​the wharf hem’d cities and superior marine . . . ​the ­free commerce—­the fisheries and whaling and ­gold-­digging—­the endless gestation of new states. . . . ​For such the expression of the American poet is to be transcendent and new. . . . ​

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 113 11/1/17 11:57 AM 114 Bioelectricity and the Prob­lem of ­Human Meaning

[He] sees the solid and beautiful forms of the ­future where ­there are now no solid forms.37

No ordinary pa­norama, this cata­log collects sights that ostensibly enter the poet’s body and transform him, so that it is the poet, not his poem, that ultimately “incarnates” this landscape.38 Whitman’s preface thus breaks with the oracular tradition of Romantic poetics that preceded him, and that cast the poet as a visionary who prophetically sees through the material world to lay bare “the soul of the thing”­ (Emerson), unveiling the “spirit of its form” (Shelley).39 Leaning on the bioelectrical body, Whitman reimag- ines poetic perception as an event in which the poet does not see penetra- tively through objects but is himself penetrated and inscribed by them. He does not write a great­ poem; he is one. And thus in the climax to his discourse on “the curious mystery of the eyesight” in the 1855 preface, Whitman promises that by reading his po- etry we, too, can become embodied poems. “Read these­ leaves in the open air ­every season of ­every year of your life,” he instructs, “and your very flesh ­shall be a great­ poem and have the richest fluency not only in its words but in the ­silent lines of its lips and face and between the lashes of your eyes and in the very movement and joint of your body.”40 The fungibility of bodies and poems in Whitman’s thinking points to a broader translation between the poetics of embodiment I have been examining here­ and what I will­ call, in the next section, his embodied poetics. Although his suggestions that poetry impinges on a reader’s body directly have alternately been de- nounced and embraced as pure “mysticism,” in the next section I will­ ex- plain why Whitman’s embodied poetics—­with its per­sis­tent conflation of bodies and poems, and perversely counterfactual claims to be able to touch the bodies of its readers—­must be understood in relation to the historically specific form of materialism propagated by midcentury bioelectrical dis- course.41 Via the ner­vous impressionability of the bioelectrical body, Whit- man came to rethink poetry as a site, first and foremost, of haptic communication—­a means of transferring not meanings but transformative physical effects via an intimate sensuous encounter called reading.

Causal Encounters: The Meaningless Intimacies of Embodied Poetics

Inspired by bioelectrical physiology, in the 1855 Leaves Whitman con- structs a novel poetics—­a new semiotic theory about what poetry is, how it communicates, and by extension, what kinds of things­ subjects (as in per-

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 114 11/1/17 11:57 AM Bioelectricity and the Problem­ of ­Human Meaning 115

sons and as in poetic propositions) are. As I ­shall argue, this new poetics abjures poetry’s propositional subject in order to foreground its material- ity as a medium of communication, and this inversion generates many of the idiosyncrasies typical of Whitman’s early style, including his penchant for deictics and second-­person address, his strangely diffuse yet resolutely embodied persona, and his signature early form, the cata­log. But more dis- concertingly, I suggest, Whitman’s bioelectrical media theory also engen- ders the eccentricity of his overt disdain for hermeneutics (“­these leaves conning you con at peril”) and his audacious renunciations of authorial in- tent (“you ­will hardly know who I am or what I mean”). Put simply then, I will­ be tracing here­ how the dissolution of the liberal subject we have just observed also entails, on Whitman’s bioelectrical theory, the dissolution of the subject—­the meaning—of poetry. To understand how bioelectrical discourse might have influenced Whit- man’s sense of what poetry is and does, it ­will first help to understand how Spiritualism’s onto-­theology also functioned as a media theory. Through their popu­lar (if perhaps spurious) demonstrations of bioelectrical commu- nication (sometimes described as “spiritual telegraphy”), Spiritualist me- diums drew attention to the material mechanisms by which thought is transmitted from one mind or soul to another. This aspect of Spiritualist theory is spelled out for us in the following excerpt from an editorial pub- lished in Harper’s in April 1852, which, if skeptical about Spiritualism’s claim to communicate with the dead, is nonetheless persuaded by its bio- electrical account of communication. As this editor explains,

Is not the communication from soul to soul literally, as well as figuratively,tele- graphic,­ that is, far-­writing, or writing from afar? An identity might, perhaps, be shown in the very medium of ­communication, so far as the pro­cess has a material medium. There­ is no difficulty, and no danger, in admitting that the electric fluid may be the agent in the ce­re­bral and organic transmission, as well as in the galvanic battery. . . . ​The soul, by its own spiritual energy, first turns the emotion or feeling into a thought. It translates the thought from the abstract to the concrete, from the intuitional to the conceptive. It brings it down into the soul’s chamber of imagery, and imprints it on the brain. In other words, the message is reduced to writing and given to the clerk at the station-­house, who translates it into telegraphic signals. The more immediate transmitting power is now set in operation. An influence is imparted from the brain to the nerves (or wires) of the vocal organs. It is continued to the lungs, and sets in motion a current of air. This impinges on the outward atmosphere,

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 115 11/1/17 11:57 AM 116 Bioelectricity and the Prob­lem of ­Human Meaning

and is carried on through successive undulations until­ it reaches the other station for which it was designed. It enters the office-­chamber of the ear, communicates with the other ce­re­bral battery, and then writes off from the auditory nerve or wire, the signals which, by the other logical and linguistic faculty, or the clerk at the second station, are translated into the pictorial symbols understood by all, and thus written on the second brain.42

According to this bioelectrical model of communication, thought is always materially instantiated. Originating when the “spiritual energy” of the soul converts a “feeling” or “intuitional” impulse (what we might now term an affect) into a “conceptive” piece of mental­ “imagery,” thought is serially transposed: first it is “reduced to writing;” then it is “translate[d] into tele- graphic signals” that shoot through the nerves; next it is translated by the vocal chords into “a current of air” (or, spoken language) and ferried through “the outward atmosphere,” at which point it begins the pro­cess of reverse-­translation into ner­vous “signals” and thence into “pictorial sym- bols” in the listener’s brain. Two things­ are particularly worth noting about the account of commu- nication this editorial describes. The first is how its focus on the physiol- ogy of transmission shifts our attention from hermeneutics to the haptics of language. ­There is ­little interest in anything like meaning, repre­sen­ta­ tion, or interpretation here,­ and the serial translations this model entails (from “emotion” into “thought;” brain “imagery” into ner­vous “writing;” and from these­ “telegraphic signals” into spoken “currents of air;” etc.)­ oc- casion no concern about the distortion or loss of an original message. What counts as “understanding” or the achievement of “meaning” ­here therefore shows up not as the product of an act of interpretation, but instead simply coincides with the closing of the communicative cir­cuit: the message is successfully received when this series of energetic transfers arrests in the brain or soul of the listener. The second thing­ to notice about this account is how its bioelectrical model of communication effaces the difference between bodies and texts. According to its physics of information, thought is always materially in- stantiated—as “pictorial symbols” in the brain, electrical “signals” in the nerves, “a current of air” on the lips, and rippling “undulations” in the at- mosphere. And yet, as we have just seen, despite its emphasis on thought’s material embodiment, at no point does this account worry that informa- tion is being lost, added, or simply reshaped by its translation from one medium to another. In her landmark study of informatics, N. Katherine

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 116 11/1/17 11:57 AM Bioelectricity and the Problem­ of ­Human Meaning 117

Hayles describes this indifference to medium specificity as the symptom of an outlook in which information has “lost its body.”43 But a more Whit- manian way to put this might be to say that, on this account, bodies have become information: manifesting electrical “writing” in the states of its brain and nerves, this bioelectrical body is readable: a fleshy text.44 In this regard, the bioelectrical account of communication opens up fresh perspectives on Whitman’s habitual conflation of poems and persons, and on the distinctive (sometimes even aggressively presumptuous) erot- ics this conflation lends to his theory of poetry. “Come closer to me. . . . ​I pass so poorly with paper and types . . . . ​I must pass with the contact of bodies and souls.”45 Through deftly misdirectional deictics and the un- earned familiarity of second-­person address, Leaves doggedly presses its body to us, interpellating us into an intimate encounter when we thought we ­were reading alone. Whitman’s penchant for conflating poems with bodies, and reading with caressing, has been critically interpreted in a num- ber of dif­fer­ent ways. To poststructuralist critics it has often seemed like an infuriating flaw, exposing an “archaic belief in the magical power of naming.” 46 By contrast, ecocritics have recently embraced this “mysticism” as a laudably ecopoetical attempt to communicate the “unsaid and unsay- able” essence of being without falling back on the anthropocentric biases of human­ language.47 Alternatively again, queer theoretical readings have suggested that Whitman cannily courts the contradiction between lan- guage and touch in order to generate rhetorical “intimacy-­effects” that light up queer desire’s “world-­making power” to unite “vast networks of virtual strangers” into a nation.”48 But even champions of Whitman’s coun- terfactually embodied poems confess that while he might have wished to write poems that touch us, he was perfectly aware of “the impossibility of ­doing so literally,” and thus they conclude that this gesture is best under- stood as a kind of rhetorical trick (Michael Moon calls it “planned cata- chresis”) designed to recruit our complicity in Whitman’s fantasies of physical immediacy.49 Along ­these lines, Helen Vendler argues that Whit- man wished to make reading “something closer to a blood transfusion or an infusion of semen,” although of course at best this dream could only exist as a speculatively “envisioned mutuality” between himself and his au- dience.50 A poem obviously can’t­ actually touch us; Whitman just wants us to think about bodies and their exquisite erotics, and in doing­ so maybe cozen us into feeling aroused by an intimacy he can only pretend to be sharing with us. As we’ve­ just seen, however, from a bioelectrical perspective there­ is nothing inherently mystical or meta­phorical about the claim that reading

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 117 11/1/17 11:57 AM 118 Bioelectricity and the Prob­lem of ­Human Meaning

impinges on us physically: bioelectrically speaking, all communication is embodied. When Whitman complains that he “must pass with the con- tact of bodies and souls,” he is therefore stating a bioelectrical truism: even our prosaic Harper’s editor agrees that linguistic communication “literally” involves physical contact between bodies and (embodied) minds or souls (“Is not the communication from soul to soul literally, as well as figura- tively, tele-­graphic, that is, far-writing,­ or writing from afar?”). By the same token, (and as this editor’s ambivalent formulation suggests), bioelec- trical theory does not imagine that this embodied “communication from soul to soul” is the opposite of writing or any other ostensibly more medi- ated mode of communication. For bioelectricity is itself a medium, and thus bioelectrical theory treats all touch as a kind of inscription. By contrast to poststructuralist logic, then, according to which the preference for embod- ied immediacy over linguistic mediation invariably stems from a specious metaphysics of presence, Whitman’s impatience with “paper and types” ex- presses a frustration at distance or attenuation, not absence. From a bioelec- trical perspective, the difference between textual and bodily inscriptions is a ­matter of degree and not kind: as compared to writing on paper, the ner­ vous writing that is touch is simply temporally closer to the event—­the cognitive moment—of meaning. Read this way, Whitman’s conflations of body and text no longer appear so deluded or strategically misleading; instead they remind us of the material conditions of our reading. To this end, Whitman’s characteristic use of deictics and second-­person address could be understood as attempts to direct us not toward­ a mystical or purely rhetorical intimacy but to a concretely embodied one. Like Magritte’s self-­denying still life (“ceci n’est pas une pipe”), this line’s reflexive reference to itself as “paper and types” drives my attention from the poem’s repre­sen­ ta­tional register to its materiality, throwing its ontic there-­ness into relief. Suddenly I am acutely aware of the nap of the paper under­ my thumb, or the edge of the iPad digging into my palm, and in this way Whitman returns me to my body and foregrounds the physical encounter I am at that moment having with his text. In this moment we do, indeed, find ourselves rhetori- cally interpellated into a scene of intimacy, but one that is neither purely notional nor quite interpersonal: we are recalled to our immediate sensuous encounter with the nonhuman body of the poem itself. But perhaps even to note the distinction between interpersonal and object relations is to miss Whitman’s point. Peter Coviello argues that Whitman invokes a more-­than-­genital sexuality as “the ground note of all ­human attachment,” forming “the engine that drives the ­human capacity

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 118 11/1/17 11:57 AM Bioelectricity and the Problem­ of ­Human Meaning 119

for relation to ­others.”51 For Coviello, this non-­normative sexuality allows Whitman to envision “a kind of seriality” embodied in the “queer prog- eny” of his affectionate future­ readers—­a vision that replaces “generational time, marked by the pairing of children­ and futurity,” with a style of “queer world-­making, and indeed queer future-­making.”52 In reading Whitman’s solicitations of intimacy as efforts to foreground our haptic encounter with the text, I am suggesting that this analy­sis might be expanded. Beyond even more-­than-­genital sexuality, sensuality is the embodied phenomenon that, for Whitman, grounds our attachment to and generative interaction with all the bodies (­human and other­wise) around us.53 The good news is that literally every­thing in the room is flirting with you. Whitman’s bioelectrical poetics moreover also shed light on his perverse yet per­sis­tent hostility to the idea that the goal of reading is interpreta- tion. Whitman’s early editions of Leaves are emphatically anti-hermeneutic: “Have you practiced so long to learn to read?,” he taunts us right out of the gates; “Have you felt so proud to get at the meaning of poems?”54 The 1860 Leaves doubles down on this rebuke, warning: “­These leaves conning you con at peril . . . ​for it is not for what I have put into it that I have writ- ten this book, / Nor is it by reading it you ­will acquire it.”55 Instead of “con- ning” his words, Whitman wants us to be assailed by them, wants them to communicate as physical rather than linguistic objects. Thus he consis- tently figures his work as an involuntary emission—­unpremeditated as any “ejaculation” or “barbaric yawp,” his words are “belched” sounds, “wafted with the odor of his body or breath,” exuding organically from his body like that live-­oak “uttering joyous leaves all its life” by biological fiat. In one magnificent riff in “Song of Myself,” we are serially informed that in- stead of reading a poem we are in fact being impregnated, jetted with the stuff of arrogant republics, dilated with tremendous breath, embraced and possessed, fetched flush to Whitman’s body, and thrummed by the oro- tund sound of his voice. “Behold I do not give lectures or a little­ charity,” he expounds; “What I give I give out of myself.” And lest we mistake­ him to simply mean he speaks sincerely (“out of myself” as in “from the heart”), he commands us: “open your scarfed chops till I blow grit within you.”56 Whitman relentlessly insists that his poems are touching us. And in de- scribing his poems, in his poems, as not-­poems, he turns the repre­sen­ta­ tional register of his poetry against itself. Cross-­dressed as nonlinguistic objects—­performing what Michael Warner terms a kind of “metadiscur- sive queerness”—­these poems verbally profess that they have nothing to say.57

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 119 11/1/17 11:57 AM 120 Bioelectricity and the Prob­lem of ­Human Meaning

Indeed, for all our hand-­wringing over the (apparent) counter-­factualism of Whitman’s staged intimacies, we have been strangely un­perturbed by the fact that this rhetorical pose arguably renders poetic communication unintelligible. For if, as Vendler argues, Whitman wishes to make poetry “closer to a blood transfusion or an infusion of semen,” we might well ask how such an intimate physical exchange (counterfactual or not) could be a model for something that we would still recognize as poetry. How does one “read” a mouthful of grit, an injection of blood, or an “infusion” (in Vendler’s delightfully chaste phrase) of semen? And if, after­ all, it’s not “the meaning of poems” we are meant to “get at” by reading Leaves, then what is the point of reading it? Put differently, if object-­poems are simply meant to affect us physically, the way grit and semen and other nonlinguistic ob- jects do, then how will­ we know a poem from a handsy poet or a mouthful of sand when we see one? At the risk of stating the obvious, most of us operate ­under the assump- tion that all poems are objects but not all objects are poems. We convention- ally distinguish between the expressly communicative objects that are texts (or works of art) and, conversely, nontextual objects (hammers, grit, grass, the joints of our bodies) that may in some sense be expressive but that we do not take to be expressly trying to tell us something. Perhaps no critic writing ­today has had more to say about the costliness of ignoring this distinction than Walter Benn Michaels, who has extensively critiqued the idea that we might “read” nonlinguistic objects, treating objects as if they ­were signs. According to Michaels, the prob­lem with this “fantasy of meaning without repre­sen­ta­tion,” this dream of a “text written in blood,” is that unlike signs, objects (blood, grass, leaves, bodies) are not intentional and hence, although they may communicate effects or experiences (can bruise us, excite us, give us a cold), they cannot be said to communicate meanings.58 The difference between experience and significance, he ex- plains, is that experience has to do with the effect the object in fact has on us (and this is not a ­matter for interpretation, only attestation, the ques- tion of our individual experiences of the object), whereas significance has to do with the effect the object intends to have on us (and this is the object of interpretation, the question of the object’s meaning).59 For Michaels, then, intention is the additive by which we may distinguish between a text’s meaning and its merely incidental effects—­between its significance and what Derrida might call its “trace,” or what William Wimsatt and Mon- roe Beardsley describe (in a phrase gratifyingly resonant with my pres­ent discussion) as our “psycho-­galvanic reflex” to the text.60 As Michaels ar- gues, “Once we turn the meaning of the poem into our experience of it”—­

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 120 11/1/17 11:57 AM Bioelectricity and the Problem­ of ­Human Meaning 121

that is, once we treat the poem as identical to the event of our reading it—­“we begin to treat the poem as if it had no meaning.”61 A reader like Michaels must therefore object that Whitman’s embod- ied poetics is strictly meaningless. For Michaels, it is only insofar as the ­things Whitman makes are precisely not simply objects that they can qual- ify as poems in the first place.Leaves ’ bioelectric poetics would thus seem to lead poetry up a blind alley: its emphasis on the physicality of reading empties poetry of anything that would count, for Michaels at least, as meaning. By treating poems as material objects that corporeally (or “psycho-­galvanically”) affect us, Whitman makes poetry indistinguishable from any other species of object in the world. I might just as well “read” anything at all—by its own lights, “Song of Myself” has no more claim to my attention than the surface it’s printed on, the dog snoring at my side, or the Mississippi River rolling somewhere out there­ in the darkness.62 But as fatal as it may seem to the proj­ect of poetry, Whitman is noth- ing short of explicit (i.e., thoroughly intentional) about his poetry’s lack of intention. He scolds us that we are doing­ poetry all wrong when we set out “to get at the meaning,” and insists that what­ever it is that his poetry exists to convey “eludes discussion and print, / It is not to be put in a book . . . . ​it is not in this book.”63 Laying out his program for poetry in the 1855 preface, he argues that a poem requires neither interpretation nor comprehension to be a success:

To speak in lit­er­a­ture with the perfect rectitude and insousiance of the movements of animals and the unimpeachableness of the sentiment of trees in the woods and grass by the roadside is the flawless triumph of art. . . . ​You ­shall not contemplate the flight of the graygull over the bay or the mettlesome action of the blood ­horse or the tall leaning of sunflowers on their stalk or the appearance of the sun journeying through heaven or the appearance of the moon afterward with any more satisfaction than you shall­ contemplate [the poet]. The greatest poet has less a marked style and is more the channel of thoughts and ­things without increase or diminution, and is the free­ channel of himself. . . . ​Let who may exalt or startle or fascinate or sooth[e] I ­will have purposes as health or heat or snow has and be as regardless of observation.64

Despite his reference to “speak[ing] in lit­er­a­ture,” the modes of expression to which Whitman compares poetic utterance ­here—­the movements of animals, the sentiment of trees—­are not only neither literary nor spoken; ­they’re not ­human. The “triumph of art,” he asserts, is to attain an inhuman

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 121 11/1/17 11:57 AM 122 Bioelectricity and the Prob­lem of ­Human Meaning

indifference to human­ understanding. “Let who may exalt or startle or fascinate or sooth[e],” he sniffs; perlocutionary effects are not the essence of poems. Nor are authorial intents: “I ­will have purposes as health or heat or snow has,” he explains, which is to say that his poetry will­ not have purposes but rather consequences. For—­and this is Michaels’s point—­ health and heat and snow cannot be said to purpose or mean what they do, since their effects (invigorating, heating, cooling) are unintended. Neither reducible to authorial intent nor to readerly reception, the Whitmanian poem aspires to exist among us like graygulls and blood horses­ and tall, leaning sunflowers—­that is, as ­things that shape our world without speak- ing to us, ­things that “enter” us and imprint themselves on us but that we do not propose to interpretively “understand.” It is in this sense that the poem can afford to be “regardless of observation”; freed from the obliga- tion to successfully convey a specific meaning, the poem becomes, like a ­horse or snow, something that does not depend upon our comprehension to be realized as an effectual or even transformative part of our shared world. As he predicts at the close of “Song of Myself,” “You ­will hardly know who I am or what I mean, / But I ­shall be good health to you neverthe- less, / And filter and fibre your blood.” Following Whitman’s bioelectric logic through, therefore, lands us at the perplexing conclusion that Whit- man’s interest in embodied poems—in the bioelectrical physiology of read- ing and the textuality of bodies—­stems from a theory of poetic intimacy and physicality that is, in the end, indifferent to poetic meaning.

Embodied Poetics and the Prob­lem of Recognition

It may be useful at this point to take a moment to distinguish Whitman’s anti-­intentionalism from other va­ri­e­ties of anti-­intentionalism in poetry and poetic theory. In the early twentieth century,­ for instance, Imagist po- ets maintained that art’s value is in­de­pen­dent of its capacity to mean. “A poem should not mean / But be,” Archibald MacLeish announced in 1926, elaborating his “Ars Poetica” in lines evocative of Whitman’s preface: “A poem should be wordless / As the flight of birds. . . . ​A poem should be equal to: / Not true.” Like much of Leaves, MacLeish’s poem has a kind of self-­ canceling didacticism, clearly outlining in verse a program for verse to be not only non-­didactic but also not meaningful. In the vein of Michaels’s critique, Robert Pinsky faults Imagism for conveying “the power­ful illu- sion that a poet pres­ents, rather than tells about, a sensory experience.”65 And yet for Imagism, as MacLeish would ­later specify, the point of the object-­poem is “not to re­create the poet’s emotion in some one else.­ . . . ​

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 122 11/1/17 11:57 AM Bioelectricity and the Problem­ of ­Human Meaning 123

The poem itself is finality, an end, a creation.”66 If the poetry of meaning is valuable insofar as it is instructive to readers (tells them something), the poetry of being needs no readers ­because being is an end in itself. Whitman does not share MacLeish’s belief in poetry’s autonomy or in- trinsic value; on the contrary, for Whitman every­ poem is inherently un- finished. For Whitman, it is neither what poetry is nor what poetry teaches us but what (or ­really, whatever­ ) it does to us that makes it valuable.67 As he argues, poetry is not self-­contained but, rather, lives through its readership:

A great­ poem is no finish to a man orwoman ­ but rather a beginning. . . . ​ The touch of [the poet] tells in action. Whom he takes he takes with firm sure grasp into live regions previously unattained . . . . ​thenceforward is no rest. . . . ​They two ­shall launch off fearlessly together till the new world fits an orbit for itself and looks unabashed on the lesser orbits of the stars and sweeps through the ceaseless rings and ­shall never be quiet again.68

­Here, poetry’s value is not intrinsic but, rather, lies in its catalytic capac- ity, its power to transform us. Indeed, despite his “firm sure grasp” of the reader, the poet is not in control of his poem’s explosive effects. Instead, he is merely a co-­traveler launched “together” with his reader on a journey of “ceaseless” transformations—­a pro­cess so endless (so hermeneutically pointless) that Whitman’s description loses sight of it as it ­ripples past the known galaxy, “never [to] be quiet again.” This is poetry as black market jetpack: it works by quickening readers, although it claims no responsibil- ity for their resulting trajectories. For some readers, including Michaels, this euphoric renunciation of au- thorial control more accurately marks the extinction, as opposed to the ideal, of poetic communication. But although Whitman’s anti-­intentionalism can seem like a promiscuous willingness to mean anything (“an indis- criminate hurrahing for the Universe” is how William James once char- acterized Leaves), I think we do better to recognize it as a studied critique of the idea of intentionalism, a critique that flows logically from his em- bodied poetics.69 From a materialist perspective, intentionalism looks like a willfully limiting description of poetry’s ­actual effects in the world: it would limit us to counting only those­ effects its author predicted, brack- eting out a ­whole range of real, if merely “accidental” or subjective, effects that ripple­ out incalculably farther than the horizon of any author’s origi- nal desire. From this perspective, when Whitman suggests that poetry launches “into the unknown,” he is not irresponsibly denying paternity of

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 123 11/1/17 11:57 AM 124 Bioelectricity and the Prob­lem of ­Human Meaning

his work but realistically acknowledging the impossibility of predeter- mining the shape of its ­future offspring. Thus I suggest that in asking us to recognize that poems are not just intentional communications but also radically disseminative events, Whit- man opens our eyes to the unavoidably indiscreet conditions of poetry’s material existence. Like Thoreau with John Brown, Whitman’s sense of his poetry’s value asks us to take a broader and much longer view of po- etry’s action—of the real if diffuse and unpredictably proliferating effects it ­will have unleashed. In this sense, his embodied poetics frames a theory of agential externalities, of the ungovernable aureole about ­every action (­every touch, every­ utterance, every­ poem) that obscurely, unpredictably, and at the same time unarrestably links the pres­ent moment to outcomes and ­others invisible to us. And though we may well wish to codify rules—­ such as intentionalism in hermeneutics, for instance, or tort in the law—­ that carve out zones in which predictability and responsibility might more locally hold, Whitman’s embodied poetics challenges us to embrace the empirical life of poetry, in all its wanton creativity. Another way to say this might be to point out that Whitman’s embod- ied poetics is just that—­a poetics rather than a hermeneutics. As Daniel Tiffany argues in Infidel Poetics, poetry has always been uniquely concerned with language’s sensuous dimensions (its sounds and rhythms), and this interest in the “cadaverous materiality” of language’s body drives poetic language toward­ obscurity.70 Sketching the history of lyric obscurity from ancient riddles and charms through the “difficulty” of high modernist poetry, Tiffany argues that a principled defiance of transparency or even intelligibility lies at the very heart of the poetic proj­ect. Indeed, for Tif- fany, poetry’s obscurity grounds its peculiar sociality: “Obscurity,” he writes, “rather than being the princi­ple impediment to poetry’s social rel- evance, would provide the key to models of community derived specifi- cally from the nature of lyric expression.”71 Thus, what might other­wise seem like the obstacle to poetry’s ability to communicate—­its opacity, its elliptical difficulty—is, for Tiffany, the grounds of its uniquely “negative sociability.”72 Poetry under­ this description does not communicate so much as it convenes, gathering speakers and hearers, authors and readers, around the incomprehensible lyric object. Like Imagism’s theory of poetic autonomy, Tiffany’s theory of lyric ob- scurity bears some illuminating parallels to Whitman’s embodied poetics, but in the end remains distinct. For Tiffany, lyric obscurity is best “regarded principally as an event or deed” rather than as an encrypted message, and poetry’s sociality inheres not in what it communicates but, rather, in its

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 124 11/1/17 11:57 AM Bioelectricity and the Problem­ of ­Human Meaning 125

power to solicit us into this scene of (obscure, even contentless) communi- cation.73 ­Under this understanding of lyric, we might conclude that Whit- man’s embodied poetics—­his denial of poetry’s meaning and insistence on its physiological eventfulness—is not, in fact, antipoetic but, rather, articulates the terms of the poetic proj­ect tout court.74 However, to see Whitman as an exemplar of Tiffany’s lyric theory may be to narrow the claims that Whitman is making about obscurity. For Tiffany, the ob- scure objects that are poems constitute a unique class of objects—­poems are especially obscure, or obscure in some special (poetic) way. For Whit- man, however, obscurity is not a feature par­tic­u­lar to poetry; it is, rather, a condition endemic to all embodied life. In other words, obscurity is not an effect of Whitman’s lyr­ics (it is hard to imagine clearer, more prosai- cally candid lines than his) but rather Whitman’s poetry is about obscu- rity: he is trying to articulate the philosophical prob­lem of the obscurity of embodied being. When he says that he “cannot tell how my ankles bend . . . . ​nor whence the cause of my faintest wish,” he’s not telling a riddle; he’s telling us about the riddle that ankles and wishes are.75 More precisely, Whitman is noting the mystery of the way ankles and wishes work—­the hows and whences of their bendings. This specification is an impor­tant one, since the real and fundamental source of ontological obscurity for Whitman is the fact that bodies are open-­ended: receiving and disseminating effects, perpetually undergoing reinscription, they are materially although not metaphysically transcendent. If most of us do not won­der about our bends and bents, it is ­because we take ­these ­things to be expressions of our willful intentions. But as we have seen, on Whitman’s bioelectric theory intentions are a kind of optical illusion. At best, they de- scribe a misleadingly thin slice of a material history that in fact engulfs intention in its cascade of preceding causes­ and unpredictably sprawling effects. The lyric obscurity that he is talking about, then, and that makes him unable to say what a poem fi­nally means (even just what it fi­nally ­causes) is the consequence of a condition that poetry shares with literally every­ thing: every­ embodied ­thing is, for Whitman, a thing­ in flux. To say “who I am or what I mean,” one would have to find a way to stand outside of time and space, looking back from their ends, in order to cata­log the fi­ nally completed sequence of material history that passed through a given body or poem. One must write a tremendously long cata­log, and even then, the cata­log would not contain itself. Put differently, ­there is an impor­tant difference between something that is unsayable ­because its meaning is encrypted (as in lyric obscurity, or as in the hermetic value of Imagism’s poem-­of-­being) and something that is

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 125 11/1/17 11:57 AM 126 Bioelectricity and the Prob­lem of ­Human Meaning

unsayable ­because its meaning is unfinished—­because the thing­ itself is still unfolding. And therefore, unlike the obscurity of Tiffany’s occulted sub- jects or the self-­sufficiency of MacLeish’s autonomous ones, Whitman’s embodied subjects (lyric, human,­ or other­wise) confront us with a prob­lem of recognition that is unique to his poetics. As I ­shall explore in the next section, the ineffability of Whitman’s pro­cessual bodies—­what I have de- scribed, in the prior section, as the self-­loss or identity-­lessness of his con- tinuously evolving subjects—­lands us in a world in which recognition of the other would seem to be impossible ­because the other is perpetually chang- ing. Accordingly, the next section asks, if the bioelectrical body does not so much confer identity as efface it by tracing our lineaments out through the vast network of our sensuous attachments, then what does this do to Whit- man’s conception of racial difference and human­ equality? And what kind of democracy can subsist in a world of such indiscrete individuals?

Infinity at Auction: Interracial Sympathy in Whitman’s Democracy

Reviving one of Spiritualism’s preferred terms for bioelectrical communi- cation, Jane Bennett reads Whitman’s porous bodies as, above all, sympa- thetic ones. Thus she argues that Whitman’s interest in sensuous susceptibility highlights “sympathy’s capacity to imprint or act upon the flesh,” alerting us to the ways in which sympathy moves as “a more-­than-­ human or natu­ral force” between bodies that are “continuously affecting and being affected by each other and by atmospheres.”76 In this way, Whit- man challenges us “to form a conception of sympathy that is more than a dynamic of ‘identification’ between two or more (aspirationally) sovereign individuals,” and in doing­ so, Bennett suggests, Whitmanian sympathy avoids the most glaring ethical flaw in sympathy as it has conventionally been conceived. Saidiya Hartman explains that this flaw arises when “in making the other’s suffering one’s own, this suffering is occluded by the other’s obliteration”; in other words, in the act of identifying with the other, we risk overwriting the other’s identity with our own.77 By contrast, Ben- nett suggest that Whitman helps us to imagine a form of sympathy that is not premised upon an imagined­ projection (which is also an erasure) but is instead embodied, grounded in “a trans-­individual model of receptivity, affectivity, and sociality.”78 On this reading, sympathy names a bodily sus- ceptibility that reveals not simply our notional similarity or speculative equality with the other, but our material involvement with—­our depen- dence upon and constitution through—­the body of the other.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 126 11/1/17 11:57 AM Bioelectricity and the Problem­ of ­Human Meaning 127

In this section, I propose to both extend and critique this conception of Whitmanian sympathy by examining how its substitution of mutuality for equality informs Whitman’s antislavery argument in “I Sing the Body Electric.” If the ­human body, as Whitman conceives of it, is the ever-­ shifting tally of an ongoing and hence ineffable creative pro­cess, then how can the politics of recognition proceed? What happens to the phe- nomenon of interracial sympathy when neither the subject nor the object in a given scene of identification can be identified? What, indeed, could a demo­cratic politics without discrete persons even look like? The pro­ cessualism of Whitman’s embodied poetics challenges us to shift our attention from individuals and the drama of their interpersonal interac- tions, to systems and the ecol­ogy of their material intra-­relations. In this section I propose to consider the po­liti­cal affordances and limitations of this embodied ontology, particularly as it informs Whitman’s antislavery thought. Although neither an ardent nor even a particularly consistent antislav- ery advocate, Whitman provides at least one clear enunciation of his op- position to slavery in the climactic slave auction scene of “I Sing the Body Electric.”79 As its title (appended in 1867) suggests, this poem is a paean to bioelectric embodiment, and ultimately it reproduces the contradiction of antebellum Spiritualist theology, asserting the divinity of the ner­vous body while pointing to the paradoxically mundane physics of its purely pro­ cessual transcendence. (“The man’s body is sacred and the woman’s­ body is sacred,” Whitman affirms; “Each has his or her place in the pro­cession / All is a pro­cession, / The universe is a pro­cession with mea­sured and beautiful motion.”)80 The poem famously closes with a scene in which Whitman’s speaker “helps” at a slave auction by clambering up onto the auction block to take over the work of enumerating the features of the Black bodies for sale. He does so in order to assert that ­every life is invaluable and that “each belongs here­ or anywhere just as much as the well-­off . . . . ​just as much as you.” This message of inclusion has earned the poem the reputa- tion of being a cele­bration of “a fully inclusive and egalitarian democ- racy.” 81 As Martin Klammer, Betsey Erkkila, Karen Sánchez-­Eppler, and Jimmie Killingsworth variously argue, the poem mounts a power­ful “de- fense of black personhood” (Erkkila) and reaffirms the “sacred” nature of ­every body (Killingsworth).82 ­Things get complicated, however, for the very notion of “personhood” as this poem mounts its defense of the invaluable body. Whitman affirms at the poem’s outset that “the expression of the body of man or woman­ balks account” and its concluding scene, in which the speaker takes over

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 127 11/1/17 11:57 AM 128 Bioelectricity and the Prob­lem of ­Human Meaning

the work of accounting from an auctioneer who “does not half know his business,” offers a strikingly literal demonstration of this statement. Whit- man’s own, better calculus unfolds in a series of cata­logs that demonstrate the absurdity of buying and selling persons:

Gentlemen look on this curious creature, What­ever the bids of the bidders they cannot be high enough for him, For him the globe lay preparing quintillions of years without one animal or plant, For him the revolving cycles truly and steadily rolled. In that head the all-baffling­ brain, In it and below it the making of the attributes of heroes. Examine these­ limbs, red black or white . . . . ​they are very cunning in tendon and nerve; They shall­ be stript that you may see them. Exquisite senses, lifelit eyes, pluck, volition. . . . ​ Within there­ runs this blood . . . . ​the same old blood . . the same red running­ blood; ­There swells and jets his heart . . . . ​­There all passions and desires . . all reachings and aspirations. . . . ​ This is not only one man . . . . ​he is the father­ of ­those who ­shall be ­fathers in their turns, In him the start of populous states and rich republics, Of him countless immortal lives with countless embodiments and enjoyments. How do you know who shall­ come from the offspring of his offspring through the centuries? What might you find you have come from yourself if you could trace back through the centuries?83

By the end of this extended cata­log, we would still be hard-­pressed to identify the enslaved man at its center (is he old? young? tall? short?). In place of an individualizing portrait, Whitman gives us a natu­ral history of this man’s body. The polemical force of this move is that it allows Whit- man to underscore how deeply entangled this ostensibly solitary figure in fact is in the material fabric of the shared world.84 If the institution of slav- ery has left this man kinless, Whitman’s cata­log reminds us that his gene- alogy is nonetheless epically long and unbroken, that his body is the product

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 128 11/1/17 11:57 AM Bioelectricity and the Problem­ of ­Human Meaning 129

of a cosmic history: first the earth cohered from a nebula, then soils crum- bled from bare rock, and fi­nally myriad stages of development brought us the “cunning” design of this man’s limbs and the ­human passions of his blood. Thus Whitman affirms that the slave’s story is a branch of humani- ty’s history as a species, and extends even farther back through the larger material history of the earth and stars. If this asserts the shared history of all bodies, it also insists on each body’s limitlessness: in Whitman’s eyes, this man is the index of an unimaginably long history (“quintillions of years”) that culminates in him, and of a future­ that exfoliates out from him (in “countless immortal lives”) whose horizon is equally unforeseeable. Hence Whitman concludes, “This is not only one man”; the only seemingly singu- lar figure we see is an integral part of a recombinatory and creatively unfold- ing physical cosmos. No ordinary slice of antislavery rhe­toric, then, this passage argues that no bid could be high enough for this enslaved man ­because no one can say precisely what it is that they are bidding on in the first place. “How do you know” what the true scope of his life will­ turn out to have been? And if you cannot know, how dare you presume to assess the value of something with such unknown par­ameters—to put a price on an open-­ ended pro­cess? If the slave auction scene is uncomfortable—­and it is in a number of ways—­this is not least ­because Whitman’s critique of slav- ery refuses to explic­itly condemn the immorality of selling persons. The objection this passage raises is not that ­human life is priceless ­because it is “sacred” (i.e., morally exceptional to materialist systems of value); it is, more specifically, that the value of any body isinestimable . This man “balks account” because­ he is the temporary individuation of an unfold- ing cosmos, the momentary instantiation of a material and social pro­ cess so awesomely boundless that it enfolds both his and our pasts and ­futures in its vast transhistorical sweep. “All is pro­cession,” Whitman exclaims in the lines that introduce this scene: “The universe is a pro­ cession with mea­sured and beautiful motion.” Within this pro­cessual plenum, it is impossible to circumscribe being into discrete objects, to tell where one body ends and another begins. Critics have not always looked kindly on Whitman’s emulsifying ­vision. D. H. Lawrence famously accused Whitman of substituting the sloppiness of “merger” for the delicate mutuality of interpersonal sympa- thy.85 More recently, Sánchez-­Eppler faults Whitmanian sympathy, in terms that echo Hartman’s critique of sympathy, for failing to inspire a truly interracial sympathy. Whitman simply “dissolves the bodies” of both slave and spectator, Sánchez-­Eppler observes, effacing the enslaved

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 129 11/1/17 11:57 AM 130 Bioelectricity and the Prob­lem of ­Human Meaning

man’s specificity in the pro­cess of uniting slave and spectator into an undifferentiated, transpersonal whole.­ 86 We may now be in a position to see how this “failure” is not just inte- gral to this scene but structural to Whitman’s poetics and its under­lying ontology. Indeed, one now begins to see why Whitman volunteers for the auctioneer’s job, for he has done more than any other poet to show how the auctioneer’s cata­log might be a kind of spiritual (even Spiritualist) ex- ercise—­a kind of chanting hymn to the transcendental nonsingularity, the fi­nally uninumerable multiplicity, of any one thing.­ A solitary slave at auc- tion is also a prehistoric globe, revolving seasonal cycles, rich republics, and countless future­ lives; a poet is also a book of poems, a leaf of grass under­ our bootsoles. Every­thing exceeds its immediate body and in this sense, equally enmeshed in a sympathetically united cosmos, every­thing is ultimately one. But what could equality look like in this sprawling, heterogeneous unity? Is the sameness of two ­things that are conjoined (one) the same as the sameness of two ­things that are comparable (equal)? That is, is assert- ing our universal material mutuality really­ tantamount to establishing our universal moral equality? What would it mean to be equal to some- thing that is, in the final analy­sis, not just like but part of yourself? Thus we may begin to appreciate the nonhumanism of Whitman’s ar- gument with slavery, and the extent to which it undermines the metaphys- ics of personhood in which democracy and racial equality have both traditionally traded. In the liberal humanist tradition enshrined in the U.S. founding documents, “all men are created equal” and are vested with cer- tain “unalienable Rights.” From this premise, as Douglass saw, the ques- tion of whether­ or not slavery is consistent with this princi­ple of equality before the law depends upon establishing ­whether or not slaves should be recognized as “men,” and as such endowed with what Chief Justice Taney, in his Dred Scott decision, terms “rights which the white man was bound to re­spect.” And thus, as I have suggested across the preceding chapters of this book, the effort to establish the humanity of the slave is how race, as a system of vis­i­ble differences and attitudes ­toward ­those differences, came to seem so impor­tant. Look at this hair, this skin, the turn of this hip: do you, white American, recognize this body as categorically like yours, or dif­fer­ent? Can you see yourself in this body, feel sympathy for it? Whitman moots ­these questions of recognition; in the ontology that he articulates and makes the marrow of his revisionary poetics, equality operates by a very dif­fer­ent logic. As the auction scene in “I Sing the Body Electric” makes clear, there­ can be no politics of recognition for the Whit- manian self because­ this self is fundamentally unrecognizable—it is

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 130 11/1/17 11:57 AM Bioelectricity and the Problem­ of ­Human Meaning 131

impossible to even determine the shape of the phenomenon that it (they?) is (­will have been?). Instead, the egalitarian ethos of his verse, such as it is, turns on the notion that the sameness of material contiguity (you are physically con- nected to me) can be seamlessly substituted for the sameness of moral equal- ity (you are as good as me). Leaves flirts with this conversion from its outset: “­Every atom belonging to me, as good belongs to you,” it begins, provocatively refusing to choose between the moral claim that you and I are of equal worth (your atoms are as good as mine) and the empirical claim that you and I share ­matter (my atoms may one day be yours—­check your bootsoles).87 Indeed, throughout his first three editions, Whitman con- tinually works the slippage between material mutuality, affective inti- macy, and moral equality, but however closely he conflates them, it is not clear that ­these modes of imagining po­liti­cal community are interchange- able. The fluidity of the Whitmanian person defies the calculus of equal- ity, dissolving the units (­here persons) that equality compares into an undifferentiable unity. His defense of the Black body’s equality is thus arguably useless in the same way that his poetics is, strictly speaking, use- less: both highlight the illimitable natu­ral history of bodies and poems, but since empirical expansiveness is a feature of ­every object in Whitman’s on- tology, it does not suggest how or why these­ objects specifically ought­ to be valued.88 What ­legal rights are due to ­human bodies as opposed to grass or blood or a poem? Why should we read a poem as opposed to blood or grass or a ­human body? Like his antihermeneutic poetics, then, Whitman’s materialist account of persons is anti-­identitarian. Stripping both poems and persons of con- ventional subjecthood (individual identity or intentional meaning), he re- turns them to us as empirically infinite pro­cesses, entangled aspects of a procreant “real­ity . . . . ​materialism first and last imbueing.”89 At once dis- concertingly modest and astoundingly epic, this pro­cessualism does away with identity by proliferating it such that both poems and persons threaten to lose their normative or ethical force. We are no longer tasked with rec- ognizing what they “truly” mean, who they “­really” are. Instead, Whit- man’s politics follow his poetics in inviting us to marvel at the ineffable (although not otherworldly) won­der of interconnected being, to acknowl- edge how “­every spear of grass and the frames and spirits of men and ­women and all that concerns them are unspeakably perfect miracles all referring to all.”90 The force of this admirably ecological vision—­the truly exquisite com- plexity of the relational world it discloses—is therefore also what seems to render it po­liti­cally inert. For without discrete units it is not clear that there­

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 131 11/1/17 11:57 AM 132 Bioelectricity and the Prob­lem of ­Human Meaning

can be ­either democracy or equality as we know them; ­there is only, and always already, attachment and unity. Moreover, even if we permit our- selves to act as if the temporary organ­izations of ­matter we call bodies ­were countably distinct, the fact remains that, by Whitman’s lights, liter- ally ­every material body (­whether human,­ animal, vegetable, mineral, or textual) is incalculable, and thus invaluable. This confronts us with the prob­lem of a moral polity constituted by literally every­thing. Conceived in terms of its material interinvolvement, this polity displaces the ques- tion of its constituents’ similarities and differences and thus bypasses the politics of repre­sen­ta­tion and recognition that subtend the politics of race, class, gender, sexual orientation, physical ability, and species rights as we currently know them. As I ­shall discuss in Chapter 4 and the Coda, the prob­lem of making this pro­cessual ontology speak to the concerns of embodied specificity and racial difference continues to trou­ble con­ temporary posthumanism ­today.

In the foregoing three chapters I have been excavating a materialist strain of antislavery thought that began to crystallize in the writings of Doug- lass, Thoreau, and Whitman in the 1850s as an embodied alternative to biological racism. This antislavery materialism coalesces in their work nei- ther as a consistent po­liti­cal platform nor as an explic­itly codified theory but, rather, as a tendency of thought arising from their efforts to reimag- ine “the human”­ in light of burgeoning midcentury discourses of human­ embodiment. Departing from both mainstream abolitionism (which largely denied the relevance of bodily difference to ­human equality) and biologi- cal racism (which argued that certain bodies—­Black, native, female—­are biologically determined and hence naturally inferior), ­these authors embrace the materiality of ­human being and use it to dismantle the notion of bio- logical hierarchy. In ­doing so, their writings invoke a physical cosmos whose dense interdependencies preclude the erection of racial and specio- logical hierarchy (Douglass), in which the ceaseless drift of evolutionary change belies racial and speciological essentialism (Thoreau), and in which the pro­cessual becomings of our permeable bodies blur the distinction be- tween entities (Whitman). In place of racial science’s static typological system, ­these antebellum materialisms give us an anti-­essentialist ontology in which identity is contingent and fluid,shaped ­ by the dynamic interrelation of biological and cultural forces. In navigating this third way between disembodied antislavery and bio- logical racism, these­ authors invite us to radically rethink the category of the ­human. This effort was, at least in part, strategic: a response not only

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 132 11/1/17 11:57 AM Bioelectricity and the Problem­ of ­Human Meaning 133

to the rising cachet of empirical science but also to the mutual support liberal and racist ideologies lent each other in the nineteenth ­century. In- deed, as we have seen, although liberal humanism’s universalism and rac- ism’s hierarchism would seem to be antithetical, biological racism in fact quite happily invoked liberal humanism’s account of the human­ as a form of being that is uniquely in­de­pen­dent of the material order. The figure of the autonomous, disembodied liberal self funded midcentury racism’s hi- erarchical distinction between “fully” human­ white persons (whose char- acteristic racial trait is to be rationally in­de­pen­dent of their bodies) and “lesser” forms of racialized, gendered, bestialized, and objectified beings, whose identities are biologically predetermined. Thus despite its ostensible materialism, antebellum racism shared liberalism’s fundamental assump- tion that the most fully human­ was the least embodied; meanwhile, de- spite its ostensible universalism, antebellum liberalism needed the fatally embodied form of life racism supplied in order to secure its own self-­ definition. As Russ Castronovo observes, this reciprocal exchange yields a singularly deathly episteme: between the ­human citizen whose body is ef- faced by the purifying fires of liberal universalism and, by contrast, the dehumanized noncitizen who is sentenced “to excessive and lethal embodi- ment,” this modern liberal-­raciological order proves singularly hostile to embodied life.91 Stepping outside the deadly either/or of a disaffectedly ab- stract liberal personhood on one side and a dehumanized materiality on the other, Douglass, Thoreau, and Whitman demonstrate that empiricism’s entry into antebellum po­liti­cal reasoning in fact afforded a wider range of embodied discourses than ­these two alternatives allow. Insisting upon the materiality of all humans,­ ­these authors frame a tentative and experimen- tal but provocative counterdiscourse that resists biological racism and points beyond liberal humanism’s conception of the ­human. At the same time, as I have tried to show, this revisionary materialism was not without cost to ­these authors insofar as their forays into embod- ied thinking undermined aspects of the progressive liberalism and roman- tic individualism with which they are broadly associated. Their incipient materialism often appears as a subversively contrapuntal theme in their thought, at odds with the liberal commitments they elsewhere espouse. Douglass’s strategic embrace of animality is, for instance, in tension with his determination to establish beyond doubt his race’s claim to the rights and privileges of full humanity. Thoreau’s appeal to evolution as an agent of moral change conflicts with his faith in the power of the conscientious in- dividual to effect profound personal and po­liti­cal reform; and Whitman’s sense of himself as an expansively interconnected material plenum (“a kosmos”) is

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 133 11/1/17 11:57 AM 134 Bioelectricity and the Prob­lem of ­Human Meaning

disconcertingly at odds with his sense of himself as a discrete and self-­ possessed liberal subject (“Walt Whitman”) and representative of a class (“an American, one of the roughs”). This is to suggest, then, that there­ is a distinctly illiberal tendency in the materialist swings of these­ authors’ thought—­that their explorations of ­human ontology undermine their ap- peals to human­ rights, agency, and selfhood as liberal humanism constructs them. This heretical tendency marks the opening of their work onto radi- cally new modes of imagining the ­human—to alternative epistemes that are not only antiracist but whose antiracism moreover transforms our con- ception of ­human being and its modes of community from the ground up. In the modern politics of demo­cratic pluralism, the effort to end rac- ism and other exclusions based on embodied identity involves a strug­gle at once for inclusion and against incorporation into a disembodied univer- salism that ignores or denies the embodied difference of ­these lived iden- tities. The challenge of this pluralistic politics of sympathy is thus to insist upon individual and embodied specificity while also asserting the equality of ­humans and universality of ­human rights. The material pro­cessualism that subtends these­ antebellum antislavery materialisms can light up the difficulty of making con­temporary posthumanist discourses of ontologi- cal fluidity—in assemblage theory, new materialism, and “affirmative” bio- politics, for instance—­speak to discourses of racial and social justice. As I ­shall explore in Chapter 4 and the Coda, although like Douglass, Thoreau, and Whitman many posthumanists today­ understand themselves to be working ­toward an expanded demo­cratic politics and in the ser­vice of a more radically egalitarian and inclusive ethics, it is not clear that the ma- terialist ontology they embrace can support the redeemed democracy they envision. At the very least, I ­shall suggest that this conversation, already begun, is one that we now need to be having.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 134 11/1/17 11:57 AM Chapter 4 Posthumanism and the Prob­lem of Social Justice: Race and Materiality in the Twenty-First­ Century­

In this chapter I would like to explore the present-­day status and stakes of the epistemic overhaul that I have been tracing through the antislavery ma- terialisms of Frederick Douglass, Henry David Thoreau, and Walt Whit- man. The preceding chapters have suggested that these­ authors’ embodied accounts of the human­ bear certain affinities with the materialist turn of con­temporary posthumanist theory. ­There is, of course, a kind of knowl- edge and also a kind of plea­sure to be had in recognizing the slant rhymes of historical recurrence. However, this chapter starts from the premise that antebellum antislavery materialism should be in­ter­est­ing to us now not simply because­ of its shadowy prescience of posthumanist theory, but also ­because its divergence from con­temporary theory can help to light up absences and aporias in posthumanist discourse today.­ The absence that antebellum antislavery materialism makes con­spic­u­ ous is the missing term of race in con­temporary posthumanist theory. As I have argued, the proto-­posthumanism that Douglass, Thoreau, and Whitman developed in the 1850s was triggered by the rise of racial sci- ence and the consolidation of modern biological racism. Race is the found- ing proposition around which their antislavery materialisms gather, like

135

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 135 11/1/17 11:57 AM 136 Race and Materiality in the Twenty-­First ­Century

so many antibodies, to wrest ­human materiality away from its conscrip- tion by racist ideology. Against the backdrop of this history, the margin- ality of race in con­temporary posthumanist discourse is puzzling. In this regard, examining the transhistorical echoes between antislavery and con­temporary posthumanist materialism can help to bring the latter’s un- dertheorized relationship to histories of racism and social justice into sharper focus. In doing­ so, I hope to amplify demands that posthuman- ism’s current critics are already making for a fuller accounting of posthu- manism’s racial politics. Indeed, a growing number of critics now suggest that the absence of race from posthumanist theorizing constitutes a considerable theoretical and ethical failure. This absence registers most notably in what Zakiyyah Jackson describes as posthumanism’s “resounding silence” on the subject of racism, which remains one of the most power­ful and resilient technologies for delimiting and policing the border between the “fully” human­ and the “nonhuman.”1 Race’s absence furthermore registers in the posthumanist ar- chive’s general neglect of theorists of color whose analyses of “the tight bonds between humanity and racializing assemblages in the modern era” prefigure posthumanism’s critique of Western humanism’s abjection of the nonhuman. As Alexander Weheliye points out, black feminists like Sylvia Wynter and Hortense Spillers began calling for revisionary “genres” or con- ceptions of the human­ long before con­temporary posthumanism picked up this refrain.2 To be fair, most critics working under­ posthumanism’s large tent un- derstand themselves to be advancing a critique of humanism’s exclusions that is sympathetic to antiracism while seeking to go beyond the anthropo- centric terms it offers. For ­these critics, posthumanism is a liberatory proj­ect that proposes to radically extend the demo­cratizing efforts that anti­ racism and antisexism pioneered. Thus when Bruno Latour proposes that the exclusion of nonhuman being from moral and po­liti­cal consideration “­will soon appear . . . ​as extravagant as when the Founding Fathers­ denied slaves and ­women the vote,” he identifies posthumanism as the successor to antiracism: a related but ultimately distinct po­liti­cal strug­gle.3 Whereas antiracist and antisexist movements speak up for the equality of what they construe as dehumanized ­humans, posthumanism’s “flat ontology” ­makes the case for the ethical and po­liti­cal standing of nonhuman being, ­human or other­wise. At its broadest, this chapter proposes that this distinction between de- humanized and nonhuman beings—­a distinction that insists that “­human” is not just a biological but a natu­ral moral identity—­lies at the root of racism’s

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 136 11/1/17 11:57 AM Race and Materiality in the Twenty-­First ­Century 137

marginality in posthumanist discourse, as well as the marginality of specie- sism in antiracist discourse. Although theorists from both of ­these schools insist that “the human”­ is an ideological construct—­a moral category whose borders have been willfully drawn and redrawn throughout Western hu- manism’s history—­both schools nevertheless regularly naturalize the human­ by conflating this moral category with the biological categoryHomo sapiens. Thus, for instance, when posthumanists denounce ­human exceptionalism and defend nonhuman rights, they generally understand themselves to be speaking up for non–Homo­ sapiens. But in conflating thehuman ­ with Homo sapiens, their critics observe, posthumanists ignore the long and ongoing history of racism that has systematically demoted targeted populations of Homo sapiens to the status of “nonhuman.” Meanwhile, if posthumanism fails to acknowledge that “the nonhuman” may include some Homo sapiens, for their part antiracist theorists also tend to argue that this inclusion is a heinous category ­mistake. That is, when antiracist critics document the genocidal consequences suffered by ­those to whom Western humanism has denied ­human status, they tend to insist that this moral category is in truth natu­ral: that all Homo sapiens are ­human and ­ought, therefore, to be ac- corded equal ­human rights. Between posthumanism’s biologization of the moral category, “­human,” and antiracism’s moralization of the biological category, Homo sapiens, the artificiality of “thehuman”— ­ ­something both discourses, in other moments, quite compellingly flag—­recedes from view. To argue that the human­ is not synonymous with Homo sapiens is to ob- serve something so simple,­ so very basic to posthumanist and antiracist theorizing, that it sometimes strikes me that I might be embarrassing my- self. Forging ahead nonetheless, this chapter aims to demonstrate that the slippage between the ­human and Homo sapiens (or, conversely, between the nonhuman and non–Homo­ sapiens) is per­sis­tent in posthumanist and social justice criticism and contributes to their mutual alienation. The first two sections below ­will therefore rehearse some of the most trenchant objec- tions and correctives to posthumanist theory offered by recent antiracist and social justice criticism. Although this discussion is bound to offer a critique of posthumanist theory, it is not meant to condemn the post­ humanist proj­ect tout court but, on the contrary, to strengthen it by sug- gesting how posthumanism might productively engage with antiracist and social justice theory ­going forward. As I ­shall suggest, a closer col- laboration between posthumanist and social justice theories can help to clarify the broad common ground that they in fact share. ­Toward this end, my third and final sectionwill ­ highlight posthumanism’s resonance with the work of the anticolonial and Black feminist theorist,

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 137 11/1/17 11:57 AM 138 Race and Materiality in the Twenty-­First ­Century

Sylvia Wynter. I focus on Wynter’s work ­because, more than any other critic now writing on Blackness and justice, Wynter insists that overcom- ing racism is not simply a ­matter of redeeming liberal humanism but rather commits us to inventing new “genres of the human”­ that look beyond Western humanism’s episteme of “Man.” Wynter’s work, then, frames so- cial justice as an explic­itly posthumanist proj­ect—­a proj­ect of moving be- yond Western humanism—­and as such it offers the most fertile site for discerning crosscurrents between posthumanist and social justice proj­ects. This third section therefore lays out my vision for the partial reconcilia- tion and ­future collaboration between posthumanist materialisms and posthumanist social justice theories. One major advantage of this collabo- ration, I suggest, is that read through one another, ­these theories speak each other’s lapses, illuminating blind spots the other cannot see. Thus I show how each attempts to preserve a central feature of the episteme they ostensibly oppose: posthumanism remains committed to liberalism’s indi- vidualist politics while even Wynter’s social justice theory remains invested in Western humanism’s philosophy of ­human exceptionalism. Thus I pro- pose that, taken together, these­ theories spur each other to live up to the transformative potential of their epistemic challenge to liberal humanism’s construction of “Man.” At the same time, however, I ­shall argue that the clarified posthuman- ism this collaboration yields also makes the limitations of this proj­ect more vis­i­ble—­limitations that, I argue, antislavery materialism anticipates and therefore can help us to anatomize. Above I have suggested that the ante- bellum materialism I have been outlining lights up absences and aporias in its latter-­day counterpart; if the absence is race, the aporia we arrive at ­here has to do with what I ­shall describe, in my Coda, as posthumanism’s romanticism. This chapter’s detour through twenty-­first-­century posthu- manisms thus ultimately leads us back to the antebellum sources with which it starts. In the Coda I will­ return to Douglass, Thoreau, and Whitman in order to suggest how their antislavery materialism helps us to confront the vestiges of romantic naturalism within modern posthumanism and presses us to reimagine what a future­ posthumanist politics might look like. Lastly, a note on methodology: ­these final chapters depart from the broadly historicist and textual approach of my foregoing chapters to en- gage in a more abstractly philosophical discussion of recent critical the- ory. They are nonetheless written with a number of dif­fer­ent potential readers in mind: from scholars of the nineteenth ­century who have ­little or no familiarity with con­temporary critical theory, to critical theorists with little­ or no interest in nineteenth-­century lit­er­a­ture. I have therefore

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 138 11/1/17 11:57 AM Race and Materiality in the Twenty-­First ­Century 139

tried to describe the theories treated in ­these final chapters in terms that rely as ­little as pos­si­ble upon the idioms or critical jargons characteristic of each. To some readers this decision may seem to express a degree of skepticism or estrangement from these­ critical schools, but my aim is clar- ity in the hopes that making ­these discourses accessible to new readers—­ and more mutually accessible to each other—­will contribute to their further development.

Myopias of the Anthropocene: ­Human ≠ Homo sapiens

Posthumanist materialism confronts us with our inhumanity—­our animal- ity, materiality, and irreducible alterity to ourselves. It pres­ents this dehu- manizing portrait in a spirit of radical generosity: by acknowledging our constitution through, and dependence upon, nonhuman beings and systems, posthumanists suggest that we may fi­nally renounce the specio- logical chauvinism (and perhaps even the suicidal tendencies) of our self-­ proclaimed autonomy from nature. Honoring that acknowl­edgment would necessarily entail a profound rearrangement of current modes of ex- istence at all levels of its ordering. Daunting though this ­wholesale revolu- tion may be, the hope is that we might yet restructure global biopolitics and neoliberal biocapitalism, reor­ga­nize our consumptive and ethical be­ hav­iors, and reinvent our cultural and autobiographical narratives to make them, as N. Katherine Hayles puts it, “conducive to the long-­range sur- vival of humans­ and of other life-­forms, biological and artificial, with whom we share the planet and ourselves.”4 For posthumanists, the continued flourishing of the ­human species depends upon embracing its nonhumanity, including the sensitive mechanisms of its organism and the fragile ecosystems of human­ and nonhuman existence on which human­ life depends. We must learn to think in terms of collective, planetary survival; indeed, given the porously networked nature of the ­human organism, ­there is, posthuman- ists suggest, no other kind. But if this effort to dehumanize the ­human is not intended to be degrading, it is nonetheless still necessary to theorize its relation to the dehumanizing assemblages of racism and sexism that precede it—­a task that con­temporary posthumanism has yet to rigorously take up. The urgency of specifying this relation is in part a matter­ of bridge building. Posthumanism’s em- phasis upon human­ animality and objecthood understandably sets off alarm bells for those­ who are or who work on behalf of those­ struggling to be recognized as fully human­ and as rights-­bearing persons before the law. Christopher Peterson observes that posthumanists therefore “cannot

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 139 11/1/17 11:57 AM 140 Race and Materiality in the Twenty-­First ­Century

expect racial minorities simply to forget the prolonged history of their dehumanization, as if to say, ‘We are all animals, so get over it!’ ”5 Insofar as posthumanist critics have begun to address this re­sis­tance, ­there is evi- dence that they may not yet fully understand its complaint. In the intro- duction to a recent collection on “the nonhuman turn,” for instance—­a collection that proposes “to name, characterize, and therefore to consoli- date” this emerging posthumanist bent—­Richard Grusin suggests that skepticism toward­ this turn arises from a default suspicion of materiality that is the result of social constructivism’s predominance in the past fifty years of critical discourse.6 “Participants in liberatory scholarly proj­ects,” Grusin offers, tend to presume “that any appeal to nature . . . ​could only operate in ser­vice of a defense of the status quo.”7 While Grusin’s diagno- sis may well be true in many cases, it fails to account for the most compel- ling concerns raised by scholars of social justice, as I ­shall attempt to demonstrate below. It also discounts the move away from strict social con- structivism that has unfolded across “liberatory” critical discourses, in- cluding work in feminist, queer, postcolonial, and critical race theory in recent years—­some of which has been vital to posthumanism’s emergence.8 As we ­shall see in this chapter, then, the concerns that social justice theo- rists bring to posthumanism do not neatly boil down to an objection to posthumanism’s materialism per se but, rather, raise questions about its inattention to ­human in­equality. This inattention to racism and other forms of discrimination finds ex- pression in posthumanism’s rhetorical tendency to invoke the human­ in the monolithic singular—as if, writes Alexander Weheliye, “we have now entered a stage in ­human development where all subjects have been granted equal access to western humanity.”9 But of course, as Aimé Césaire mem- orably observed, Western civilization has as yet never lived “a true human- ism—­a humanism made to the mea­sure of the world”; instead, as I have discussed in Chapter 1, under­ biopolitics, Western liberal humanism has sorted biological ­humans along a racially and sexually coded spectrum from the “fully” human­ to the “nonhuman.”10 A concern for social justice there- fore commits us to attend to the ways in which the human/nonhuman binary not only functions to privilege Homo sapiens above other animal spe- cies but is si­mul­ta­neously deployed to differentiate Homo sapiens into dif­ fer­ent categories of legal­ and social protection. In light of the lethally uneven attribution of “humanity” across Homo sapiens, posthumanism’s in- vitation to divest from Western humanism’s privileging of humanness can appear to be inequitable itself insofar as it demands a disavowal that is potentially far more costly to ­those whose life chances are already lowered

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 140 11/1/17 11:57 AM Race and Materiality in the Twenty-­First ­Century 141

by their marginalization from the ­human. Hence Jinthana Haritaworn urges us to ask, “for whom might identifying with the nonhuman be too risky a move?”11 On the face of it, this question raises a concern that might easily be countered. ­After all, it assumes that dehumanized populations have more to lose by identifying with the nonhuman whereas, arguably, divesting from the human­ promises to be costlier to those­ populations whose lives have heretofore been systematically protected by this episteme than it is to ­those who are oppressed and exterminated by it.12 At the very least, ­whether biopo­liti­cally condemned populations would be better off fighting for recognition ­under the auspices of Western humanism or, conversely, fighting to overthrow this episteme is a complicated question whose answer cannot be known in advance and whose risks may look very dif­fer­ent in the short and the long term. Neither is it clear how the immediate individual perils of living without full liberal recognition can or should be mea­sured against the collective planetary risks of persisting in this epistemic order. What good will­ a perfected humanism be to a human­ population facing mass extinction in a climate inimical to human­ life? Nonetheless, by flagging the unequal distribution of humanness among Homo sapiens, Haritaworn’s question crucially interrupts a conflation of the human­ with Homo sapiens that pervades posthumanist critiques of anthro- pocentrism. The term “anthropocentrism” has been broadly used in both posthumanist and environmentalist circles to indict a myopic selfishness that is, in this critique’s strongest formulations, not just ideological but structurally inherent to ­human consciousness. In recent years, the strong version of this critique has become a central feature of “speculative real- ism,” a distinctive school of posthumanist theory that endeavors to think beyond human­ “finitude”—­beyond, that is, the phenomenologi- cally “centered points of view” endemic to the “organic perception” of all Homo sapiens as “sensing and world-­oriented beings.”13 This speculative school—which encompasses proj­ects like Claire Colebrook’s efforts to en- vision thought ­after human­ extinction, as well as proj­ects that belong to the subfield of object-­oriented ontology (OOO)—­proposes to think beyond the structural limitations that are physiologically built into the perceptual and cognitive apparatus of Homo sapiens. Thus in contrast to the main- stream of posthumanism, which aims to think beyond a par­tic­u­lar (West- ern liberal humanist) episteme of the ­human, this school of thought attempts to imagine (if that is still the right word) an inorganic perspec- tive divorced from Homo sapiens’ embodied mind. It seeks to pioneer a per- spective that “­frees itself from folding the earth’s surface around human­

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 141 11/1/17 11:57 AM 142 Race and Materiality in the Twenty-­First ­Century

survival” and from what Quentin Meillassoux terms “correlationism,” the philosophical notion that our perception of “real­ity” is inevitably a repre­ sen­ta­tion ­shaped by (correlated with) the faculties par­tic­u­lar to our spe- cies.14 In short, this school of posthumanism explores ways to speculatively move beyond what it views as the “anthropocentric” bias that organically limits the human­ mind. The po­liti­cal trou­ble with this proj­ect arises from the way its critique of “anthropocentrism” allows for slippage between a critique of cognitive finitude (an epistemological limitation biologically endemic toHomo sapi- ens) and a critique of environmentally exploitative practices (an ethical fail- ing ideologically endemic to Western civilization).15 The po­liti­cal fallout of that slippage becomes vis­i­ble in discussions of the Anthropocene period that blame humanity’s anthropocentrism for the environmental degradation of the planet. As Jason Moore points out, what­ever its other liabilities, the term “Anthropocene” paradoxically locates the origins of the modern geohistorical shift it names in a distinctly ahistorical force: “Not class. Not capital. Not imperialism. Not even culture. But . . . ​the Anthropos: humanity as an undifferentiated whole.”­ 16 Anthropocenic discourse thus acts as if all anthros ­were equally “anthropocentric”—as if it is Homo sapiens, and not a certain (Western) mode of being Homo sapiens, that is destroying the Holocene and has been since “we” discovered Amer­i­ca, in­ven­ted the steam engine, exported industrialism to “our” colonies, or exploded the atom bomb (wherever the “golden spike” of the Anthropocene is to be set). By this sleight of hand, Moore objects, the idea of the Anthropocene collec- tivizes responsibility for climate change without stopping to consider the “inequalities, alienation, and vio­lence inscribed in modernity’s strategic relations of power and production” that have ushered in this new geologi- cal reality.­ 17 In this way, critiques of the Anthropocene and of anthropo- centrism threaten to naturalize ­those power relations by treating the extractive economy and social injustice licensed by the West’s reigning episteme as if this were­ the organic expression of Homo sapiens’ innately limited mind—­the inevitable fallout of the ineluctable humanness of ­human perception. In both its speculative or object-­oriented and its envi- ronmentalist forms, then, the critique of anthropocentrism frames the pres­ent ecological crisis as an outcome determined by a speciological rather than a cultural myopia: the product of epistemological limitations onto- logically organic to Homo sapiens rather than the contingent results of the hierarchical and extractionist episteme of modern Western civilization. As advocates for social justice point out, this faulty diagnosis not only ignores the history of human­ in­equality but moreover may intensify that

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 142 11/1/17 11:57 AM Race and Materiality in the Twenty-­First ­Century 143

in­equality. By suggesting that all humanity (Homo sapiens) is accountable for “anthropogenic” climate change, the concept of the Anthropocene jus- tifies charging minority and postcolonial ­peoples with responsibility for redressing an environmental crisis they have not only not engineered but whose costs they have disproportionately shouldered as the populations most heavi­ly exploited by industrial capitalism and most acutely exposed to its environmental consequences (including poisoned water,­ landslides, flood- ing, and climate change–­related disasters like Hurricane Katrina). Social justice–­minded critics thus point out the inequity implicit in environmen- talist policies that, premised on the notion that “we humans”­ are responsible for engendering a pos­si­ble sixth mass extinction event, have, for instance, moved to criminalize indigenous hunting practices. Or even more com- monly, where such traditional ways of life have been irrevocably interrupted by imperial and economic expansion, indigenous and postcolonial ­peoples have often come to rely on extractive industries that are now the target of environmental restrictions. As Elizabeth Povinelli observes, despite their devastating effects on the landscape, extractive industries are often among “the few alternatives for landholding groups to sustain their homelands, if in an often severely compromised fashion.”18 Therefore, while the effort to more tightly regulate extractive and polluting industries remains vitally impor­tant, advocates of social justice contend that environmentalists must also be attentive to the ways in which even well-­intentioned environmen- tal policy may perpetuate historical inequities by further burdening those­ who have benefitted the least from the ecological despoliations of Western economic “development.”

Expendable Populations: “Nonhuman” ≠ Non–­Homo sapiens

Broadly viewed, then, current theoretical discourse has a tendency to cross its biological and ideological wires. In the instances I have just discussed, anthropocenic discourse confuses ideological and biological critique when it conflates the anthropocentric bias of the modern Western episteme with a critique of the perceptual limitations of Homo sapiens as such. If this con- flation of “thehuman” ­ with Homo sapiens is problematic, in this section I examine how the corollary conflation—­a tendency to treat “the nonhuman” as a category synonymous with non–Homo­ sapiens—­likewise makes posthu- manism vulnerable to impor­tant critiques. Indeed, I submit that, above all, it is posthumanism’s tendency to conflate “nonhuman” with non–Homo­ sapiens that lies at the root of its failure to recognize its deep congruencies with the antiracist proj­ects of social justice.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 143 11/1/17 11:57 AM 144 Race and Materiality in the Twenty-­First ­Century

The commonness of this conflation of nonhuman with non–Homo­ sapiens is perplexing given that it is roundly condemned in one of posthumanism’s founding texts—­Jacques Derrida’s collection of essays The Animal That Therefore I Am. Here­ Derrida rebukes the “asinanity” [bêtise] of the practice of referring to “the animal” in the monolithic singular, arguing that the definite article elides “a heterogeneous multiplicity of the living, or more precisely . . . ​of organ­izations of relations between the living and dead.”19 Derrida thus underscores that, like “the human,”­ “the animal” is also sorted into dif­fer­ent biopo­liti­cal and necropo­liti­cal molds—­e. coli, cattle,­ wolves, and French bulldogs enjoy very dif­fer­ent life chances and are subject to widely differing regimes of state scrutiny, ranging from legal­ protection to systematic extermination, exploitation, or lethal neglect. Derrida’s point, then, is (as we might expect) antibinaristic: oppositions like human/nonhuman oversimplify our view of extant biological and biopo­liti­cal realities, mocking the speciological diversity of planetary life as well as the heterogeneity of ethical relations (all of them contingent, none of them ontologically given) that or­ga­nize the planetary distribution of living and dying.­ In highlighting the myriad relations of similarity and in­equality that cut across species lines, Derrida’s essay therefore reminds us that the human/ nonhuman binary is not, in fact, a speciological distinction but rather an ideological one. Indeed, as Thoreau’s transmutationalist critique of Agas- siz insists (or as anyone even cursorily familiar with the “trees” of modern evolutionary science knows), species are not originally and immutably dif­ fer­ent but rather emerge and branch out from each other, fanning into shades of proximate relation or­ga­nized by differences of degree rather than kind (and featuring, as Derrida insists, differential rather than categori- cally dif­fer­ent capacities for things­ like language, culture, intelligence, feigning, ­etc.). The scales of differentiability that speciological evolution creates thus simply do not obey the categorical rules of binaristic logic. Which is to say that Homo sapiens, kin as it is to other species, is not the antithesis of the nonhuman; only the human­ is. “­Human” and “nonhuman” are ideological designations by which forms of being that are deemed moral and thus worthy of protection are distinguished from forms of be- ing (including object being or “nonlife”) that are deemed morally negli- gible and therefore expendable. As a designation of moral value, the human­ floatsfree ­ of the speciological body, trailing a hierarchy of privilege that insinuates divisions both within and among species—­dividing citizens from slaves and pets from pests, while conversely conflatinghuman ­ chattel with ­cattle, the poor with the feral, racial ­others with beasts. The ­human, in short, is an ideology masquerading as a species.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 144 11/1/17 11:57 AM Race and Materiality in the Twenty-­First ­Century 145

The force of this point is therefore to suggest that posthumanism is a form of antiracism that does not consistently recognize itself as such. Brack- eting for now the speculative branch of posthumanism discussed above—­ that which understands itself to be attempting to move beyond Homo sapiens’ perceptual limitations—­the vast majority of posthumanists work- ing in this loose-­jointed field understand themselves to be engaged in an effort to deconstruct liberal humanism’s arbitrary and anti-­empirical distinc- tion of human­ from nonhuman being. Broadly encompassing posthuman- ist critics working in and after­ poststructuralism (such as Derrida, Cary Wolfe, Neill Badmington), in science and technology studies (N. Kath- erine Hayles, Donna Haraway, Bruno Latour), in materialist feminism and new materialism (Jane Bennett, Rosi Braidotti, Elizabeth Grosz, Mel Chen, Stacey Alaimo), and ­others, this main branch of posthumanist theory seeks, in par­tic­u­lar, to depose the drastically reductive materialist philos- ophy that subtends the transcendental liberal subject, and according to which liberal humanism equates ­human being with moral freedom and au- tonomy while condemning all other forms of being to a rigid biological determinism. Against this hierarchical account of the human,­ posthuman- ism’s revisionary materialism instead highlights the inextricability of ­human being from the animality and embodied materiality that it derogates and disavows, tracing the imbrications of mind and matter,­ and natu­ral and cultural agencies within the larger “vital, self-­organizing, and yet non-­ naturalistic structure of living matter­ itself.”20 Posthumanism’s effort to deconstruct liberal humanism’s hierarchy of the human­ is therefore nothing less than an effort to dismantle the racial- izing regime that has functioned to differentiate valorized (­human) from devalorized (nonhuman) Homo sapiens life. Indeed, as I ­shall elaborate be- low, Wynter’s work makes this connection particularly explicit by main- taining that, since at least the ­Middle Ages, the erection of racializing hierarchies (Christian/pagan, and later­ human/Black) has been the primary function of the Western humanist episteme. As Wynter argues, the task of social justice must therefore be to move beyond the human­ of this hu- manist tradition. But although posthumanism’s ambition to dismantle the human/nonhuman binary coincides with such antiracist endeavors to de- construct this same epistemic formation, posthumanism has been slow to recognize the relevance of race to its theoretical undertaking. Indeed, Za- kkiyah Jackson observes, “given that appositional and homologous (even co-­constitutive) challenges pertaining to animality, objecthood, and thing- liness have long been established in thought examining the existential predicament of modern racial Blackness, the resounding silence in the

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 145 11/1/17 11:57 AM 146 Race and Materiality in the Twenty-­First ­Century

posthumanist . . . ​lit­er­a­tures with re­spect to race is remarkable.”21 Despite sharing a common ­enemy—­Western humanism’s hierarchical conception of the human—as­ well as a common critique—of the false empiricism that condemns nonhuman being to embodied essentialism and biologi- cal determinism—­posthumanism has generally understood itself to be an ontological rather than an antiracist discourse. In one view, this failure of recognition stems from the prob­lem of posthumanism’s theoretical canon. Despite its commitment to moving beyond the episteme of Western liberal humanism, posthumanists have largely gone searching for inspiration in the rec­ord of Western philosophy and theory—­looking to Derrida and Niklas Luhman, Michel Foucault and Giorgio Agamben, Baruch Spinoza and Gilles Deleuze, Lucretius and Niels Bohr, Charles Darwin and Silvan Tomkins. As Alexander Weheliye observes, posthumanism has thus “rarely considered cultural and po­liti­cal formations outside the world of [Western] Man that might offer alterna- tive versions of humanity.” More pointedly, Weheliye notes that posthu- manism’s neglect of postcolonial and minority criticism means that it has been all the less likely to come across works that could help it to theorize “the tight bonds between humanity and racializing assemblages in the modern era.”22 In this way, the Western bias of its canon may explain post- humanism’s tendency to disregard racism’s centrality to (perhaps even synonymity with) the epistemic formation that it critiques. However, posthumanism’s failure to recognize antiracist and postcolo- nial criticism as its pre­ce­dents may also derive from its per­sis­tent conflation of the nonhuman with non–Homo­ sapiens species. That is, despite the crit- ical care they take to identify the object of their critique as a par­tic­u­lar episteme of the human,­ posthumanists nonetheless overwhelmingly tend to treat the nonhuman as if this ­were a speciological category referring to animals, plants, and objects—to, that is, non–Homo­ sapiens entities—­rather than an ideological category referring to forms of being that have been deemed morally negligible. This slippage from the moral category “non- human” to the biological category “non–Homo­ sapiens” leads posthuman- ists to focus on the way Western liberal humanism has systematically devalorized nonhuman species and objects—­a form of discrimination they then compare to racism and sexism rather than identifying racism and sex- ism as other names for the structurally discriminatory logic they protest.23 In other words, this slippage invites posthumanists to imagine that racism and sexism are not what they are talking about when they talk about eman- cipating the nonhuman.24 In this way, posthumanism’s tendency to treat the nonhuman as a speciological category (designating non–Homo­ sapiens)

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 146 11/1/17 11:57 AM Race and Materiality in the Twenty-­First ­Century 147

rather than a moral one (compassing dehumanized Homo sapiens as well as non–Homo­ sapiens beings) in turn works to obscure the relevance of anti- racist and social justice discourses to the epistemic critique posthuman- ism frames.25 This critique of posthumanism’s Western theoretical bias may register as an accusation, but it is even more pressingly an invitation to wider col- laboration. By holding more tightly onto the distinction between human­ and Homo sapiens, and between nonhuman and non–Homo­ sapiens, posthu- manism opens itself up to a whole­ new archive of antiracist and social justice thought, and a closer conversation between ­these theories ­going forward could produce a power­ful new critical matrix. To begin this conversation, my next section turns to the work of Sylvia Wynter, whose sustained critique of Western liberal humanism’s constitutive racism affords a particularly productive starting place for thinking conjunctively (although not, as we ­shall see, seamlessly) across posthumanist and social justice theories. As I shall­ argue, putting these­ two discourses in conversation can help each to refine its philosophical commitment—­and perhaps, too, the limits of that commitment—to moving beyond the Western episteme of “the human.”­

Mutual Encounters: Posthumanism as Social Justice

Sylvia Wynter’s theory of social justice highlights the structural role that racism plays in the episteme of Western liberal humanism. Her major in- tervention into the fields of postcolonial, Black, and feminist studies has been to underscore the futility of seeking social justice within this West- ern episteme of “Man,” and to call, therefore, for a posthumanist model of social justice. For Wynter, the story of Western humanism’s development cannot be separated from the history of New World colonialism and, in par­tic­u­lar, Black slavery. Expanding and sharpening Foucault’s genealog- ical account, Wynter tells the story of Western Man’s epistemic develop- ment in three ­grand movements.26 In the ­Middle Ages, Western Eu­rope operated with a Christian hierarchy of the human,­ with the faithful oc- cupying the status of fully moralized beings, and pagans constituting mor- ally negligible beings. In the Re­nais­sance, this Christian hierarchy was partially overwritten by the ostensibly more secular idea of liberal “Man,” who is defined not by his relation to God (Christian or pagan) but rather by his relation to the state (citizen or noncitizen, bios or zoe). In the third movement, which began in the late eigh­teenth century,­ the liberal defini- tion of “Man” was further (if again only ostensibly) secularized by the rise

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 147 11/1/17 11:57 AM 148 Race and Materiality in the Twenty-­First ­Century

of biologism and Darwinian evolutionism. Since this “second variant of Man” was understood to originate “in Evolution rather than as before, in Divine Creation,” Wynter argues that this “biocentric” turn in Western lib- eral humanism consolidated racist hierarchy. For whereas in the Re­nais­ sance and Middle­ Ages the human­ had been understood to have been universally made in God’s image (and only subsequently parsed into Chris- tians/pagans, or citizens/noncitizens), now the ­human was to be repre- sented as an unevenly developed species “in the slow pro­cess of evolution from monkey into man.”27 The biologization of Western Man thus intro- duced the idea of “the gene­ tic­ nonhomogeneity of the human­ species,” dis- tributing Homo sapiens along a racialized spectrum from apelike (“the Negroid”) to “man” (“the Caucasian”).28 In Wynter’s hands, then, the history of Western liberal humanism is a history of factualizing—of making biologically “scientific”—­a hierarchy of human­ being that has been inscribed in the Western episteme from its earliest days. Of course, this episteme is only one out of a potentially infi- nite number of stories one could spin about what it means to be human.­ And yet, as Wynter observes, by posing as an objectively empirical rather than a subjectively po­liti­cal, ethical, philosophical, or religious account of the ­human, this episteme made it “impossible for [Western thinkers] to conceive of an Other to what they called and continue to call ­human.” 29 In the West and its former colonies, the supposed naturalism of this “genre” of ­human being worked alongside the hegemony of Western power to conceal the contingency of this Western ideology and to occlude the exis- tence of—as well as the possibility of inventing—­alternative epistemes of the human.­ 30 Wynter’s larger aim here­ is therefore posthumanist in the sense that her antiracist theory calls upon us to dismantle liberal humanism’s hegemonic conception of Man. Indeed, a central premise of her proj­ect is that the task of redressing inequity and discrimination ultimately cannot be accom- plished by simply redistricting the human­ within the terms this episteme provides. It is not enough, she suggests, to revalorize marginalized popu- lations and thus, bit by bit, shuffle more beings into the lifeboat of moral privilege that liberal recognition affords. “Such a moralistic approach,” she writes, “is the logical result of taking our isms [racism, sexism] as isolated rather than systemic facts.”31 Instead, she insists, the proj­ect of social justice requires us to move beyond the pres­ent episteme of the human.­ For as her genealogy of Western humanism underscores, discrimination is structural to the Western humanistic tradition: this episteme has always operated by constituting “a negative ontological category” (pagan, foreign, Black) to

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 148 11/1/17 11:57 AM Race and Materiality in the Twenty-­First ­Century 149

serve as the foil to its repre­sen­ta­tion of the ­human. Accordingly, Wynter argues that the plight of humanism’s dehumanized Others,­ “like that of the ongoing degradation of the planetary environment, is not even posable, not to say resolvable, within the conceptual framework of our pres­ent order of knowledge.”32 Thus, instead of a more pluralistic liberal politics, Wyn- ter calls for a radical break from the hierarchical and discriminatory episteme that funds liberal politics, pluralistic or other­wise. “In order to call in question this ontologically subordinated function, ‘minority dis- course’ can not be merely another voice in the pres­ent ongoing conversa- tion,” she insists: the challenge is not to expand the conversation but to change it.33 Linking the dehumanization of racialized, feminized, and im- poverished populations to the exploitation of animals and the destruction of the nonhuman environment, Wynter envisions something like a unified minority (or nonhuman) movement that would seek to “bring closure to our pres­ent order of discourse” and inaugurate a new one no longer pre- mised upon the derogation of ­others.34 Wynter’s conviction that ending racism entails moving beyond (i.e., post-) humanism marks an entry for thinking about the deep congruen- cies, and perhaps equally entrenched differences, between posthumanist materialism and posthumanist social justice theory. It is, at least, arguable that posthumanist materialist discourse is where the conceptual work Wyn- ter calls for—­this effort to conjure new “genres of the human”—is­ cur- rently and most actively getting done. Like Wynter, posthumanism attacks the “biocentric” or deterministic logic that arose in the eigh­teenth and nineteenth centuries, and that holds that ­human identity is essentially coded in the body, and that bodies can in turn be located along a spec- trum of moral evolution “from monkey to man.” Against this essentialist, deterministic, and teleological account of embodiment, posthumanism’s revisionary materialism insists that acknowledging the imbrication of iden- tity with embodiment does not condemn us to erecting racist, sexist, speciesist, or any other form of moral hierarchy. Indeed, posthumanism’s materialist ontology bears ­little resemblance to the watchmaker’s world of bestial automata and chains of being that sub- tends the biocentric account of ­human identity that Wynter decries. In- stead, its founding assumption is that acknowledging the force of material embodiment does not condemn us to biological determinism. In this way, posthumanist materialism hopes to displace racial science’s taxonomic and hierarchical order of being with a monistic vision of ontological mutual- ity, or what José Muñoz terms “the potential and ­actual vastness of being-­ with.”35 As Karen Barad describes this ontology (drawing upon the theory

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 149 11/1/17 11:57 AM 150 Race and Materiality in the Twenty-­First ­Century

of quantum entanglement), embodied being primordially consists of on- going “relations without preexisting relata.”36 Before we are anything or anyone individually, and thus before any hierarchical system of ordering differentiated entities, we exist more primally as a collective: in other words, the mutuality of being is ontologically prior to any system of order that we might impose on being’s dynamically relational field.37 Before individ- ual subjects and objects, before ­causes and effects, being is imbricated and unfolding, a complexly conjoint becoming. Posthumanism thus conjures what Roberto Esposito describes as “the flesh”: a “vital real­ity that is ex- traneous to any kind of unitary organ­ization.”38 As a dynamic material het- erogeneity that is as resistant to totalization as it is to individuation and hierarchical ordering, “the flesh” is at once “singular and communal, generic and specific, . . . ​undifferentiated and dif­fer­ent.”39 The deterministic essentialisms of biological racism, sexism, and specie- sism can thus find no purchase in this ontology ­because the materiality of being-­with defies attributions of identity. Indeed (much like we have just seen in Whitman), posthumanism’s ontology defiesindividuality . The pri- mordial relationality of being means that any frame we put on being—­any attempt to articulate a partic­ u­ lar­ being out of being-­with (to carve a par­ tic­u­lar “relatum” out of quantum entanglement or an individual body out of “the flesh”)—­could only ever be provisional, perspectival, a revisable construction. On this view, far from being grounded in being, individual identity can only ever appear as a kind of denial or misrepre­sen­ta­tion of being’s primordial relationality, a pro­cessualism that resists identity. Hence Jasbir Puar describes identity as an attempt “to still and quell the perpet- ual motion of assemblages, to capture and reduce them, to harness their threatening mobility.”40 This is to say that ­whether or not we choose to see identitarian regimes as intentionally repressive, posthumanism insists that they are, at least, inherently reductive, premised on the disavowal “of a relation of otherness that is destined to force open the identity presupposed by the body proper.”41 In posthumanism’s ontology of “the flesh,” bodies, such as they are, are irreducibly open-­ended, porous, compound, relational; identities unravel into ongoing pro­cesses that are riven with complexity and creative contingency; all nouns melt into verbs. Where racism and sex- ism imprison identity in the body, posthumanist materialism ­frees the body of identity, reimagining the “boundary” of the skin as a site of chias- matic continuity with an alien yet intimate world.42 So the question I have been posing is this: Could posthumanism be de- scribing something like the posthumanist “genre of the human”­ that Wynter envisions? To what extent might posthumanist materialism and

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 150 11/1/17 11:57 AM Race and Materiality in the Twenty-­First ­Century 151

posthumanist social justice be thought together as two fronts in the same fight against liberal humanism’s hegemonic hold on “thehuman”? ­ The summary of these­ two theories that I have just offered attempts to high- light their common interests: posthumanist materialism explodes the dis- criminatory hierarchy of being that Wynter diagnoses as structural to the Western episteme she opposes. But to answer the question of their con- gruency properly, we would have to know ­whether posthumanist materi- alism and posthumanist social justice oppose the same ­thing when they set themselves in opposition to liberal humanism. And the answer to this ques- tion, which I ­shall elaborate in my discussions below, ­will be no, they ­don’t. That is, when we put ­these theories in conversation it becomes clear that Wynter ultimately endorses humanism’s faith that human­ life is uniquely endowed with freedom and moral import, whereas posthuman- ist materialism consistently challenges this premise. But if the preserva- tion of human­ exceptionalism suggests that Wynter’s theory does not wholly break with the Western liberal humanism it critiques, posthuman- ist theory likewise seeks to conserve key aspects of this episteme. As I ­shall elaborate, despite the anti-­individualism of its relational ontology, posthu- manism’s politics remain deeply indebted to the individualistic institu- tions of modern liberal democracy. In outlining ­these two dif­fer­ent conservative tendencies below I ­will be suggesting why it makes sense to view them as theoretical prob­lems for the ostensibly posthumanist and posthumanist critical traditions in which they respectively arise. Ultimately, however, I ­will suggest in my Coda why falling short of a radical break from liberal humanism might set desirable or even necessary limits on our posthumanism.

Humanism’s Holdovers in Posthumanism

For its part, posthumanism sets itself up in opposition to liberal human- ism’s transcendental subject; however, this opposition does not extend to a rejection of the liberal po­liti­cal institutions that were­ or­ga­nized to honor and accommodate the liberal humanist subject. On the contrary, posthu- manists regularly gloss the mutuality of being that their ontology discov- ers as an invitation to a pluralistic expansion of demo­cratic politics. From Esposito’s “affirmative” biopolitics to Latour’s “parliament of ­things” to Levi Bryant’s “democracy of objects,” posthumanist ontologies routinely double as blueprints for a more pluralistic (a more-­than-­human) demo­cratic politics whose constituency ­will fi­nally encompass all beings without exclusion.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 151 11/1/17 11:57 AM 152 Race and Materiality in the Twenty-­First ­Century

On this description, the material connectedness of ­human and nonhu- man being in the primordiality of being-­with becomes an argument for extending ethical recognition to nonhuman being on the model of demo­ cratic liberalization. As Jane Bennett puts this thought, “If ­human culture is inextricably enmeshed with vibrant, nonhuman agencies, and if human­ intentionality can be agentic only if accompanied by a vast entourage of nonhumans, then it seems that the appropriate unit of analy­sis for demo­ cratic theory is neither the individual ­human nor the ­human collective but the (ontologically heterogeneous) ‘public.’ . . . ​Surely the scope of democ­ ratization can be broadened to acknowledge more nonhumans in more ways, in something like the ways in which we have come to hear the po­ liti­cal voices of other humans­ formerly on the outs.”43 The logic, then, of this vision of posthumanist politics imagines that the enmeshed and de- pendent nature of ­human being argues for extending re­spect and recogni- tion to devalued forms of being through which, it turns out, ­human life and agency move. Between the ontology outlined in the first part of this quote and the pluralism endorsed ­after the ellipses, we move from a pro­ cessual materialism that deconstructs individual identity to a politics that is premised upon individual recognition. Such a comprehensively inclusive politics would seem to constitute a ma- jor ethical advancement—­how could it not?—­and yet it is not immedi- ately clear how posthumanism’s ontology supports the pluralistic politics posthumanists invoke. Posthumanism, as we have seen, begins by point- ing to the pro­cessual nature of being, recasting apparently solid objects as open-­ended pro­cesses. But this pro­cessual ontology creates difficulties for any politics we would construct on its back. The fact of process—­what Ben- nett calls the “public” but what we might more accurately, by Bennett’s lights, view as the “publicity” or collectively “enmeshed” nature of all be- ing—is not, ­after all, a “unit of analy­sis” but, on the contrary, an account of the ideological contingency (the fictionality) of any unit whatsoever. Nouns like “public” and noun phrases like “a vast entourage of nonhu- mans” help Bennett manage the contradiction between her pro­cessualism and the demo­cratic theory she turns to by precipitating the pro­cessual as- semblage of being back into a countable array of discrete entities with self-­possessed “voices” and po­liti­cal interests. Bennett’s vision for a broadened democracy that would “consult nonhumans more closely” and “listen and respond more carefully to their outbreaks, objections, testimo- nies, and propositions” thus seems like an ethically admirable program that nonetheless sacrifices the central insight of her posthumanist materi- alism. For her compelling account of agency as a force distributed across

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 152 11/1/17 11:57 AM Race and Materiality in the Twenty-­First ­Century 153

­human and nonhuman actants—an account that thereby deconstructs differences between ­human and nonhuman, self and other, vital subjectiv- ity and “vibrant” materiality—­suggests, to the contrary, that we exist in a world that is not divisible into speakers and listeners. Indeed, even in Barad’s quantum ontology—­which does suggest that we might frame lo- cal “units of analy­sis” that temporarily resolve “intra-­action” into “inter-­ action”—it is not clear that any entity would have the longevity, let alone the personality, sufficient to support anything we could call an objection, testimony, or proposition. Versions of this contradiction between posthumanism’s pro­cessual on- tology and its liberal politics recur throughout posthumanist work. It shows up, for instance, in Barad’s injunction to “intra-­act responsibly,” which seems to commit us to an impossibility by enjoining us to act ethically (make choices, take into account) toward­ a mode of relation (“intra-­action”) which Barad defines as belonging to a state of entanglement that is onto- logically prior to the differentiation between subjects and objects, or causes­ and effects. But, of course, in this state of entanglement ethical obligation has nothing or no one to which it might attach.44 As Matt Taylor argues in his critique of Latour’s “parliament of ­things,” ontological theories like ­these fail to explain how we are meant to adjudicate “between a pro­cessual relationality that precedes entities, on the one hand, and a procedural pol- itics or ethics between entities, on the other.”45 ­There is, in other words, no way to navigate between the ontology of being-­with and the unit-­based calculus of liberal politics and ethics—at least, there­ is no way to effect this translation that does not simply betray the mutuality of being that post- humanism champions. Indeed, it seems particularly dubious that an on- tology that is, as posthumanists regularly stress, distinctly inimical to the figure of the sovereign and autonomous liberal self could be translated without loss into an expanded liberal politics. Thus while posthumanist plans for incorporating non–Homo­ sapiens into liberal demo­cratic politics seem laudible, they also seem curiously perverse, for invariably they shunt us back into liberal, ethical, and po­liti­cal grammars in which the radical imbrication of being is reduced to interactions between individual beings whose inherent sovereignty, freedom, and autonomy demand to be recognized. In this sense, posthumanism’s habit of positioning itself as an emancipatory discourse working in the pluralizing tradition of abolition- ism and first-­wave feminism arguably undersells the radicalism of its philosophy. In fact, this is one impor­tant area in which a more sustained engage- ment with social justice theory could help posthumanism to refine its

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 153 11/1/17 11:57 AM 154 Race and Materiality in the Twenty-­First ­Century

understanding of its own proj­ect. Confirming Wynter’s sense of the acute limitations of trying to seek social justice within the terms of the Western episteme, recent work in indigenous studies has highlighted the epistemic coerciveness of liberalism’s regime of rights and recognition. ­These studies reveal the steep price of admission exacted from indigenous communities seeking po­liti­cal recognition.46 As they demonstrate, the very pro­cess of establishing claims to rights and sovereignty often subjects in- digenous groups to a kind of epistemic neo­co­lo­nial­ism, forcing them to abandon or reframe their traditional cultural conceptions of subjectivity, kinship, and community with the nonhuman environment so as to bring them into alignment with liberal accounts of personhood, race, and terri- tory. Indeed, Taiaiake Alfred observes, even multiculturally minded liberal policies tend to resolve any “disconnect between [their] rights-­based lib- eral philosophical orientation and the fundamentals of Indigenous teach- ings and worldviews” at the latter’s expense. In this way, the pro­cess of securing tribal rights can end up coercing indigenous ­peoples to relinquish “traditional notions of belonging . . . ​and [replace] them with race and gender-­based notions of membership designed to reconstitute Indigenous ­people in ways acceptable to Euroamerican ideologies.”47 Over generations—­ and, more pointedly, as a result of po­liti­cal policies ostensibly designed to accommodate cultural difference—­indigenous ­peoples can thus come to “hold ideas about identity and their nationhood which reflect colonial atti- tudes,” losing touch with an indigenous “worldview that is illuminated by notions of fluidity [and] flux.”48 Kim TallBear echoes this critique in her recent study of the popular- ization of DNA testing in North Amer­i­ca as a mechanism for establishing claims to tribal belonging. Although this practice offers seemingly straight- forward and objective answers to questions about tribal belonging, TallBear shows how it does so by reducing tribal identity to a ge­ne­tic fingerprint, drastically simplifying the intricate interplay of both genealogical and cul- tural inheritances (including what TallBear describes as the “sense of inex- plicable inheritance”) that has traditionally shaped­ the logic of tribal belonging. DNA testing therefore proposes to convert a complexly biocul- tural phenomenon into a set of “par­tic­u­lar ideas and vocabularies of race, ethnicity, nation, ­family, and tribe” that have been codified by the Western liberal-­raciological episteme over the past two hundred years. But “for and by whom are such categories defined?” TallBear inquires. “How have continental-­level race categories come to ­matter? And why do they ­matter more than the ‘­peoples’ that condition indigenous narratives, knowledges, and claims?”49 Thus, like Alfred, TallBear calls attention to the ways in

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 154 11/1/17 11:57 AM Race and Materiality in the Twenty-­First ­Century 155

which the tools for gaining po­liti­cal recognition often subject non-­Western ­peoples and epistemes to a kind of neo­co­lo­nial disciplining. By underscor- ing the epistemic price of liberal inclusion—­what Elizabeth Povinelli dubs “the cunning of recognition”—­indigenous social justice studies like these­ can serve to alert posthumanists to the ways in which its focus on extend- ing liberal rights and recognition to nonhuman beings may be hostile to the more radical epistemic transformation—­the emancipation of being-­ with—­that they ultimately seek.50 Indeed, studies of recognition’s “cunning” coercions suggest that post- humanism’s faith in liberal recognition might not simply sell short its pro­ cessualist ontology but, rather, sell it out. By demonstrating how liberal recognition can act as a straightjacket as much as a means to liberation, Alfred, TallBear, and Povinelli help us to see how posthumanism’s advo- cacy for nonhuman recognition and inclusion may in fact be antithetical to the kind of change its ontology tasks us with when it suggests that inclu- sion is, for better or worse, inescapable—­that we are always already onto- logically conjoined whether­ or not we recognize each other as equals. This is to suggest, as Cary Wolfe also reminds us, that posthumanist materialism in fact has nothing to do with the question of which bodies “­matter” (Homo sapiens? All primates? All animals? Black lives? All lives?).51 That is, its key proposition is not to champion the sovereignty (the entitlement to freedom, rights, and recognition) of nonhuman beings but rather to disclose the fictionality of sovereignty as such in a material world in which­every being is relationally constituted in and through the being of ­others. But if ­these social justice critiques of liberal politics help us to discern the conservatism of posthumanism’s faith in liberal recognition, posthu- manism’s critique of ­human exceptionalism can, conversely, help us to dis- cern the humanism that still haunts even Wynter’s ostensibly posthumanist theory of social justice. Although Wynter calls out the discriminatory hi- erarchy that lies at the heart of the Western liberal humanist tradition, the alternative “genre of the human”­ that she outlines ultimately looks a lot like the liberal humanist subject she proposes to displace. Wynter’s ge- nealogy of Western Man pivots on the notion that “the human”­ is a rep- resentation—an enunciation that passes itself off as a natu­ral fact. Seizing on this demonstration of humanity’s capacity for self-­narration (which she terms, borrowing from Frantz Fanon, “sociogeny”), Wynter argues that this capacity marks out ­human being as exceptional to nature. As she ex- plains, sociogeny is an endowment unique to Homo sapiens, which affords this species an additional “nonphysical princi­ple of causality”—­the power to self-­generate cultural codes that prescribe our beliefs and be­hav­iors for

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 155 11/1/17 11:57 AM 156 Race and Materiality in the Twenty-­First ­Century

us over and above the promptings of our inherited ge­ne­tic code.52 Socio­ geny thus liberates ­human action from material causation: in contrast to the “purely biological” being of other species (whose identities, she argues, “are genetically­ preprescribed for them”), we ­humans “are simul­ ta­ neously­ story- telling and biological beings.”53 For Wynter, this unique speciological ca- pacity not only affords Homo sapiens an intrinsic moral freedom lacking in all other forms of being, but it si­mul­ta­neously guarantees the moral equal- ity of all Homo sapiens to each other, for if Homo sapiens are sociogenic (self-­creating) by definition, this speciological trait means that no mem- ber of the species could be genet­ically “preprescribed” by race or sex. For Wynters, then, sociogeny not only makes alternative genres of the ­human pos­si­ble (by exposing Western humanism’s genre of the ­human to be a so- ciogenic rather than an organic fact), but it also (and somewhat paradoxi- cally) provides an ostensibly biological justification for upholding the exceptional autonomy of all Homo sapiens (as the only species endowed with this special power). The irony here­ is thus that Wynter’s account of sociogeny reproduces a version of the same moral hierarchy and “biocentric” reasoning that she denounces in the Western episteme of Man. Indeed, it’s not hard to hear the echo of racism’s biological determinism in her cele­bration of human­ exceptionalism. Scientific racists like Josiah Nott also maintain that­human beings are uniquely ­free of the biological determinism that rules lesser forms of being. And although clearly Nott differs from Wynter insofar as he maintains that this capacity is endemic to only certain races of Homo sapiens and not the ­whole species, the underlying­ logic of biological exceptionalism—­the proposition that select organisms are auto-­instituting while all others­ are physiologically determined—­remains the same in both Nott’s and Wynter’s accounts of the ­human. That Nott’s racism and Wyn- ter’s antiracism are both able to adopt the same criterion to such differing ends underscores the contingency of the standards by which racial or spe- ciological “autonomy” is defined. That is, what­ever we might choose to count as evidence of a capacity for sociogenic self-­making must always it- self be an artifact of culture rather than a strictly biological fact. Thus the definition of what qualifies as “articulate” speech as opposed to animalis- tic noise, “rational” thought as opposed to brutish self-­interest, or “cul- tured” be­hav­ior as opposed to instinctive action may be—­and historically has been—­stipulated and gerrymandered as power sees fit. Indeed, that sociogeny yields its own version of the “cunning of recog- nition” is a lesson brought home to us by Frederick Douglass, who recog- nizes in its discrimination of speech from noise a key to the “blood-­stained

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 156 11/1/17 11:57 AM Race and Materiality in the Twenty-­First ­Century 157

gate of slavery.” At the start of the Narrative, Douglass harrowingly recalls witnessing his aunt Hester’s torture at the hands of Captain Anthony, dur- ing which “no words, no tears, no prayers, from his gory victim, seemed to move his iron heart from its bloody purpose.” As numerous critics have pointed out, Douglass’s masterful per­for­mance of literacy in the prose of this scene, and throughout the Narrative, functions as a power­ful testa- ment to his humanity, demonstrating his rational intelligence. And yet this primal scene si­mul­ta­neously ­labors to expose the brutal capriciousness of language as a test of humanity in the first place. Douglass’s depiction of Anthony’s indifference to Hester’s “words,” “prayers,” and “heart-­rending shrieks” lays bare the ease with which Anthony dismisses her utterances as merely instinctive, animalistic noises (morally indistinguishable from the bellows of the cow whose slaughter would have furnished the “blood-­ clotted cowskin” at this scene’s center).54 Douglass’s ambivalence in this scene—­his implicit appeal to language as expressive of moral being and simultaneous critique of the ease with which language may be dismissed as mere sound—­confronts us with what posthumanists describe as the necessarily ideological, rather than empiri- cal, nature of any distinction between human­ (autonomous, sociogenic) and nonhuman (embodied, “purely biological”) life. Thus Derrida argues that correcting the injustice this arbitrary distinction inscribes into being is “not just a ­matter of giving back to the animal what­ever it has been re- fused” (by, for instance, demonstrating vari­ous animals’ capacities for “speech, reason, experience of death, mourning, culture” and so forth); in- stead the challenge is “a matter­ of questioning oneself concerning the axiom that permits one to accord purely and simply to the human­ or ra- tional animal that which one holds the just plain animal to be deprived of.”55 It is not enough, in other words, to discover that hitherto excluded beings are capable of “testimony” (to return to Bennett’s word). To do this is simply to keep moving the chains down the field of humanism when the task, instead, is to escape the rules of its game. Thus Derrida demands that instead of trying to perfect the axiom by which we distinguish which ut- terances count as “speech,” which events count as “actions,” or which be- ings count as “­free,” we ­ought to be asking ourselves whose interests that axiom serves. But if posthumanism’s critique of ­human exceptionalism thus calls into question Wynter’s faith in, and commitment to, Homo sapiens’s sociogenic autonomy, its skepticism also arguably forwards Wynter’s larger proj­ect. Weheliye suggests that Wynter’s effort to think “freedom beyond the world of Man” commits us to listening for “language that does not rely on

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 157 11/1/17 11:57 AM 158 Race and Materiality in the Twenty-­First ­Century

linguistic structures, at least not primarily, to convey meaning . . . ​trans- parent to the world of Man.”56 Taking up this invitation (and perhaps tak- ing it farther than Weheliye means it to go), we might conclude that Wynter’s desire for a posthumanist genre of the ­human not only commits us to listening for language among ­those not already counted as ­human but also urges us to listen for the nonhumanity of human­ language. Put differ- ently, instead of imagining that sociogeny (language, culture) is the antith- esis of ge­ne­tic determinism, we can imagine it as a kind of emergent complication within biological order. ­After all, if the capacity for sociogeny is somehow in Homo sapiens’ “nature,” then the degree of freedom it intro- duces into human­ be­hav­ior is not a negation of humanity’s ge­ne­tic inheri- tance but an expression of it. Using this description, then, a capacity for sociogeny does not designate a transcendental freedom but rather intro- duces a degree of play—of unpredictability or creativity—­into speciological be­hav­ior. From this perspective, ­human being still exceeds the embodied determinism which, for Wynter, characterizes racist “biocentrism”; how- ever, that freedom no longer liberates human­ being from its embodiment, categorically distinguishing Homo sapiens from non–Homo­ sapiens being. When we begin to think sociogeny as an embodied trait in this way, it takes on the double movement of Derrida’s posthumanist vision, designating a capacity that is something less than the absolute “­human” freedom human- ism had posited, and therefore identifying something that is potentially more widely shared, to varying degrees, among the diversity of animal life. Again, my sense is that adopting a more posthumanist view of the human­ would clarify and strengthen Wynter’s proj­ect. Exorcising the human­ ex- ceptionalism from her vision brings it a step closer to realizing her goal of articulating a new episteme that embraces the materiality of “the flesh-­ and-­blood individual subject.”57 Indeed, as Katherine McKittrick demon- strates, Wynter regularly suggests that decolonizing Western Man will­ mean learning to see how “our flesh and blood and brainmatter” ­ work to “unsettle and enmesh the other­wise bifurcated and dichotomized episte- mological clusters of science and creativity,” or biological and sociogenic production.58 Moreover, posthumanism’s view of the conjugation of free- dom with embodiment forwards Wynter’s ambition to “move us toward­ a . . . ​correlated ­human species, and eco-­systemic ethic.”59 Throughout her work, Wynter calls attention to the ways in which the racism, sexism, and colonialism of the modern era are structurally conjoined with the necrop- olitics of the sixth extinction event now underway. All of ­these phenom- ena, she argues, arise from the same source: liberal humanism’s hierarchical division of being. They are, in other words, one prob­lem with several

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 158 11/1/17 11:57 AM Race and Materiality in the Twenty-­First ­Century 159

heads: an integrated “poverty-­hunger-­habitat-­energy-­trade-­population-­ atmosphere-waste-­ resource­ problem.”­ 60 Wynter’s sense that social injus- tice and environmental destruction are systemic to the Western genre of “the ­human” underscores the urgency of decommissioning this episteme’s foundational move of disavowing ­human materiality and thus segregating “­human” being from the entangled being-­with of planetary life. By these­ routes, Wynter’s critique of Western Man and posthumanism’s materialist ontology begin to coalesce more clearly. The essential inter- vention of both proj­ects—­what constitutes their departure from Western humanism—is their effort to renounce the transcendentally autonomous ­human subject whose freedom is constituted through the derogation (the racialization/animalization/objectification) of embodied life. Both thus aim to deconstruct this hegemonic episteme—to disassemble, and not simply redistrict, the bounds of the human­ as we know it. Moreover, when read through one another, each of ­these proj­ects helps the other to see where their work threatens to collapse back into the hierarchical ontology they wish to revise—­where, for instance, posthumanism’s liberal politics and Wynter’s ­human exceptionalism betray their primary commitments to rei- magining human­ being as a mode of being-­with in which the distinction human/nonhuman no longer holds. From a certain perspective, this coalescing vision of a thoroughly decolonized posthumanism promises to be radically liberatory. Ultimately pointing beyond the liberal politics of pluralism, these­ posthumanist proj­ects challenge us to inaugurate a new episteme made to the mea­ sure not just of “Man” nor Homo sapiens nor even all biological life, but to the heterogeneous and radiantly interanimated ontology of worldly being. Unleashing the revolutionary generosity unwittingly implicit in Césaire’s appeal, they urge us to conceive a po­liti­cal ethics truly “made to the mea­sure of the world”—an episteme no longer premised upon the manufacture of a “lesser” class of devalued and exploitable being but, rather, one that embraces all being as one densely conjoined world. Viewed from another ­angle, however, it is not clear that liberation is a term that can meaningfully be applied to an ontology of entanglement. Liberation, as we know it, implies disentanglement—an unburdening that restores us to a natu­ral state of freedom, honoring our inherent right, as autonomous selves, to self-­sovereignty. But none of these­ things—­ ­freedom, autonomy, sovereignty, the singular “self”—­remain readily legible in a world in which being is primordially relational. In light of this prob­lem, the holdovers of humanism within ­these posthu- manistic discourses may, ­after all, prove to be strategic inconsistencies. As

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 159 11/1/17 11:57 AM 160 Race and Materiality in the Twenty-­First ­Century

my readings of Douglass, Thoreau, and Whitman have tried to underscore, the ontology of embodiment has distinctly illiberal tendencies, undermin- ing appeals to human­ rights, agency, and selfhood as we understand these­ ­things. Thus while I began this chapter by suggesting that antislavery materialism may be useful to us ­today by helping to spotlight the absence of race as a critical term in con­temporary posthumanist theory, I’d like to propose now that it also lights up a further aporia in our pres­ent discourse. ­There is an evident tension in ­these antebellum proj­ects—in the ambiva- lence with which Douglass embraces animality, aware of the costs of dehu- manization; in the fatalism with which Thoreau appeals to evolutionary change despite his desire to believe in the power of conscientious action; and in the manic optimism with which Whitman welcomes the prospect of his own dissolution into an unspooling material cosmos. The unease we findhere ­ stems from the incommensurability of these­ materialist visions with the liberal and romantic ideals these­ authors also held. In these­ ways, ­these authors’ antislavery materialisms confront us with the dreams deferred by a more rigorously materialist account of being. And thus, although critics like Latour and Wynter often frame their work as attempts to construct an empirical episteme that will­ fi­nally be grounded in material fact rather than in the truths that (­human, Western) power in- vents, we must learn to assess this episteme by a further standard. The question before us is not simply whether­ a materialist, posthumanist on- tology gives us a truer, more empirically accurate account of real­ity. For ­whether or not it is truer, the question remains whether­ the episteme this ontology sponsors is ethically preferable to the humanism it seeks to dis- place. I turn to this question, via antislavery materialism, in the Coda.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 160 11/1/17 11:57 AM Coda After Romantic Posthumanism

In an impor­tant and difficult passage in “Mama’s Baby, Papa’s Maybe,” Hortense Spillers describes an opening of freedom that paradoxically ­appears amid the horrific confinement of theMiddle ­ Passage:

­Those African persons in “­Middle Passage” ­were literally suspended in the “oceanic,” if we think of the latter in its Freudian orientation as an analogy for undifferentiated identity: removed from the indigenous land and culture, and not-­yet “American” ­either. . . . ​They were­ the culturally “unmade,” thrown in the midst of a figurative darkness that “exposed” their destinies to an unknown course. Often enough for the captains of these­ galleys, navigational science of the day was not sufficient to guarantee the intended destination. We might say that the slave ship, its crew, and its human-­as-­cargo stand for a wild and unclaimed richness of possibility that is not interrupted, not “counted” ​ /“accounted,” or differentiated, ­until its movement gains the land thousands of miles away from the point of departure.1

In this brief but provocative moment, Spillers invites us to detect a “richness of possibility” opened up by the sheer unpredictability of physical systems.

161

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 161 11/1/17 11:57 AM 162 Coda

As she suggests, the uncertainty of this ship’s fate—­its vulnerability to volatile Atlantic winds and tides—­lays bare the irreducibly speculative and provisional nature of any discursive account of this ship, temporarily suspending cultural authority and unmaking the identities that cultures confer. ­Until the ship “gains the land” and makes good on the captain’s intentions for it, the precise nature of this venture remains undecidable: neither American nor indigenous language speakers can claim to define the “unknown course” they are on, nor can they say for sure if they are “cargo” and “crew” or something else—­future mutineers and shark fodder; or every­one the future-­drowned. For Spillers it is not only the kidnapped Africans, physically chained and culturally unmoored in the ship’s hold, who are exposed to a “wild and unclaimed” unmaking; this whole­ oceango- ing assemblage—­“the slave ship, its crew, and its human-­as-­cargo”—­exists as an “undifferentiated identity” suspended in the “darkness” of an uncer- tain journey. Although Spillers is not a posthumanist, her account of oceanic suspen- sion could easily come from the pages of recent posthumanist theory. The assemblage of ocean, ship, crew, and human-­as-­cargo that she conjures highlights the distribution of power across both human­ and nonhuman agencies in this scene. And in mapping this complex intersection of mate- rial and cultural forces (oceanic weather, colonizing and indigenous lan- guages), she insists that neither culture nor ­matter is fi­nally decisive; each is vulnerable to the other. Spillers thus qualifies the linguistic determin- ism of social constructivism as well as the physical determinism of bio- logical essentialism by discovering something altogether dif­fer­ent in this moment—­not determinism but a complexity that produces uncertainty, which she glosses as an unclaimed and unclaimable freedom. In a scene of what other­wise appears to be total domination, Spillers finds bright cracks—­interstices of possibility opening up in the unpredictable encoun- ter of myriad forces: the skill of the captain’s navigational science inter- secting with the power of Atlantic winds, the iron fastness of the chains that hold human­ cargo countered by the force of that cargo’s memory of her name. But if Spillers’s map of ­human and nonhuman entanglement in this mo- ment is reminiscent of posthumanist accounts of “the flesh,” ultimately in this essay she provides an account of “flesh” that is quite dif­fer­ent. In the larger essay, the force of nonhuman materiality fades from view and the materiality that concerns Spillers is specifically the flesh ofhuman ­ being, and the power of this human­ flesh to obdurately persist evenafter ­ ideology has other­wise denied that being’s humanity. Flesh is, as she writes, “that

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 162 11/1/17 11:57 AM Coda 163

zero-­degree of social conceptualization that does not escape concealment ­under the brush of discourse.” What has made her account of the flesh so influential is her counterintuitive suggestion that nonrecognition may also be liberating, that existing at the “zero degree of social conceptual- ization” might in fact enable the inhabitants of the flesh to instantiate an alternative subjectivity not colonized by the dominant social order. Thus Spillers concludes this essay by reclaiming the “monstrosity” of the flesh, recasting the abjection of nonrecognition as an “insurgent ground” from which to “rewrite . . . ​a radically dif­fer­ent text” of human­ being.2 A discrepancy exists between the legibly ­human agency of the flesh that Spillers ultimately champions and the posthumanist vision of material agency that briefly appears in her account of the ­Middle Passage. For my purposes, this article offers a case study of the difficulty of sustaining a materialist perspective of the actions and events that we call po­liti­cal and that we understand to be charged with ethical significance. Even Spillers, who is deeply committed to thinking about how materiality resists and exceeds ideological inscription, and who is no less deeply committed to changing the terms in which politics is imagined,­ nevertheless continues to or­ga­nize her account of po­liti­cal change around the drama of recognition and the strug­gle between competing constructions of the ­human. In this sense, her essay may be postrecognition but it is not posthumanist; like the posthumanist and posthumanist social justice discourses I have exam- ined in Chapter 4, Spillers ultimately suspends her vision of material complexity and entanglement to restore us to a world in which ­human agency is once again intelligible, and recognition of ­human sovereignty is once again the endgame. The question I have promised to ask here­ is whether­ this move may be ethically preferable, whether­ suspending the radically materialist perspec- tive that posthumanist assemblages offer might be necessary in order to construct a po­liti­cal vision we can admire. We might put this even more polemically: the question, at its most extreme, is whether­ a truly posthu- manist materialism can sustain an ethics or a politics at all. My sense is that it cannot, but more impor­tant, in these­ closing remarks I would like to suggest that one ­great advantage of studying antislavery materialism ­today is that ­these nineteenth-­century texts make the apolitics of materialism vis­i­ble in ways that con­temporary posthumanist discourse does not. Consider, by way of instructive contrast, Frederick Douglass’s account of the insurgent slave ship in the climactic scene of The Heroic Slave. Even ­after Madison Washington has seized control of the ship, the white mate, Tom Grant, denies the legitimacy of the coup and Washington proceeds

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 163 11/1/17 11:57 AM 164 Coda

to lecture to him on the justice of his revolt. But as we have seen, it is not the ethical force of Washington’s words but rather his superior physical force—­and then the even more overwhelming force of a sudden squall—­ that ends their showdown.

The wind howled furiously,—­the ocean was white with foam, which, on account of the darkness, we could see only by the quick flashes of lighting that darted occasionally from the angry sky. All was alarm and confusion. . . . ​For awhile we had dearer interests to look after­ than slave property. A more savage thunder-­gust never swept the ocean. Our brig rolled and creaked as if ­every bolt would be started . . . ​. The first words [Madison Washington] utteredafter ­ the storm had slightly subsided were­ characteristic of the man. “Mr. mate, you cannot write the bloody laws of slavery on those­ restless billows. The ocean, if not the land, is free.”­ 3

Interrupting the parley between Washington and Grant, Douglass gives this sublime storm the last word in their dispute. Still refusing to acknowl- edge that “the princi­ples of 1776” might apply “to one whom I deemed my inferior,” Grant is silenced by the squall that threatens to destroy them all. But this is also no merely fortuitous vortex of high wind and waves: this wind howls “furiously”; this sky is “angry.” The anthropomorphism of Douglass’s prose turns the squall into an avenging god, an impression con- firmed by Washington’s pronouncement that the storm is a sign of nature’s inherent hostility to “the bloody laws of slavery.” Just as Spillers imagines, ocean weather rises up in The Heroic Slave to exert its own kind of countercultural force, compelling Grant to relinquish his claim to “slave property.” Arguably, however, the only thing­ that makes this storm’s suspension of slavery politi­ cal­ is Washington’s gloss of it—­his insistence that the storm is not just interruptive but insurgent, that its ma- terial force is ethically oppositional. By contrast, when Spillers conjures the possibility of a slave ship blown off course, she offers this image as an example of the way in which matter’s­ restless volatility is ultimately hostile to all fixed laws and systems, slaveholding or other­wise. For Spillers, in this moment, the ultimately ungovernable dynamism of the ocean-­ship-­ cargo-­crew assemblage means that every­ ideological system ultimately rests upon precariously fluid ground. Bruno Latour also insists that the world’s material assemblages are perpetually unsettling to po­liti­cal ­orders. As he writes, what the materialist perspective “calls back into question with such remarkable effectiveness is precisely the possibility of collecting the hi- erarchy of actors and values, according to an order fixed once and for all.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 164 11/1/17 11:57 AM Coda 165

An infinitesimal cause can have vast effects; an insignificant actor becomes central . . . ​. With po­liti­cal ecol­ogy, one is always caught off-­guard, struck sometimes by the robustness of systems, sometimes by their fragility.”4 In contrast to Douglass’s specificallyantislavery ocean environment, the post- humanist materialism that Latour and Spillers (in her ­Middle Passage moment) embrace invites us to recognize the contingency of all po­liti­cal and ethical ­orders. The complexity and unpredictability of material entan- glement means that the “bedrock” of empirical real­ity is, in the long view, oceanic. This fluid materiality is at once the condition of possibility for regimes of human­ meaning and a force for their continual upheaval. In light of this incalculable restlessness, ­every future­ is uncertain; ­every order is provisional; every­ life is a life lived at sea. And herein lies the crux of the prob­lem. However much we may be tempted to conflate this restive unsettling with revolutionary insurgency, or “lines of flight” with liberation, changefulness and open-­endedness in and of themselves are neither an ethics nor a politics.5 Posthumanism’s pro­ cessualist ontology helps us to map the profusion of nonhuman agencies and affectivities at play in ­human experience and amidst the events and procedures that we call human­ politics. This mapping shows us, for in- stance, how lead’s mobility and toxicity can re-­inflect American racial imaginaries, or how the ­labor of worms can change national topogra- phies.6 And by learning to recognize these­ nonhuman dimensions of po­ liti­cal life, we arrive at a new and more comprehensive po­liti­cal realism. But this powerfully expanded map of the entanglements of being and knowing does not tell us what we ought­ to do with its information. If the dynamic fluidity of posthumanism’s assemblage ontology promises openings for change, it cannot tell us what changes to wish for. Its materialist perspec- tive thus helps us to recognize the more-­than-­human forces that populate politics, but it does not yield a materialist politics. This is a lesson, I would like to suggest, that antislavery materialism brings home to us particularly vividly by virtue of the providentialism that so explic­itly supplements the embodied politics of Douglass, Thoreau, and Whitman. In their late romantic texts, nature itself has an ethics. Thus the physical force of Douglass’s “restless billows” is politi­ cal­ because­ for Douglass (as we have seen), there­ is an ethical code inscribed in the mate- rial order of nature. Likewise, the force of evolutionary transformation is po­liti­cal in Thoreau’s hands ­because for Thoreau evolution is morally pro- gressive. And if, for Whitman, we are only temporary instantiations in a cascade of material causality (our identities, bodies, desires, and actions ar- riving on the crest of a wave of antecedent events, and departing in a froth

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 165 11/1/17 11:57 AM 166 Coda

of proliferating consequences), this “vast clear scheme” of material relation- ality is nonetheless ethical ­because for Whitman this fateful system is both perfect and just.7 Thus even as ­these authors confront me with the materi- ality that therefore I am, the engulfment of my liberal autonomy and the subsumption of human­ history into natu­ral history do not register, in ­these accounts, as losses. For, ­these authors assure us, this is an ethical world: slavery is even now being abolished by the gravitational tug of our animal instincts; racism is literally being driven from our hearts by evolution; ra- cial equality is already an ontological fact regardless of what auctioneers or Supreme Court justices say. Thus if ­there is a kind of fatalism in Douglass’s invocation of “forces in operation which must inevitably work the downfall of slavery,” in Thoreau’s really­ passive re­sis­tance, and in Whitman’s renun- ciation of authorial (or po­liti­cal) intent, each of these­ authors nonetheless greets our dispossession as a kind of grace ­because he believes that nature’s changefulness is meliorating.8 Fate is providential: we are instances of an unfolding cosmos that is benevolently edging ­toward greater perfection. We are, moreover, primed to notice the normativity of the natu­ral sys- tem in these­ accounts because­ we know these­ authors as late romantics, and the beneficence of nature is one ofthose ­ things­ we think of as characteristic of romantic thought. Romanticism’s nature is strongly normative: “natu­ral” is, for the romantics, a synonym for “true” or “good.”9 Thus when, in “Frost at Midnight” Coleridge sends his son to the countryside so that he might “see and hear / The lovely shapes and sounds intelligible / Of that eternal language, which thy God / Utters, who from eternity doth teach / Him- self in all,” he is speaking of a nature that is above all moral, not simply material as empiricism frames it for us.10 Nor is this normative view of nature limited to the ostensibly unempirical realms of romantic poetry; through the mid–­nineteenth century,­ scientific writing was similarly con- vinced of the material order’s beneficence, its empirical outlook still con- tiguous with natu­ral theology. Hence Louis Agassiz understood science to be “an investigation into the ways of nature, into the ways of the Creator,” and his colleague Arnold Guyot could describe the earth’s geo- logical development as “the realization of an intelligent thought . . . ​of love to man, who is the end and aim of all creation.”11 Indeed, the ease with which racial science converted into po­liti­cal doctrine speaks to how wide- spread the assumption was at midcentury that the material order spells out natu­ral hierarchies of being and that natu­ral change is progressive, with humankind at its cutting edge. In retrospect, the antebellum moment has come to seem like the twi- light of this mode of thought. The publication of On the Origin of Species in

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 166 11/1/17 11:57 AM Coda 167

1859 is often, if not wholly accurately, understood to have rung natu­ral the- ology’s death knell and displaced romanticism’s normative nature with a vision of materiality that refuses “anything like telos or directionality . . . ​ or a commitment to progressivism.”12 Although it would take several more years to take hold, the indifferently changeful nature that Darwin intro- duced drained the moralism out of natu­ral systems. Nature could no lon- ger be capitalized, and once no longer credited with a perspective or moral aim, it also could not be credited with a politics. Against this backdrop of romantic science and its eclipse, the renewed po­liti­cal impulse of con­ temporary materialist discourses swims more clearly into view as an ata- vism, an impulse to return to the premise that the study of ontology may bear ethical insights. If what the turn to ontology promises is something like a new realism—­a return to the obdurate ­matter that social construc- tivism seemed to dismiss, and a reaffirmation that this fleshy real­ity re- sists “concealment ­under the brush of discourse”—­then what we find within ­these con­temporary materialisms is the stealing back in of suspended norms, the recolonization of a material system with ethical values. In this Coda and the previous chapter, I have been tracking this sub- tle yet pervasive reemergence of normativity in con­temporary materi- alist discourse. Thus as we saw in Chapter 4, although posthumanist materialism demonstrates the nonsingularity of being (its entanglement, its constitutive being-­with), posthumanist politics tend to revert to the individualizing logic of liberal recognition, as if the proprietary values of freedom and equality ­were (as Douglass suggests) universally natu­ral demands. By this route, too, the purely material relations this ontology maps start to seem morally laden: in posthumanist discourse, interdepen- dence starts to look like community, entanglement like obligation, mutu- ality like equality, porosity like love.13 A version of this naturalization of ethics also occurs in posthumanist social justice theory. Again, as we have seen, although theorists like Wynter and Spillers demonstrate that “the ­human” is not a natu­ral kind but a status conferred on some bodies and not ­others for ideological reasons, their politics nonetheless presume that certain material organ­izations (Homo sapiens, monsters of “the flesh”) naturally bear humanity in them, regardless of whether­ their humanness goes unrecognized. This is how these­ partic­ u­ lar­ nonhumanized organ- isms can serve, in Wynters’s and Spillers’s formulations, as instantia- tions of alternative genres of the ­human—­because ­these bodies are understood to always already be human,­ making “the ­human” once again a natu­ral kind. In these­ ways, posthumanist and posthumanist social jus- tice theories reinject systems of value into the ostensibly extra-­ideological

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 167 11/1/17 11:57 AM 168 Coda

material real­ity to which they appeal. At the end of the day, their na- tures are normative as well. My reason for highlighting this remnant romanticism is not, however, to call it out. On the contrary, I want to suggest its necessity. Because­ these­ discourses do not simply wish to be descriptive—­because they have an eth- ics and a politics to recommend—­they cannot be strictly materialist; they must be dual-­facing. At the same time, however, I think that ­there is ana- lytical value in marking the distinction between descriptions of material- ity and affirmations of it. We might, then, think of the turn to ontology not as a way to suture the divide between ­matter and meaning, nor as a surreptitious attempt to disguise policy as nature, but rather as an effort to subject our politics to the per­sis­tent skepticism that materiality affords. Jasbir Puar voices one version of this thought when she suggests that intersectional theories of identity might be productively supplemented by assemblage theory ­because ­these theories are “frictional.” Assemblage theory’s pro­cessualist materialism puts pressure on the static identities, representative politics, and recognition that intersectionality strives for. Thus, Puar proposes, “No ­matter how intersectional our models of subjectivity . . . ​­these formulations may still limit us if they presume the automatic primacy and singularity of the disciplinary subject and its iden- titarian interpellation.”14 The question therefore becomes how assem- blage theory’s skepticism of subjectivity and identity might be brought into the po­liti­cal realm. If we embrace nonrepre­sen­ta­tionalism, letting go of positionality, identity, and their demands for recognition, what kinds of new politics would we do? “What kinds of po­liti­cal strategies, of ‘poli- tics of the open end,’ might we unabashedly stumble upon? Rather than rehashing the pros and cons of identity politics, can we think instead of affective politics?”15 Although Puar does not answer this question, she remains committed to the sense that it has one. I am offering a slightly dif­fer­ent account of the productive frictionality that Puar describes here.­ I would like to suggest that posthumanist mate- rialism’s usefulness to politics is not a matter­ of grounding (authorizing a new politics of assemblages or affects) but of ungrounding. If politics can- not but be a system of allocating finite attention, concern, and resources, what this materiality does is remind us that our systems of ordering are inherently partial, exclusionary, unjust; that no ­matter how posthumanist our politics, by virtue of being politics they ­will never be wholly posthu- manist. I have suggested above that posthumanism provides a vastly di- lated map of the unacknowledged constituents of politics—of the nonhuman agents and material agencies involved and affected—­but this

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 168 11/1/17 11:57 AM Coda 169

meta­phor now needs qualification. If this ontological realism is a map, it is a medieval one—­pointing to the unknown in all directions, indicating where our knowledge fails on the scale of immea­sur­able quantum phenom- ena, on the scale of incomputable cosmic complexity, in what Spillers de- scribes as the “figurative darkness” of the unpredictablefuture. ­ Instead of being used to ground or authenticate (naturalize) a po­liti­cal ethics, then, posthumanism’s unmap of worldly entanglement might better serve to sug- gest the importance of not settling into our convictions. It suggests that embracing a par­tic­u­lar po­liti­cal ethic might in fact not mean committing to a par­tic­u­lar arrangement of politics but to constantly readjusting our attentions and revising our sense of who and what counts. With this view, then, posthumanist materialism becomes a kind of ho- rizon ­toward which our thought leans, and an abyss that our politics stare into. The reflection it does not return flags the unavoidable mismatch be- tween our political-­ideological orderings and the entangled, pro­cessual, and fi­nally unpredictable “flesh” of the world. This incommensurability may well give us reason to hope, as Spillers proposes in describing that “richness of possibility” that even slavery could not expunge, or as, for in- stance, William Connolly suggests in describing the “fragility” of neolib- eralism’s hegemony to the chaotic dynamics of material and social systems.16 But the first lesson of this posthumanist materialism is that possibility and fragility yield changes we ultimately cannot foresee or control. Complex- ity is thus a feature of this ontology that cuts both ways. If it is grounds for hope that we might tip the scales toward­ change, it is also grounds to believe, as Whitman reminds us, that the changes we make ­will never be quite (perhaps not even anything like) what we meant. But in what sense is this useful? How is this reminder of the incomplete- ness of our knowledge and partiality and provisionality of our politics not just a license for resignation? Thoreau offers an image that will­ do for my answer when he writes of his desire not for knowledge but for “a sudden revelation of the insufficiency of all that we called Knowledge before.” It is, he writes, “a lighting up of the mist by the sun.”17 In other words, the value of posthumanism’s ontology may be that it ends not in the catharsis of exposure (what D. A. Miller describes as “the ‘flash’ of increased visibility”) but in the brilliance of overexposure: its makes our myopias more radiant.18 Less mystically, this materialist perspective enjoins us to a form of episte- mological modesty. This is dif­fer­ent from the ethical modesty that posthumanists endorse when they invite us to check our hubristic “anthro- pocentrism,” to recognize and re­spect nonhuman being, and to cultivate won­der for this world. I am receptive to all of these­ ethical recommendations, but as

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 169 11/1/17 11:57 AM 170 Coda

I have argued, I do not think they are endemic to or entailed by this ontol- ogy. More immediately, this ontology invites us to recognize the limits of our practical capacity to proj­ect our intentions upon a complexly rela- tional world. Unlike ethical modesty, then, epistemological modesty does not chiefly seek to check ­human hubris; if anything, it argues that we ­ought to be more ambitious in our thinking. For if the unmap of entanglement insists that real­ity ­will always exceed our thought of it, and that our policies’ effects ­will always overflow their intentions, by the same token it also reminds us to remain alert to the constitutive uncertainty—­the fallibility, the human- ness—of our knowledge. Just as a Falling Rocks sign resigns us to disaster but also makes us look up, epistemological modesty can provoke us to try to better anticipate, to the extent that we can, the unintended consequences of our actions. Thus though it may not help us to ground our po­liti­cal eth- ics, a posthumanist epistemology can help us to assess the actions we take in that ethics’ name. For by training our attention on the world’s systemic complexity and the externalities this creates, it encourages us to build better, more comprehensive, and dynamic models of material intercon- nections on spatial and temporal scales we are not used to imagining. While this work of modeling is obviously an empirical endeavor, it is also an imaginative ­labor, an effort to think the unthought spidering of effects and to conjure the unseen multiplicity of ­human, nonhuman, embodied, and discursive forces interacting upon any given site of action. This may even be a habit of thought that reading, in par­tic­u­lar, can help us to cultivate.19 By tracing these­ proliferating externalities, we may find ways to fold them into better calculations of cost and risk, to take a larger view of politics’ constituents and a longer view of po­liti­cal action so as to better anticipate what crop our seeds in fact sow. And if, like Whitman, we must be willing to accept that we cannot ultimately control what results from our efforts, we can nonetheless, like Whitman, refuse to view this as a reason to stop working. We are launched upon unknown waters,­ like always.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 170 11/1/17 11:57 AM acknowledgments­

­Because experience is sprawlingly continuous but narrative likes shape, this proj­ect feels like one that has moved with me through several, almost dif­ fer­ent lives. The pres­ent book would not exist without the support of the En­glish Departments at Johns Hopkins University and the University of Mississippi. I have encountered few readers as keenly lucid and generous as Sharon Cameron; the acute energy of her attention has taught me what it looks like to believe that the words on the page matter.­ The critical sen- sibilities, advice, and encouragement of Christopher Nealon, Michael Moon, and Frances Ferguson have likewise been invaluable and helped me to develop as a scholar in ways that I am continuing to belatedly realize. Jane Bennett’s seminar on Thoreau and Whitman many years ago was for- mative for my thinking about these­ authors, but equally impor­tant, Jane taught me about mentorship by welcoming me—­first as a foundling semi- nar student from a dif­fer­ent department, and ­later as a neophyte assistant professor—to think alongside her as she worked through an argument. As hallucinatory as it was, the feeling of being a colleague and potential col- laborator gave me a much-­needed taste of what it might be like to do this work without feeling like a pretender to it. Meanwhile, my friends in gradu­ ate school were­ my oxygen; for their intelligence, humor, barbecue, and zeal for good ­music and indiscriminate dancing, I might even bury a body for Jennifer Lin, Rob Higney, Hadley Leach, Shlomit Barnea, Daniela Ginsburg, Michael McCarthy, Elisha Cohn, Jason Hoppe, Dewayne Dean, Tony Wexler, Jake Greear, Mabel Wong, Jeremy Arnold, Noora Lori, Suvi Irvine, Adam Culver, Stephanie Fishel, Jairus Grove, Simon Glezos, Bridget Pupillo, Ben Parris, Tara Bynum, Mark Noble, Jason Gladstone, and Dave and Stephanie Hershinow. At the University of Mississippi, I have been the grateful recipient of summer research grants and a well-­timed partial course release that al- lowed me the time I urgently needed to get this work done. Ivo Kamps may be sick of hearing it at this point but he is an irreplaceable chair whose blend of ambition and pragmatism helped me to navigate substantially

171

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 171 11/1/17 11:57 AM 172 Acknowledgments­

reinventing this proj­ect without losing my job in the pro­cess. I cannot imagine a more congenial group of scholars than the colleagues I now work with, and I’m particularly grateful to my cohort in the department for be- ing such good com­pany during what might easily other­wise have been lonely years of writing: Patrick Alexander, Magalí Armillas-­Tiseyra, Mon- ika Bhagat-­Kennedy, Lindy Brady, Erin Drew, Ari Friedlander, Derrick Harriell, Melissa Ginsburg, Rachel Johnson, Kate Lechler, Jennie Leitweis-­ Goff, Chris Offut, Peter Reed, Jason Solinger, Ian Whittington, and Caroline Wigginton. And for making Oxford feel like a place in which I don’t­ just work but live, I’m thankful to Meg and Brad Hayden, Lucky Tucker, Kakki Brown, Arami Harris, John Jordan Proctor, April Harriell, Tom Brady (who’s even greater than the one you’re­ thinking of), Tommy Franklin, and Beth Ann Fennelly. My special gratitude belongs to ­those who, through sheer generosity or perhaps miscalculation, agreed to read parts of this manuscript and offered invaluable feedback at vari­ous stages. For helping me to think and say these­ ­things better, my thanks go to Eve Dunbar, Bill Rossi, Caroline Wigginton, and the anonymous readers at Fordham University Press. I’m also grateful to have been so warmly welcomed into the intellectual communities of the MMLA Civil War Caucus (special thanks to Jeffrey Insko for helping me find my way­there) and the Thoreau Society (particularly Kristen Case, James Finley, Rochelle Johnson, Bill Rossi, and Laura Dassow Walls). Fi­nally, as this proj­ect moved with me from life to life in Baltimore, Mary­land; Antigonish, Nova Scotia; and Oxford, Mississippi (with stops in Berkeley, Philadelphia, Charlemont, Mas­sa­chu­setts, and Syracuse, In- diana), there­ are ­those who have been the condition of possibility for my continuance, to whom words like gratitude and debt are too meanly trans- actional to describe my attachment. To my day ones, Sarah Bennett, Liz ­Little, Rebecca Onion, Elanor Starmer, and Julia Turner: hi loves. To my ­family, Cynthia, Peter, Dai, and Tari; to Liz, Sophie, Emily, Tom, and Thor; and to Lora, John, Molly, and Ben: I’ll find better ways than an acknowl­edgments section to express my constantly renewed gladness for you. To my pit bull familiars, Northrop and Tina: thank you sitting on my feet as I worked, and for being patient all ­those hours I spent writing instead of being awesome. And to Daniel Stout, for sitting on the kitchen ­counter and talking through ­these ideas yet again, for ­running along the trails and talking about anything else,­ for making me at home in the world from Nova Scotia to Mississippi: I ­can’t wait to keep ­going just around the next bend with you.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 172 11/1/17 11:57 AM notes

introduction. beyond recognition: the prob­lem of antebellum embodiment 1. Spillers, “Mama’s Baby Papa’s Maybe,” 70. 2. I capitalize “Black” in this study in keeping with what has increasingly become standard usage in American studies and critical race studies scholar- ship. I make this choice in sympathy with this usage’s assertion that, at least in North Amer­i­ca, to have black skin is to belong, ascribe, or be assigned to Blackness as an identity, and in support of this usage’s instinct to combat, even in this small way, the systematic devaluation of Black life. The decision to capitalize Black is, however, not a simple­ one, particularly in the context of this book, which will­ critically examine the historical emergence of modern racialist thought—­including the notion that skin color confers identity. Indeed, at issue throughout this study ­will be a tension between the kinds of idealism needed to posit stable identities (racial or other­wise) and materialisms in which stable identities—­indeed, in which all nouns, proper or other­wise—­are untenable in light of the porosity, mutuality, and pro­ cessual changefulness of embodied being. This friction between the reification of identity signaled by the capitalization of “Black” and the dissolution of identity implicit in both antebellum and con­temporary posthumanist materialisms ­will come into par­tic­u­lar focus in Chapter 4 and the Coda, which mine the commonalities and conflicts beween posthumanist and social justice theories. 3. In works like The Order of Things­ and The Birth of Biopolitics, Foucault dates this transformation in the Western conception of Man to philosophi- cal changes brought about by Enlightenment sciences. However, postcolo- nial theorists including Sylvia Wynter argue that Western colonialism in the three centuries prior to this moment “prepare[d] the way for changes in the second modernity which are often thought to be the exclusive domain of Enlightenment thought” (Suarez-­Krabbe, Race, Rights, and Rebels, 7. See also Wynter, “1492.”) 4. Foucault, History of Sexuality, 142.

173

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 173 11/1/17 11:57 AM 174 Notes to pages 2–4

5. Foucault, Order of ­Things, 346. 6. Readers interested in tracing the paths of ­these discourses prior to where this study takes them up might begin with Kramnick’s study of embodied accounts of action in eighteenth-­century philosophy and lit­er­a­ture, in Actions and Objects; Richardson’s examination of embodied accounts of mind in romantic-­era science and lit­er­a­ture in British Romanticism; and Murison’s survey of embodied accounts of mind in nineteenth-­century American popu­lar culture and lit­er­a­ture in Politics of Anxiety. 7. Nott and Gliddon, Types of Mankind, 54. 8. As Wynter (“On How We Mistook”) describes this, the biologization of man thus effects an “overall devalorization of the ­human species” by draining “the human”­ of the moral significance—­the unique and universal freedom from material causality—­that humanism had accorded it. To unpack this point more fully: whereas humanist “Man” is morally distinct from all other organisms by virtue of his freedom from his body, the biological ­human is strictly an embodied organism. It may therefore be distinguished from other embodied organisms by differences of degree but not by differences of moral kind: it is endowed with features that character- ize the physical uniqueness of the species Homo sapiens, but the materialist idiom to which this figure belongs prevents it from laying claim to features (e.g., soul, moral freedom) that are categorically exceptional to the material order. Thus biological humanity may be more sentient or more communica- tive or more cognitively complex than other species, but in the end these­ embodied features do not amount to a categorical break such as that posited by the doctrine of humanity’s transcendence of its materiality that has traditionally grounded claims for humanity’s unique moral value. 9. Russ Castronovo’s influential argument inNecro Citizenship, for instance, divides this era into two ideological camps, with liberal humanists committed to a disembodied and generic personhood on the one side, and racists, who “sentenced ­women and slaves to excessive and lethal embodi- ment,” on the other (10). Castronovo’s thesis—­that liberalism can be as hard on the body as racism—is incisive about the limitations of liberal person- hood. However, it also risks flattening the field of antebellum embodied thought. For while it’s entirely true that the rising cachet of biological materialism was deployed to underwrite racist and sexist exclusion, racism and sexism were­ not the only ideologies of embodiment circulating in antebellum Amer­i­ca. Thus my readings of antislavery materialism in Frederick Douglass, Henry David Thoreau, and Walt Whitman endeavor to show how ­these authors navigated between Castronovo’s punishing either/ or, threading the needle between the disembodied universalism of abolition- ist humanism and the dehumanizing hierarchies of biological racism.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 174 11/1/17 11:57 AM Notes to pages 5–11 175

10. Hartman, Scenes of Subjection, 10. 11. For a more thoroughgoing takedown of racial science’s empirical inaccuracies, see Gould, Mismea­sure of Man. 12. Alaimo and Hekman, Material Feminisms, 1, 3. 13. I also prefer “posthumanism” to the alternative term currently in circulation—­“nonhumanism”—­because in the context of my analy­sis of race and slavery, “nonhumanism’s” closer rhetorical connection to animals and animality may invite readers to assume that any argument with humanism is an argument for the dehumanization of peoples.­ It is precisely my purpose ­here to complicate this sort of assumption. For alternative perspectives on what name this broad theoretical re­orientation ­ought to go by—­posthumanism, nonhumanism, inhumanism, and the like—­see, for instance, Luciano and Chen, “Has the Queer Ever Been ­Human?” 195–96. See also Grusin’s introduction to Nonhuman Turn. 14. Levinson, “Of Being Numerous,” 635. 15. Jackson, “Outer Worlds,” 216. 16. Weheliye, Habeas Viscus, 9–10. 17. Thomas Taylor, Rights of Brutes, iii, 103. 18. Ibid., v–vi.­ 19. See Kramnick, Actions and Objects, for an investigation of this line of reasoning in eighteenth-­century philosophy and lit­er­a­ture. 20. Thomas Taylor, Rights of Brutes, 11. 21. Ibid., 103. 22. American fugitive slave James W. C. Pennington attests to this logic when he writes, “The being of slavery, its soul and its body, lives in the chattel princi­ple, the property princi­ple, the bill of sale princi­ple. . . . ​You cannot constitute slavery without the chattel princi­ple” (quoted in David Brion Davis, Inhuman Bondage, 193). 23. Foucault, Birth of Biopolitics, 271. See also Wynter, “On How We Mistook,” 122–26. Note that this biologization of “Man” is sometimes sold as part of a story about the secularization of modernity, but it is nothing so ­simple as that. As J. Kameron Car­ter notes, “the discourse of theology aided and abetted the pro­cesses by which ‘man’ came to be viewed as a modern, racial being,” while at the same time theology itself underwent a “subtle, inner transformation . . . ​in giving itself over to the discursive enterprise of helping to racially constitute the modern word as we have come to know it” (Race, 3). Here­ I depart from Wynter’s suggestion that biologized Man is a “purely secular” figure (“On How We Mistook,” 123). 24. Foucault, Society Must Be Defended, 245. 25. Ibid., 245. See also Foucault, Birth of Biopolitics. 26. Brown, Undoing the Demos, 83.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 175 11/1/17 11:57 AM 176 Notes to pages 11–13

27. Hartman, Scenes of Subjection, 10. 28. Foucault, Society Must Be Defended, 258. Although Foucault here­ notes racism’s enabling relation to biopower, he nonetheless arguably underesti- mates the centrality of racism to the biopo­liti­cal order. In defining racism’s role in biopower in Society Must Be Defended, Foucault ambivalently repre- sents racism as endemic to biopolitics or, alternatively, as supplementary to biopolitics (as he writes, “racism intervenes” in the biopo­liti­cal state’s commitment to cultivating populational life in order to introduce a rationale for making or letting some of that population die [254]). For a trenchant revisionary account of biopolitics as a racializing assemblage, see Weheliye, Habeas Viscus. 29. Foucault, Society Must Be Defended, 255. 30. Esposito, Immunitas. For an incisive account of how descriptions of biopolitics, such as the one I have just broadly sketched, systematically overlook how biopolitics also reinvented the state’s relation to animal life, see Shukin, Animal Capital. 31. Wynter, “1492,” 28–50. 32. Hayles, How We Became Posthuman, 5. 33. Thrift, Non-­Representational Theory, 5. 34. McGurl, “New Cultural Geology,” 388. 35. “Transcorporeal” is Stacy Alaimo’s term, riffing on Donna Har- away’s suggestion that the human­ body does not “end at the skin.” See Alaimo, Bodily Natures. “Intra-­active” is Karen Barad’s term; see Meeting the Universe Halfway. Esposito defines “the flesh” as the continuum of living ­matter that “precedes the body,” constituting “a being that is both singular and communal, generic and specific . . . ​undifferentiated and dif­fer­ent” (Esposito, Bios, 167). 36. Puar, “ ‘Rather Be a Cyborg,’ ” 57. 37. Bennett, Vibrant Matter­ ; Mel Chen, Animacies. See also Latour, Politics of Nature. Because­ it envisions life as an entangled continuum or network of being, posthumanism is sometimes described as framing a nongenocidal or “affirmative biopolitics” (Esposito,Bios )—­a politics that refuses to inscribe lethal “caesuras” or value distinctions within life but instead embraces what Foucualt (Society Must Be Defended) terms “life itself” as a field unstratified by hierarchies of racial, sexual, or speciological difference. Along these­ lines, Giorgio Agamben calls for “a politics in which bare life is no longer separated and excepted”—in which the material plenum of being is no longer artifi- cially segregated into selected (“fully” human)­ and dysselected (“bare” or nonhuman) forms (Agamben, Homo Sacer, 9). 38. For instance, several new works in medieval studies spotlight proto-­posthumanisms in medieval texts. See Mitchell, Becoming ­Human;

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 176 11/1/17 11:57 AM Notes to pages 13–24 177

Joy and Dionne, “When Did We Become Post/Human?”; Cohen, Medieval Identity Machines. Or again, although these­ studies do not mention ­posthumanism by name, Justin E. H. Smith’s investigation of Leibniz’s proto-biological­ empiricism and Jonathan Kramnick’s exploration of the philosophy of action and mental­ causation in the eighteenth-­century novel are examples of scholarship that points the way to a prehistory of con­ temporary posthumanism in early modern and Enlightenment thought. See Justin E. H. Smith, Divine Machines; and Kramnick, Actions and Objects. 39. McGurl, “New Cultural Geology,” 381. 40. Frederick Douglass, “West India Emancipation,” speech delivered at Canandaiga, N.Y., August 3, 1857, in Selected Speeches and Writings, 368. 41. Thoreau “Last Days of John Brown,” 148. 42. Ibid., 147. 43. Castiglia, Interior States; Coviello, Intimacy in Ameri­ ca­ , 4. 44. Bruno Latour lays out his proposal for a “parliament of things”­ in Politics of Nature; Levi Bryant describes “a democracy of objects” in Democ- racy of Objects; the longer quote is from Bennett, Vibrant ­Matter, 109. 45. Bennett, “Systems and ­Things,” 224. 46. Emerson, Journals and Miscellaneous Notebooks, 3:70. 47. Murison, Politics of Anxiety; Thrailkill, Affecting Fictions. 48. Tompkins, Racial Indigestion; Boggs, Animalia Americana. 49. Matt Taylor, Universes without Us; Mark Noble, American Poetic Materialism.

1. douglass’s animals: racial science and the prob­lem of ­human equality 1. The framers of the Constitution deferred the question of suffrage to the states, most of whose laws of suffrage remained largely unchanged from the pre–­Revolutionary War era. While the rules of suffrage in most states ­were modeled on British law, there­ ­were variations in property, race, and sex requirements from state to state. 2. Adams cited in Keyssar, Right to Vote, 1. As Keyssar notes, although the irrationalism of the poor was the most commonly cited rationale for not enfranchising them, this argument “that the poor should not vote ­because they had ‘no will­ of their own’ coexisted with an altogether contradictory argument, often expressed by the same people:­ that the poor or propertyless should not vote ­because they would threaten the interests of property—­that is, they would have too much will­ of their own. If men without property could vote, reflected the judicious conservative John Adams, ‘an immediate revolution would ensue’ ” (Keyssar, Right to Vote, 9).

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 177 11/1/17 11:57 AM 178 Notes to pages 24–31

3. Ibid., 35. The proposition Keyssar is quoting, “that every­ full-­grown, featherless biped, who wears a hat instead of a bonnet, has a natural­ right to vote,” is G. S. Hillard (writing as “Silas Standfast”), contributor to Discussions on the Constitution Proposed to the People­ of Mas­sa­chu­setts by the Convention of 1853, 117. 4. Proceedings and Debates of the ­Virginia State Convention of 1829–30 (Richmond: Samuel Shepherd, 1830), 27. 5. Standfast (Hillard), Discussions on the Constitution, 118. 6. Walker, “Walker’s Appeal.” 7. Garrison, “To the Public,” 1. 8. Bay, White Image, 13. 9. Nott and Gliddon, Types of Mankind, 50. 10. Douglass, “The Claims of the Negro Ethnologically Considered” (pamphlet, Rochester N.Y., 1854), in Selected Speeches and Writings, 287. 11. Douglass, “West India Emancipation,” speech delivered at Canan- daiga, N.Y., August 3, 1857, in Selected Speeches and Writings, 368. 12. As Kyla Schuller argues, racial scientists often explic­itly positioned their empiricism (which is based upon sensory experience) as offering a usefully restrained antidote to antislavery sentimentalism. As she writes, in this discourse “the Anglo-­Saxon female absorbs the instability of impress- ibility and its tendency to excess, leaving her male counterpart to enjoy the benefits ofsentiment while relieving him of the liabilities of sentimentality” (“Taxonomies of Feeling,” 278). Dana D. Nelson examines the role of sentiment in polygenist science in “ ‘No Cold or Empty Heart.’ ” 13. Nott and Gliddon, Types of Mankind, 457. 14. Linnaeus cited in Agamben, Open, 24. 15. Jordan cited in Bay, White Image, 19. 16. Tucker, Moment of Racial Sight, 61. 17. Thus, for instance, Nancy Stepan won­ders “why it was that, just as the ­battle against slavery was being won by abolitionists, the war against racism in Eu­ro­pean thought was being lost,” and Susan Buck-­Morss lam- bastes the “glaring discrepancy between thought and practice” in the era of liberalism and slavery. Stepan, Idea of Race in Science, 1; Buck-­Morss, “Hegel and Haiti,” 821. 18. As Tucker argues, racialism is the direct product of “two not entirely compatible princi­ples of the [Enlightenment] era: a commitment to univer- sal equality and a commitment to the truth of evidence drawn from empiri- cal observation” (Moment of Racial Sight, 25). 19. Samuel Stanhope Smith, Essay, 204. 20. “Are not the blacks of Guinea, the dwarfs of Siberia, degenerate races compared with the inhabitants of France, or England,­ of Turkey, or Persia?,” Smith rhetorically asks (ibid., 311).

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 178 11/1/17 11:57 AM Notes to pages 31–34 179

21. Thus Smith assures us that even the “degenerate” Guinean and Siberian “are found to improve in their appearance and form, by being removed from their own climate,” even as “the Eu­ro­pean, on his removal to Africa or Lapland,” comes to bear “a nearer resemblance to the natives of those­ countries” (ibid., 311). Already, he observes, “The American negro is visibly losing the most uncouth peculiarities of the African person” (252). 22. Frederickson, Black Image, 97. 23. Catlin, Letters and Notes, 61; Conway quoted in Lemire, “Miscegena- tion,” 129. 24. Frederickson, Black Image, 101. 25. Samuel George Morton, Crania Americana, 3. 26. Gossett, Race, 65; Dain, Hideous Monster of the Mind, 225. 27. M. Jacquinot cited in Nott and Gliddon, Types of Mankind, 56; Agassiz, “Sketch of the Natu­ral Provinces,” lxxiv. 28. For instance Agassiz, a steadfast creationist, defended his polygenist views by arguing that the “greatness, prescience, omniscience, [and] provi- dence” manifest in the orderly distribution of life on earth could only be the handi­work of God, proving that species have not haphazardly migrated across the earth and evolved, “but have made their successive appearance upon earth by the immediate intervention of the Creator” (Agassiz, Contri- butions, 135). Elsewhere, Samuel Cartwright defended the scriptural bona fides of polygenism with a complicated biblical hermeneutics, arguing that in the original Greek, Genesis 1:24 refers to the separate creation of Black and Native American races among the “living creatures” and “beasts of the earth” that God creates before Adam. “If the 24th verse of the 1st chapter ­were literally and fully translated, it would save the necessity of torturing Scripture and scientific truth to procure a whitefather ­ and mother­ for the Missouri negroes and the Missouri Indians,” he concludes (Cartwright, “Unity of the Human­ Race,” 132). For a full account of the polygenist reading of Genesis, see Frederickson, Black Image, 86–89. For a broader and trenchant discussion of the anachronism of trying to distinguish “scientific” from “theological” argument in midcentury racial science, see Hickman, “Douglass Unbound,” 323–62. 29. Douglass, “Claims,” 287. 30. For instance, see Cartwright’s reading of Genesis 1:24 discussed above. 31. Fitzhugh, Sociology for the South, 258; Fitzhugh, Cannibals All!, xi. 32. Bachman, Doctrine of the Unity, 8. 33. Nott and Gliddon, Types of Mankind, liii. Thus, as Thomas Cobb concludes in his 1858 Inquiry into the Law of Negro Slavery in the United States

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 179 11/1/17 11:57 AM 180 Notes to pages 34–41

of Amer­i­ca, the difference between polygenism and monogenism is “much-­ mooted”: “­Whether the negro was originally a dif­fer­ent species, or is a degeneration of the same, is a matter­ indifferent in the inquiry as to his proper status in his pres­ent condition” (Cobb, Inquiry, 27). 34. Nott and Gliddon, Types of Mankind, 54. 35. Garrison, “No Compromise,” 55. 36. Mays, “Divine Legation,” 529. 37. Nott and Gliddon, Types of Mankind, 50, 59. 38. Frederickson, Black Image, 126–27. 39. Diamond, “Difficulty of Real­ity,” 57. 40. Nelson, “No Cold or Empty Heart”; Schuller, “Taxonomies of Feeling.” 41. Nott and Gliddon, Types of Mankind, 50. 42. I sense a version of this reluctance to embrace Douglass’s post-­ Garrisonian politics in the tendency of several readers to stress the continu- ity between Douglass’s pre- ­and post-­Garrisonian biographies. Thus, for instance, Elizabeth Barnes and Colleen Glenney Boggs suggest that in My Bondage and My Freedom (1855) Douglass does not distance himself from the rhe­toric of sympathy and moral suasion but rather deploys it in modified form. See Barnes, “Manhood”; Boggs, Animalia Americana. 43. Chesnutt, Frederick Douglass, 69. 44. Douglass, My Bondage and My Freedom (1855), in Autobiographies, 374. 45. Noble, “Sympathetic Listening,” 58. 46. Douglass, “Claims,” 287. 47. Dain, Hideous Monster of the Mind, 249. 48. Douglass, “Claims,” 282. 49. Bay (White Image) begins her study of this tradition with John Russworm’s 1827 essay, “The Mutability of ­Human Affairs.” Russert also documents this rich tradition in “Science of Freedom.” 50. Bay, White Image, 37. 51. Russwurm quoted in ibid., 30. 52. Easton, Treatise, 43. 53. Ibid., 26. 54. Garnet, Past and Pres­ent Condition, 7. 55. Easton, Treatise, 20. 56. Garnet, Past and Pres­ent Condition, 25. 57. Easton, Treatise, 18, 20. 58. Bay, White Image, 71. 59. Ibid., 36. 60. Delaney, “Politi­ cal­ Destiny,” 247. 61. Ibid., 252. 62. Douglass, “Claims,” 295.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 180 11/1/17 11:57 AM Notes to pages 41–51 181

63. Ibid., 283. 64. Ibid. 65. Ibid., 284. 66. Ibid., 284, 287, 289, 287. The truth of Douglass’s statement specifi- cally as a critique of polygenist science has been demonstrated by Stephen Jay Gould’s failed efforts to replicate Morton’s craniological mea­sure­ments (narrated in The Mismea­sure of Man). 67. Ibid., 285. 68. Ibid., 286–87. 69. Hickman, “Douglass Unbound,” 333. 70. Douglass, “Claims,” 296. 71. Ibid., 296. 72. Foucault, Birth of Biopolitics, 274; Douglass, “Claims,” 296. 73. Douglass, “Claims,” 297. 74. Ibid. 75. Douglass, My Bondage and My Freedom, 263. 76. Douglass, The Narrative of the Life of Frederick Douglass (1845), in Douglass, Autobiographies, 46. 77. Douglass, “The Heroic Slave” (1853), in Selected Speeches and Writings, 221. 78. Wilson, Specters of Democracy, 33. 79. Douglass, “Freedom’s ­Battle at Christiana,” Frederick Douglass’ Paper, September 25, 1851, in Selected Speeches and Writings, 182. 80. Indeed, in an 1873 speech, Douglass condemns the abuse of farm animals in terms that expressly invoke his analy­sis of the slave’s proper duty to an oppressive government. There­ he advises, “All loud and boisterous commands, all brutal flogging should be banished from the field, and only words of cheer and encouragement should be tolerated. A horse­ is in many re­spects like a man. He has the five senses, and has memory, affection and reason to a limited degree. . . . ​Convince him that he is a creature of law as well as of freedom by a judicious and kindly application of your superior power, and he ­will conform his conduct to that law, far better than your most law-­abiding citizen” (Douglass, Address). I’m grateful to my gradu­ate student Savannah DiGregorio for bringing this passage to my attention. 81. Sundquist,­ To Wake the Nations; Castronovo, Fathering the Nation. 82. Castronovo, Fathering the Nation, 190. 83. Douglass, “Is It Right and Wise to Kill a Kidnapper?,” Frederick Douglass’ Paper, June 2, 1854, in Selected Speeches and Writings, 277–80. 84. I further develop this idea that freedom is endemic to nature in Douglass’s 1850 writings in my article, “Amoral Abolitionism,” which identifies this as a key theme ofMy Bondage and My Freedom.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 181 11/1/17 11:57 AM 182 Notes to pages 51–58

85. Douglass, “Peaceful Annihilation of Slavery Is Hopeless,” Frederick Douglass’ Paper, November 28, 1856, in Selected Speeches and Writings, 344. 86. Levine, Martin Delany, 101. 87. Douglass, “West India Emancipation,” speech delivered at Canandai- gua, N.Y., August 3, 1857, in Selected Speeches and Writings, 368 (emphasis added). 88. Douglass, “The Pres­ent Conditions and Future­ Prospects of the Negro People,”­ address to the American and Foreign Antislavery Society, May 11, 1854, in Selected Speeches and Writings, 259 (emphasis added). The point ­here is not that Douglass has lost faith in moral truth—­that is, I would not go quite so far as to propose, with Paul Giles, that Douglass has arrived at a rather nihilistic “view of society as a cycle of conflict, riven by power strug­gles” for domination. However, I do suggest that he has begun to understand slavery’s moral dimension as unnecessary—­though by no means irrelevant—to the argument for abolition (Giles, “Narrative Reversals and Power Exchanges,” 803). 89. Douglass, “Heroic Slave,” 223. 90. Noble, “Sympathetic Listening”; Foreman, “Sentimental Abolition”; DeLombard, “Eye-­Witness to the Cruelty.” 91. Douglass, My Bondage and My Freedom, 184. 92. For discussions of Douglass’s transnationalism in the 1850s, see Marrs, “Frederick Douglass in 1848”; Giles, Virtual Ameri­ cas­ ; Tamarkin, Anglophilia. 93. Douglass, “The Revolution of 1848,” speech at West India Emancipa- tion Cele­bration, Rochester, N.Y., August 1, 1848, in Selected Speeches and Writings, 105. I am indebted to Cody Marrs for bringing this passage to my attention; see Marrs, “Frederick Douglass in 1848.” 94. Boggs, Animalia Americana, 86. 95. Ibid., 106–7. 96. Fielder, “Animal Humanism,” 488, 510. 97. Pratt, “Douglass and Recognition ­after 1845,” 265. 98. Douglass, My Bondage and My Freedom, 179; Douglass, “The Mean- ing of July Fourth for the Negro,” address to the Rochester Ladies’ Antislav- ery Association, July 5, 1852, in Selected Speeches and Writings, 205. 99. Douglass, “Meaning of the Fourth of July,” 205. 100. Ibid., 195. 101. Hyde, “Climates of Liberty,” 489. 102. Latour, Politics of Nature, 53. 103. Chen, Animacies. 104. Ellis, “Amoral Abolitionism.” 105. Douglass, “The Heroic Slave,” 242–43.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 182 11/1/17 11:57 AM Notes to pages 58–65 183

106. Ibid., 243–44. 107. Ibid., 244. 108. Ibid., 245. 109. Ibid., 245–46. 110. Hyde, “Climates of Liberty,” 481–84. 111. Ibid., 490, 494.

2. thoreau’s seeds: evolution and the prob­lem of ­human agency 1. Emerson quoted in Davis, Bits of Gossip, 44. 2. Nott and Gliddon, Types of Mankind, 50. 3. Cameron, Writing Nature; Buell, Environmental Imagination; Walls, Seeing New Worlds. 4. Mid-­twentieth-­century critics tended to portray Thoreau as a somewhat tragic figure, an aspiring Transcendentalist who fi­nally retreated into the privacy of nature in the late 1850s out of frustration with his failure in the literary marketplace, or ­because age had sapped his youthful capacity for poetic inspiration. See Miller, Consciousness in Concord; and Paul, Shores of Ameri­ ca­ . Versions of ­these ­theses also appear in Van Doren, Henry David Thoreau; and Hodder, Thoreau’s Ecstatic Witness. By contrast, in the wake of Cameron’s pathbreaking study of Thoreau’s Journal (Writing Nature), Buell’s monumental Environmental Imagination, and Walls’s landmark Seeing New Worlds, the prevailing narrative has been that Thoreau’s empiricism or “ecocentrism” displaced his interest in natu­ral symbols, thus yielding a discourse on nature that was less and less prone to moral reflection and parable making. Of these­ three foundational studies, Walls’s stands out for resisting the hypostasized distinction between ­human and natu­ral history that, as I argue above, funds the conclusion that Thoreau’s naturalistic studies are premised upon a relinquishment of concern for the social world. 5. Buell, Environmental Imagination, 138, 135. 6. Buell thus concludes that “the hypothesis of Thoreau as ‘deep ecologist’ ” helps us “to overcome the traditional opposition between the ‘naturist’ and the ‘social protester’ ” (Environmental Imagination, 369). That the politics we associate with Thoreau’s late naturalism are more or less strictly environmentalist is suggested by the fact that none of these­ three impor­tant studies of Thoreau’s late works mentions the antislavery essays he wrote for John Brown at the height of his “ecocentric” phase. 7. Schneider, “Thoreau’s ­Human Ecol­ogy.” 8. Chakrabarty, “Climate of History,” 201. 9. Cameron, Writing Nature, 24; Robinson, Natu­ral Life, 7. 10. Latour, Politics of Nature, chap. 1. 11. Lurie, Louis Agassiz, 125; Irmscher, Louis Agassiz, 107.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 183 11/1/17 11:57 AM 184 Notes to pages 65–69

12. Lurie, Louis Agassiz, 135. 13. Abbot Lawrence in a letter to Harvard Trea­surer Samuel Atkins Eliot, June 7, 1847, cited in Lurie, Louis Agassiz, 137. 14. Lurie, Louis Agassiz, 135; James, “Louis Agassiz,” also cited in Walls, “Agassiz,” 15. In giving this account of Agassiz’s preeminence in midcentury U.S. scientific circles, I am arguably falling into what Branka Arsić describes, in her dazzling reading of Thoreau’s vitalism, as a misguided tendency to assign Agassiz “the central place in our understanding of natu­ral science at Harvard in the 1840s” (134–35). The prob­lem with this, Arsić argues, is that the overrepre­sen­ta­tion of Agassiz and his theory of sequential special creation has functioned to eclipse attention to the strong and countervailing tradition of vitalist science at Harvard that crystallized in the 1820s and 1830s. I am grateful to her study for highlighting this vitalist tradition as one source of Thoreau’s own anti-­Agassizian science, and although her book was not yet available when I wrote this chapter, I now find that my own reading of Thoreau’s materialism often resonates strongly with hers (as I ­shall note below). On this par­tic­u­lar point, though, I would nonetheless maintain that in the de­cade upon which I am focusing (the 1850s), Agassiz’s recent arrival and unpre­ce­dented visibility at the helm of Harvard’s new school of science did, in fact, put Harvard’s remaining vitalists in the shade. Although science at Harvard remained theoretically diverse (as demonstrated by Asa Gray’s public debates with Agassiz over Darwinian evolution), in the 1850s Agassiz’s outsized reputation meant that it was his theory of creation and his methodologies that Thoreau felt compelled to contend with. For more on vitalism at Harvard, see Arsić, Bird Relics. 16. Agassiz, “An Essay on Classification,” inContributions , 61. Robert Sattelmeyer reports that Thoreau read this essay in 1857 or 1858 (Thoreau’s Reading, 118). 17. Agassiz, Lake Superior, 142, 145. 18. Agassiz and Gould, Princi­ples of Zoology, 2. 19. Agassiz, “Essay on Classification,” 7. 20. Henry David Thoreau letter to Horatio R. Storer, February 15, 1847, in Harding and Bode, Correspondence of Henry David Thoreau, 175. 21. Humboldt cited in Walls, Seeing New Worlds, 84. 22. Walls, Seeing New Worlds, 11. 23. Agassiz, “Diversity of Origin,” 35–36. 24. Thoreau, Walden, in Walden and Civil Disobedience, 214. 25. Rossi, “Following Thoreau’s Instincts”; Thoreau, Walden, 220. 26. Thoreau, Walden, 220. 27. Thoreau, “Walking,” in Excursions, 200.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 184 11/1/17 11:57 AM Notes to pages 69–75 185

28. Walls, Seeing New Worlds, 122. 29. Cameron, Writing Nature, 60–61. 30. Ibid., 140. 31. Ibid., 149. 32. Thoreau, Journal, 6:592–94 (July 21, 1851). The scholarly edition of Thoreau’s journal is still a work in pro­gress; the Prince­ton edition currently runs to September 1854. The editors of the edition have made transcripts of the remaining unedited journal material available online, and I will­ refer to ­these transcripts when citing journal material from after­ 1854. Those­ transcripts are available at http://thoreau.library­ .​ ucsb­ .​ edu­ /​ writings­ ​ _­journals​.­html. 33. Ibid., 6:84–85 (January 30, 1854). 34. Ibid., 8:242 (October 27, 1851). 35. Ibid., 3:341 (March 9, 1852). 36. Ibid., 5:11 (March 8, 1853). 37. Arsić, Bird Relics, 254. 38. See Arsić, Bird Relics, for an illuminating account of how this “quintessentially materialist” epistemology generates, in Thoreau, a style and theory of communication committed to what she terms “literalization,” a pro­cess that involves “turning the word into some sort of thing,­ capable of affecting bodies; and bringing words closer to objects, recovering the presence of objects in names” (8). 39. Walls, “Textbooks and Texts,” 3. 40. Thoreau, Journal, 3:155–56 (December 25, 1851). 41. Ibid., 6:236–38 (May 6, 1853). 42. Thoreau, Journal (transcript), November 5, 1857. Reflecting on this passage, Robert Richardson argues that “it is highly likely that the problematic scientist challenged in the passage is Louis Agassiz, and much of Thoreau’s longstanding ambivalence about science—­though not about natu­ral history or botany or zoology—­can be understood in the context of his long association with and eventual rejection of the views of Louis Agassiz” (Richardson, Henry Thoreau, 363). 43. Thoreau, Journal (transcript), October 13, 1860. 44. Thoreau, Journal (transcript), October 18, 1860. 45. Along these­ lines, Darwin outlines his theory of the social construc- tion of speciological difference in On the Origin of Species, concluding that “va­ri­e­ties cannot be distinguished from species,” and that all currently acknowledged species “once existed as va­ri­e­ties, and thus originated” via speciation (47–48). In “Taxonomies of Feeling,” Kyla Schuller profiles a fascinating riposte to Darwinian evolution formulated in the 1870s by the “American School of Evolution,” which sought to reconcile the fluidity of

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 185 11/1/17 11:57 AM 186 Notes to pages 75–79

species with racist hierarchy. Led by Alexander Cope, this alternative school of evolution held that insensibility to influence is a defining feature of inferior races, whereas superior races are correspondingly more impression- able and susceptible to change. Intriguingly, if one can bring oneself to bracket its racist agenda, this theory’s insistence that sensibility rather than sexual se­lection is the mechanism of human­ development bears certain affinities with Thoreau’s sensuous empiricism. 46. Dean, “Thoreau and Greeley Exchange Letters,” 630. Alfred Tauber also observes that “Thoreau actually first noted seeming anomalies concern- ing the growth of trees and the pos­si­ble role of animals and wind in dispers- ing seeds in 1850” (Moral Agency of Knowing, 147). Walter Harding gives an account of Thoreau’s early interest in succession, and the pivotal day on April 28, 1856, when George Hubbard brought to his attention the phenom- enon that a pine wood once cut often comes back all oak. See Harding, Days of Henry Thoreau, 438–39. 47. Agassiz, “Sketch of the Natu­ral Provinces,” lxxv. 48. Thoreau, Journal, 5:4–5 (March 5, 1853). 49. Richardson, Henry Thoreau, 368. 50. Thoreau, Journal (transcript), March 5, 1858. 51. Thoreau, Journal (transcript), June 3, 1858. To put Thoreau’s sense of scientific superiority in perspective, however, his own guess is that “they fell from the clouds in the form of spawn or tadpoles—or young frogs. I think it more likely that they fell down than that they hopped up.” 52. Thoreau, Journal (transcript), August 23, 1858. See also journal entries for November 26, 27, 30, 1858, where Thoreau reflects at length on evidence of speciological migration and interconnection. 53. Richardson, Henry Thoreau, 369. 54. Agassiz, Contributions, vii. 55. Thoreau, Wild Fruits, 3. 56. Ibid., 4–5. 57. Ibid., 83. 58. Robinson, Natu­ral Life, 196; Thoreau, Wild Fruits, 82. 59. A word search on “racy” reveals no occurrences in A Week on the Concord and Merrimack Rivers, Walden, Maine Woods, Cape Cod, or The Dispersion of Seeds. Two instances appear in Prince­ton’s digitized (post-1854) transcripts of the Journal—­both referring to the wild apple. 60. See Lurie, Louis Agassiz, chap. 7; Irmscher, Louis Agassiz, chap. 5. It is pos­si­ble that Thoreau attended one or more of Gray’s lectures: Thoreau was in Boston on December 10, 1858, when Gray delivered his first paper in support of Darwin’s theory at the Cambridge Scientific Society, and he was again in Boston January 11, 1859, when Gray presented crucial evidence that

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 186 11/1/17 11:57 AM Notes to pages 79–83 187

he had been supplying to Darwin about the similarity between Japa­nese and North American plants. 61. Gray, “Darwin on Origin of Species.” 62. Darwin, Origin of Species, 354. 63. Ibid., 340; also quoted in Berger, Thoreau’s Late Career­ , 50–51. 64. Berger, Thoreau’s Late Career­ , 50. 65. Thoreau, “The Succession of Forest Trees,” in Wild Apples, 95. 66. Ibid., 96. 67. Harding, Days of Henry Thoreau, 439–40. 68. Thoreau, “Succession of Forest Trees,” 93. 69. The quoted phrases are Laura Dassow Walls’s description of modern readers’ reactions (Seeing New Worlds, 200). Harding affirms this impression by noting that both the Middlesex Agricultural Society and the Mas­sa­chu­ setts Board of Agriculture excised ­these “humorous” opening remarks when they published the lecture (Days of Henry Thoreau, 439). 70. Walls, Seeing New Worlds, 204. 71. I am grateful to Bill Rossi for pointing out to me Thoreau’s horticul- tural pun on “bizarre.” 72. Fleck, Indians of Thoreau, 7. It is unclear ­whether Thoreau planned to write a book on “the history and qualities of the North American Indian” (as his friend Franklin Sanborn once attested), or whether,­ as Robert Sayre argues, this research was merely source material for other proj­ects. ­Either way, Thoreau was committed to this work, adding an average of twenty-­four pages of notes per month to his “Indian Books” every­ year from 1850 through 1861. See Sayre, Thoreau and the American Indians; I have compiled Thoreau’s page average from Sayre’s table­ (110), absenting notebook 2, whose dates are unknown. The standard deviation is eleven pages. 73. Between 1856 and 1861, Thoreau read several works of racial science as well as ­others that included scientific speculations about Native American racial origins. Indeed, Joshua Bellin suggests that the late notebooks “palpably gain in excitement (as mea­sured by authorial commentary) whenever talk of origins enters their orbit” (Bellin, “In the Com­pany of Savagists,” 10). The polygenist texts Thoreau read include Morton’s Crania Americana (Thoreau had also visited Morton’s skull collection in Philadel- phia in 1854), Charles Pickering’s The Races of Man, and Nott and Gliddon’s two collections, Types of Mankind and Indigenous Races of the Earth (although not listed in Sattelmeyer’s indispensable index, Thoreau’s Reading, Thoreau’s notes on Indigenous Races appear in “Indian Notebooks,” 12). Both of the latter two volumes prominently feature contributions by Agassiz. However, Thoreau read a greater number of texts sympathetic to some version of monogenism. In 1856 he took fifty-­eight pages of notes on James Adair’s

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 187 11/1/17 11:57 AM 188 Notes to page 83

History of the American Indians, a book offering “observations, and argu- ments, in proof of the American Indians being descended from the Jews,” and which refers to its subjects as “the copper colour American Hebrews” (96). Thoreau also perused a strange little­ book by George Burder titled The Welch Indians, which speculates about “a people­ whose ancestors emigrated from Wales to Amer­i­ca, in the year 1170, with prince Modoc” and who “are now said to inhabit a beautiful country on the west side of the Mississippi” (Burder, Welch Indians). In addition, in 1851 he read Arnold Guyot’s Earth and Man, and in 1856 he read Benjamin Smith Barton’s New Views on the Origin of the Tribes and Nations of Amer­i­ca. 74. Of course, it is impossible to know with certainty what Thoreau thought of the statements he copied out from his readings, since the “Indian Notebooks” chiefly contain transcriptions with verylittle ­ personal commen- tary. Nonetheless, there­ is a subtly subversive logic to Thoreau’s transcrip- tions from the polygenist works he read, which suggestively corroborates the developmentalist outlook of his Journal. For one thing,­ his engagements with polygenist texts tend to be rather perfunctory: on Nott and Gliddon’s 650-page­ tome, Indigenous Races of the Earth, Thoreau took a comparatively scant seven pages of notes. Moreover, in these­ few pages he seems to be seizing on moments in which the argument for polygenism is particularly wobbly. Thus, for instance, from Joseph Leidy’s prefatory letter to the volume, Thoreau excerpts the author’s admission that “neither upon nor beneath the surface of the earth” are “the bones of the generations of red-­men, of herds of bison, and of other animals which have lived and died in past ages” to be found. As Thoreau dutifully rec­ords, Leidy speculatively attributes this absence of a fossil rec­ord to the work of “devouring succes- sors, and the combined influence of air and moisture, [which] have com- pletely extinguished their traces.” From ­here, however, Thoreau’s notes skip two pages ahead in Leidy’s account to his conclusion that “it is quite as probable that the [American Indian] had his origin on this continent, as that men originated elsewhere,” Leidy insists. Thoreau’s selective transcriptions thus highlight how Leidy inexplicably converts the total lack of physical evidence for the ancient tenure of ­human beings in the Amer­i­cas into proof of the Native American’s perpetual residence therein. Leidy is not the only victim of Thoreau’s silently critical reading practice. ­Later in his notes on Indigenous Races, Thoreau juxtaposes two passages from J. Aitken Meigs’s contribution to the volume (an essay on “The Cranial Characteristics of the Races of Men, with eighty-­seven woodcuts”). First he transcribes Meigs’s citation of Morton’s raciological distinction between Appalachian peoples­ and peoples­ living west of the Alleghenies on the grounds that the latter, as Morton observes, have distinctly elongated skulls.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 188 11/1/17 11:57 AM Notes to pages 83–84 189

Without a break in his page, Thoreau next copies a passage from three pages ­later in this essay, in which Meigs acknowledges evidence that “the Huns used artificial means for giving Mongolian physiognomy to theirchildren ­ . . . ​ in an effort to approach a [flattened and elongated] form, which, among the Huns, was held in greater regard.” Read sequentially, as Thoreau’s selective transcription offers them, these­ two moments show how the craniometrical method Morton and Meigs use to construct their racial typographies may be unreliable, given the susceptibility of skulls to cultural practices of artificial shaping. (J. Meigs, “The Cranial Characteristics of the Races of Men,” in Nott and Gliddon, Indigenous Races, 332, 335; cited in Thoreau, “Indian Notebook,” 12). In the Journal, Thoreau makes similar use of Charles Pickering’s Races of Man in 1853, from which he transcribes a passage noting that Aesop’s fables migrated eastward to Madagascar and Malaysia. “A fame on its way round eastward with the Malay race to this western continent!,” Thoreau crows, at the end of his citation: “P. gives California to the Malay race!” (Journal 7:30 [September 1, 1853]). Or again, after­ reading Morton’s Crania Americana in 1852, Thoreau takes par­tic­u­lar note of an anecdote Morton relates about how Chinese porcelain vessels had been found in the catacombs of Thebes in Egypt. While Thoreau’s comments on this story focus on the Chinese inscription (which celebrates the coming of lilies in spring), he was no doubt pleased with this evidence of intercontinental intercourse “as old as the Pharaonic period” (Journal 5:204 [July 9, 1852]). Indeed, that Thoreau understood this anecdote to be relevant to the question of racial unity is supported by the fact that sentences from this journal entry end up in the concluding discussion of “Slavery in Mas­sa­chu­setts.” 75. Barton, New Views, v. Thoreau’s notes on Barton appear in “Indian Notebook,” 10. Thoreau, Journal (transcript), September 27, 1857. Thoreau’s journal entry suggests that by 1857 he had rejected Guyot’s theory that Native Americans migrated to North Amer­i­ca from the west, a theory that (as Schneider points out) had inspired Thoreau’s musings on humankind’s westering instinct in “Walking,” first drafted in 1851. 76. Thoreau, Journal (transcript), February 3, 1859. 77. See Schneider, “Thoreau’s ­Human Ecol­ogy”; Bellin, “In the Com­ pany of Savagists”; and an excellent piece by Neill Matheson, “Thoreau’s Inner Animal.” 78. Myers, Converging Stories, chap. 3; Sayre, Thoreau and the American Indians; Fleck, Henry Thoreau and John Muir. 79. I have compiled the following timeline of Thoreau’s drafting, lecturing, and publishing activities from Bradley Dean’s “Thoreau Chronol- ogy,” in Wild Fruits, 273–75, and from Raymond Borst’s chronology in Thoreau Log, 542–73.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 189 11/1/17 11:57 AM 190 Notes to pages 85–90

80. Richardson argues that ­after the memorial ser­vice for Brown on December 2, 1859, “Thoreau’s absorption in John Brown ceased almost as suddenly as it began. By December 8, 1859, Thoreau had picked up his natu­ral history pursuits again and was absorbed in another rediscovery, this time of Aristotle on animals, and the writings of the roman naturalist Pliny. Within a month a copy of Darwin’s Origin of Species would arrive in Concord and Thoreau’s own vast natu­ral history proj­ects would take one last turn” (Life of the Mind, 372–73). Sherman Paul characterizes Thoreau’s late po­liti­cal essays as moments of weakness in which he proves “insufficiently the hermit,” proposing that Thoreau meant to “flee society” in the 1850s but found it “increasingly distracting him” until­ it “infected him” with the “need to champion princi­ple” (Shores of Ameri­ ca­ , 269–70). Sattelmeyer more dispassionately describes this period as one of bifurcation in Thoreau’s output, characterizing his mature “development . . . ​[as] clearly in the direction of increasing interest in the study and writing about nature on the one hand, and on the other the expression of increasingly sharp and out­ spoken views on sensitive social and po­liti­cal issues of the day” (Thoreau’s Reading, 78). 81. Henry David Thoreau, “A Plea for Captain John Brown,” in Reform Papers, 119. 82. Thoreau, Wild Fruits, 80. 83. Ibid., 83. 84. Henry David Thoreau, “Re­sis­tance to Civil Government,” in Reform Papers, 81. 85. Thoreau, Wild Fruits, 83. 86. I am reasonably confident that Thoreau would have had this Latin origin in mind because—­ ­besides his well-­known predilection for etymology—­the eulogy he composed for Brown closes with a translation of Tacitus on Agricola’s death, commending the transmission of Agricola’s spirit and virtues to his immediate posterity (“Martyrdom of John Brown,” in Reform Papers, 139–44). 87. Thoreau, “A Plea,” 133, 125, 126, 121–22, 121. 88. Henry David Thoreau, “The Last Days of John Brown,” in Reform Papers, 148. 89. For a description of this trope in racial scientific discourse, see Frederickson, Black Image, 57–58. See also Briggs, “Race of Hysteria.” 90. Agassiz, “Diversity of Origin,” 36. 91. Thoreau, “Slavery in Mas­sa­chu­setts,” in Reform Papers, 103. 92. Thoreau, “A Plea,” 135. 93. Ibid., 136. 94. Thoreau, “Last Days,” 153, 147.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 190 11/1/17 11:57 AM Notes to pages 90–101 191

95. Thoreau, “A Plea,” 138. 96. Dimock, Through Other Continents, 14. 97. Ibid., 16. For a related revisionary account of po­liti­cal action, defending the efficacy of Thoreau’s po­liti­cal speeches, see Turner, “Per- forming Conscience,” 497. Susan Lucas makes a similar argument about the catalytic po­liti­cal force of Thoreau’s public address in “Counter-­Frictions.” 98. Dimock, Through Other Continents, 13, 20. 99. Thoreau, Dispersion of Seeds, 101. 100. Thoreau, “Last Days,” 153. 101. Thoreau, Journal, 3:155–56 (December 25, 1851). 102. Thoreau, Dispersion of Seeds, 102. 103. Connolly, Fragility of Things­ , 75, 10. 104. Massumi, Parables for the Virtual, and Protevi, Politi­ cal­ Affect. 105. McGurl, “New Cultural Geology,” 388–89.

3. whitman’s cosmic body: bioelectricity and the prob­lem of ­human meaning 1. Whitman, “Song of Myself,” in Leaves of Grass (1855), 679 (l. 487). 2. Gray, “Darwin on the Origin of Species.” 3. Indeed, even in its machinic applications—­for instance, as the operative mechanism of the telegraph—­electricity retained a distinct connection to the occult, producing what critics like Jeffrey Sconce, Richard Menke, and Paul Gilmore have described as the spiritualizing tendencies of mid-­century media discourse. For further discussion of the curiously immaterial materiality of nineteenth-­century electrical media, see Sconce, Haunted Media; Menke, Telegraphic Realism; and Gilmore, Aesthetic Materialism. 4. John Kucich and Erik Seeman point out that, beyond mesmerism and phrenology, the American Spiritualist movement was also importantly related to a range of earlier traditions of spiritual communication, including Native American spiritualist practices, African conjure and vodun practices, and Western Eu­ro­pean evangelical practices. See Kucich, Ghostly Commu- nion; and Seeman, “Native Spirits, Shaker Visions.” Similarly, Ann Braude (Radical Spirits) also links Spiritualism to mystical traditions within Chris­ tian­ity. R. Laurence Moore, however, cautions that “in noting ­these impor­ tant and obvious connections” between Spiritualism and other traditions of religious mysticism, “we risk losing sight of spiritualism’s connections with the dominant cultural values in the nineteenth century.­ Any interpretation of spiritualism’s impact must begin with what has appeared to many as an anomaly. Spiritualism became a self-­conscious movement precisely at the time it disassociated itself from occult traditions of secrecy. It appealed not

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 191 11/1/17 11:57 AM 192 Notes to pages 101–106

to the inward illumination of mystic experience, but to the observable and verifiable objects of empirical science.There ­ was ­little new in the spirit manifestations of the 1850s except this militant stance, which proved to be exactly the right position to gain the attention of an age that wanted to believe that its universe operated like an orderly machine” (R. Laurence Moore, In Search of White Crows, 7). 5. American Phrenological Journal (1846) quoted in Mackey, “Phrenologi- cal Whitman.” 6. Dods, Philosophy of Electro-­Biology, 103. 7. Ibid., 102. 8. Andrew Jackson Davis, Philosophy of Spiritual Intercourse, 18. 9. Andrew Jackson Davis, Morning Lectures, 283. 10. Phelps, Gates Ajar, 41. 11. Ibid., 46. 12. Ibid., 66. 13. Ibid., 79. 14. Ibid., 69, 43. 15. Ibid., 79. 16. For analyses of Spiritualism’s connection to bourgeois Victorian materialism, see for instance Helen Sootin Smith, introduction to Gates Ajar; Douglas, Feminization of American Culture. 17. Davis, Philosophy of Spiritual Intercourse, 18. Phelps’s novel partly echoes this sentiment in its suggestion that ­those who embrace Spiritualist doctrine are (or become) physiologically more refined and advanced than ­those who do not. The novel’s most out­spoken skeptic of Spiritualism is Deacon Quirk, a working-­class white character who is described in phreno- logical terms that mark him as racially inferior. Thus in the midst of a theological argument with Aunt Forceythe, Quirk is described as sporting a “narrow forehead braided tight” as well as an “obstinate face with . . . ​stupid, good eyes and animal mouth.” By contrast, Aunt Forceythe is described in this scene as “the white, finely cutwoman, ­ with . . . ​serene smile and rapt, saintly eyes,—­every inch of her, body and soul, refined not only by birth and training, but by the long nearness of her heart to Christ” (Phelps, Gates Ajar, 86–88). 18. Andrew Jackson Davis, Pres­ent Age and Inner Life, 277; Cox, Body and Soul, 195. 19. Davis, Philosophy of Spiritual Intercourse, 26. 20. McGarry, Ghosts of Futures­ Past, 159. 21. Braude, Radical Spirits, 58. 22. Modern, Secularism in Antebellum Amer­i­ca, 178–79. 23. LeMenager, “Not ­Human, Again,” 407.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 192 11/1/17 11:57 AM Notes to pages 107–114 193

24. Andrew Jackson Davis, Death and the Afterlife, 4, 9–12. 25. See Charles Taylor, A Secular Age. 26. Cox, Body and Soul, 3. 27. Spiritualism, and the broader currents of what I refer to as bioelectri- cal bohemia, made its way through Whitman’s New York via traveling demonstrations, lectures, séances, and a steady stream of publications, many of them issued by the Manhattan-based­ phrenological firm, Fowler and Wells. It was through the Fowlers that Whitman was first introduced to phrenology, a related discourse of ner­vous embodiment, which he defended as belonging “among the sciences” after­ attending a lecture in 1846 (Whit- man, Daily Ea­gle, 2). By 1855, when Fowler and Wells became one of only two known retailers to carry Whitman’s self-­published first edition of Leaves of Grass, and 1856, when it brought out Whitman’s second edition on the Fowler and Wells imprint, the firm was an established publishing hub for a variety of progressive movements including mesmerism and Spiritual- ism. Moving in the Fowler and Wells circle, Whitman therefore would have encountered a community of thinkers for whom bioelectricity was under- stood to inaugurate a whole­ new metaphysics of the self. Indeed, with its proclamations of the divinity of the body and of the nonfinality of death, Leaves of Grass invokes topoi that would have been readily familiar to readers of Fowler and Wells’s other authors, including Andrew Jackson Davis and “electro-­biologist” Reverend John Bovee Dods. For a more comprehensive introduction to Whitman’s exposure to Spiritualist, mesmeric, and phreno- logical ideas, see Reynolds, Walt Whitman’s Ameri­ ca­ and Beneath the Ameri- can Re­nais­sance. 28. Whitman, “Poem Incarnating the Mind,” Notebooks and Unpublished Writings, 1:106. 29. Darwin letter to Asa Gray (February 1860) in Life and Letters of Charles Darwin, 2:273. 30. Whitman, preface to Leaves of Grass (1855), 621. 31. Maslan, Whitman Possessed, 52. 32. Readers may recall here­ Nott and Gliddon’s pronouncement, likewise borne from their embodied theory of personhood, that “the intellectual man is inseparable from the physical man; and the nature of the one cannot be altered without a corresponding change in the other” (Nott and Gliddon, Types of Mankind, 50). 33. Whitman, “Song for Occupations,” in Leaves (1855), 714 (l. 101). 34. Whitman, “Song of Myself,” in Leaves (1855), 704 (ll. 1163–66). 35. Ibid., 710 (ll. 1328–30). 36. Warner, “Whitman Drunk,” 40. 37. Whitman, preface to Leaves (1855), 618–19.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 193 11/1/17 11:57 AM 194 Notes to pages 114–117

38. Douglass and Thoreau would recognize the environmentalist theory of race invoked in Whitman’s suggestion ­here that “the hereditary counte- nance” that comes down to this poet is itself a product not just of race or bloodline but also of local natu­ral historical and cultural conditions. Moreover, they would recognize that this environmentalism furnishes the logic ­behind Whitman’s conclusion that the sheer diversity of Amer­i­ca’s landscapes and peoples­ promises to make its inhabitants “the race of races”: a kind of racial compendium, born of diversity. But whereas the environmen- talist theory of race imagines this pro­cess of physiological adaptation and incorporation to span generations, Whitman’s poet, like a medium in trance, absorbs impressions from his surrounding world and is at once transformed into a channel for those­ forces’ expression. The quasi-­messianic status Whitman ascribes to the poet thus stems from his sense of the poet’s peculiar temporality, his untimeliness. More so than his peers, this poet has a talent for reception that allows him to embody the culmination “of old and new”; he is “himself the age transfigured,” a prophetic specimen, as Thoreau might call him, who stands “where the future­ becomes the pres­ent” and “glows a moment on the extremest verge” (Whitman, preface to Leaves (1855), 633 (l. 710); 623–24 (ll. 311–15). 39. Emerson, “The Poet,” in Essays and Lectures, 458; Shelley, “A Defence of Poetry,” in Romantic Poetry and Prose, 750. 40. Whitman, preface to Leaves of Grass (1855), 622 (ll. 249–55). 41. Both Tenney Nathanson and Mark Bauerlein find Whitman’s embodied poetry guilty of magical thinking, and as such of both obfuscating mysticism and anti-­intellectualism (Nathanson, Whitman’s Presence; Bauer- lein, Whitman and the American Idiom). Ecocritical readers, by contrast, have tended to commend Whitman’s “mysticism” as a laudably ecopoetical effort to communicate the “unsaid and unsayable” essence of nonhuman being while resisting the anthropocentrism of ­human language. Outka, “(De) Composing Whitman,” 52. See also Killingsworth, Walt Whitman and the Earth; and Warren, “Whitman Land.” 42. Anonymous, “Editor’s ­Table,” 699. 43. In How We Became Posthuman, N. Katherine Hayles develops her account of the difference between the conception of information as having a body (as being indissociable from the material specificity of its medium), and the notion that information is distinct from the medium in which it is stored. Hayles tracks these­ alternatives through the development of cyber- netics information theory in the twentieth ­century, but, as Richard Menke points out, the nineteenth-­century discourse of electrical communication also raised this question de­cades earlier (Menke, Telegraphic Realism, 75–77).

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 194 11/1/17 11:57 AM Notes to pages 117–119 195

44. This Whitmanian gloss has found new life in some neuroscientific circles. On the assumption that brain states may be taken to be expressive of ­mental states, neuroscientists are currently developing technology that proposes to allow us to “read” the thoughts and intentions electrically “expressed” in fMRI scans of the brain. See for instance, Kerri Smith, “Brain Decoding.” 45. Whitman, “Song for Occupations,” in Leaves of Grass (1855), 710 (ll. 1–6). 46. Nathanson, Whitman’s Presence, 2. Like Tenney Nathanson, Mark Bauerlein also finds Whitman’s embodied poetry guilty of magical thinking and hence, Bauerlein argues, of anti-­intellectualism (Bauerlein, Whitman and the American Idiom). 47. Outka, “(De)Composing Whitman,” 52. See also Killingsworth, Walt Whitman and the Earth; and Warren, “Whitman Land.” 48. Coviello, Tomorrow’s Parties, 49, 64. Coviello’s analy­sis leans on two major earlier queer theoretical readings of Whitman’s conflation of poems and bodies: Michael Warner’s argument that Whitman seeks, thereby, “to make sex public,” and Michael Moon’s suggestion that this is a deliberate fiction designed to light up the discursiveness of bodily and sexual identity more generally, producing a “heightened . . . ​sense of the constructedness and hence the dense po­liti­cality of all bodily experience.” See Warner, “Whitman Drunk,” 42; and Moon, Disseminating Whitman, 4. 49. Breitweiser, National Melancholy, 137; Moon, Disseminating Whitman, 5. 50. Vendler, Invisible Listeners, 36. 51. Coviello, Intimacy in Ameri­ ca­ , 155. 52. Coviello, Tomorrow’s Parties, 60–61. 53. In suggesting that sensuality may be a more accurate term than sexuality for the generative economy of embodied affinities that Whitman describes, I do not mean to suggest that sensuality and sexuality are mutu- ally exclusive terms. Rather, I suggest that the discourse on sexuality is too narrow a lens for understanding the physics of embodied attachment, indiscriminate affiliation, and self-­loss that distinguish the Whitmanian body. To be sure, since Foucault, analyses of sexuality have been careful not to limit our understanding of sexuality to only those­ be­hav­iors and affective economies explic­itly linked to genital sex. But even in its expanded senses, the rubric of sexuality tends to filter back to the prob­lem of sexual reproduction by focusing on economies of feeling (as opposed to sensation generally), interpersonal relations (as opposed to both human­ and human-­nonhuman relations), object se­lection (at the exclusion of involuntary and indiscrimi- nate attachments), questions of identity and typology (as opposed to trans- corporeal contiguity and self-­loss), and so forth. As I argue in my discussion

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 195 11/1/17 11:57 AM 196 Notes to pages 119–123

of “is this then a touch?,” perhaps the most crucial insight to be gained by reading Whitman’s bioelectrical body in light of not just sexuality but sensuality more broadly is that doing­ so allows us to recognize his sustained refutation of autonomous identity. In this sense, my reading of Leaves argues more generally for an expanded approach to Whitman’s treatment of embodied affinities. Before Darwin made sexual se­lection the prime mover of evolution, and before the field of sexology made sexuality as a defining feature of personal identity, the sensuously impressionable body also appeared—in Spiritualist discourse and environmentalist racial theory alike—to be world-­making, diffusing sympathetic attachments including but not limited to ­those forms of attachment we deem sexual. 54. Whitman, “Song of Myself” in Leaves (1855), 663 (ll. 23–24). 55. Whitman, “Whoever you are holding me now in hand” (originally tentatively titled, “­These leaves conning, you con at peril”), in Leaves of Grass (1860), 100 (ll. 27–33). 56. Whitman, “Song of Myself,” in Leaves of Grass (1855), 698–701 (ll. 990–1081). 57. Warner, “Whitman Drunk,” 40. 58. Michaels, Shape of the Signifier, 123. 59. As Michaels puts this, “Reports of what something makes us feel are not beliefs about what it means.” This is to say, in other words, “that there­ is a logical difference between the effects any work of art actually produces and the effects it was intended to produce and that the interpretation of a work of art has every­thing to do with the effects it was intended to produce and nothing whatsoever to do with the effects it in fact produces” (Michaels, “Intention at the College”). 60. Wimsatt and Beardsley, “Affective Fallacy,” 44. 61. Michaels, Shape of the Signifier, 117. 62. Michael Fried makes a version of this point in his discussion of the function of the frame in modern art in “Art and Objecthood.” 63. Whitman, “Song of Occupations,” in Leaves of Grass (1855), 712 (ll. 49–50). 64. Whitman, preface to Leaves of Grass (1855), 624. Whitman repeats a version of this claim in “Song of Myself”: “Do you guess I have some intricate purpose? / Well I have . . . . ​for the April rain has, and the mica on the side of a rock has” (“Song of Myself” in Leaves (1855), 676 (ll. 381–82)). 65. Pinsky, Situation of Poetry, 3. 66. MacLeish letter to Norman Holes Pearson (1937), cited in Donald- son, Archibald MacLeish, 150. 67. Paul Gilmore observes that Whitman per­sis­tently “returns to the idea that his poetry is necessarily incomplete, that it requires an historically

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 196 11/1/17 11:57 AM Notes to pages 123–127 197

situated reader to produce any sort of meaning, a meaning that is never completely stable” (Gilmore, Aesthetic Materialism, 156). While I share Gilmore’s sense that poetry is, for Whitman, essentially social, I think it is impor­tant to stress the paradox implicit in Gilmore’s suggestion that Whitman both urgently wants his poems read and is happy for them “to produce any sort of meaning.” Gilmore thus puts his fin­ger on the unortho- doxy of Whitman’s sense of poetry, which at once insists on an audience and yet denies responsibility or even concern for the outcome of that encounter. 68. Whitman, preface to Leaves of Grass (1855), 634. 69. James, “Address at the Centenary,” 1124. 70. Lee Edelman cited in Tiffany, Infidel Poetics, 13. 71. Ibid., 4. 72. Ibid., 12. 73. Ibid., 8. 74. Indeed, if we follow Vincent Bertolini’s suggestion that Whitman “convey[s] messages that are enveloped even from his own understanding,” we might well conclude that Whitman’s disavowals of meaning uncannily anticipate Tiffany’s theory of lyric obscurity (Bertolini, “ ‘Hinting’ and ‘Reminding,’ ” 1050, 1053). 75. Whitman, “Song of Myself,” in Leaves (1855), 682 (l. 547). 76. Bennett, “Whitman’s Sympathies,” 608. 77. Hartman, Scenes of Subjection, 18–19. 78. Bennett, “Whitman’s Sympathies,” 616. 79. For richer accounts of Whitman’s shifting attitude ­toward slavery and his affinity for white nationalist discourse, see Klammer,Whitman, Slavery, and the Emergence of Leaves of Grass, and Coviello, Intimacy in Ameri­ ca­ . Although my reading of the auction in “I Sing the Body Electric” ­will highlight its antiracist egalitarianism, I do not mean to suggest that Whitman was therefore a committed advocate of antiracism. Instead, my focus on the pro­cessual logic from which Whitman’s antiracism derives should indicate that he was a committed advocate of an embodied ontology whose entailments for racial politics he occasionally attempted to specify. Whitman’s pronouncements on racial politics remained variable and somewhat opportunistic in the 1850s; however, his views on the materiality of the body were­ clear and consistent. 80. Whitman, “I Sing the Body Electric,” in Leaves (1855), 735 (ll. 74–79). 81. Klammer, Whitman, Slavery, 141–42. 82. Erkkila, Whitman the Po­liti­cal Poet, 126; Killingsworth, Whitman’s Poetry of the Body, 142. See also Sánchez-­Eppler, Touching Liberty. Sánchez-­ Eppler highlights a tension inherent in the poem’s desire to assert the sacredness of the body by reducing it to a “common” blood, whereas

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 197 11/1/17 11:57 AM 198 Notes to pages 128–131

Killingsworth is satisfied that the body constitutes a “common denominator among all classes, races, divided groups” (Killingsworth, Whitman’s Poetry of the Body, 143). 83. Whitman, “I Sing the Body Electric,” in Leaves (1855), 735–36 (ll. 85–103). 84. My discussion ­here draws from my argument in “Numb Networks.” 85. Lawrence, “Whitman” (1923), in Studies in Classic American Lit­er­a­ture. 86. Sánchez-­Eppler, Touching Liberty, 56. 87. The imagery of inhaled perfumes and atmospheres in the ensuing lines invite us to imagine atoms recirculating in and out of the speaker’s body; moreover, as Mark Noble argues, the recombinatory nature of ­matter is central to the materialist imaginary of the early Leaves. As a defense of demo­cratic equality, however, I submit that this empirical claim does not do the work that Whitman asks of it. See Noble, American Poetic Materialism. 88. My reading here­ is partially in agreement with Dimock’s argument in “Whitman, Syntax, and Po­liti­cal Theory.” There,­ Dimock argues that the radical egalitarianism of Whitmanian syntax makes no concessions to the distinctly non-­egalitarian logic of affection, which privileges “selec- tive attachment” over “the demo­cratic need for substitutability and ­interchangeability” (72). She concludes, “If nothing else,­ Whitman makes us long for what he does not and cannot offer: an ethics of preference, one that, in giving voice to what is not exhausted by a language of formal univer- sals . . . ​might suggest some way of reconciling the demo­cratic and the affective, some way of rescuing ‘love’ from being the lost soul of po­liti­cal theory” (78). Like Dimock, I find that Whitman’s leveling vision precludes us from making distinctions between entities. On Dimock’s reading, this is a prob­lem with the way democracy takes no account of special preference (love—or sexual attraction, for that ­matter). On my reading, however, the undifferentiability Whitman conjures is a prob­lem for democracy: Whitma- nian egalitarianism—an artifact not just of his syntax but of his metaphysical commitments—­does not allow us to ontologically distinguish one entity from another, and therefore is not, properly speaking, an egalitarianism at all, since it blurs the individual units in which demo­cratic equality trades. For what it’s worth, I do not share Dimock’s sense that love is “the lost soul” of demo­cratic politics; on the contrary, my sense is that love’s “ethics of preference” is precisely what demo­cratic and legal­ formalisms are designed to offset. Justice and demo­cratic equality ask us to look beyond the biases of our affective ties (­whether ­these be ties of kinship, tribe, or race—or ties of ideological consensus) in order to recognize the claims of even ­those whom we do not know or love.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 198 11/1/17 11:57 AM Notes to pages 133–142 199

89. Whitman, “Song of Myself,” in Leaves (1855), 679 (l.487). 90. Whitman, preface to Leaves (1855), 626. 91. Castronovo, Necro Citizenship, 8–10.

4. posthumanism and the prob­lem of social justice: race and materiality in the twenty-­first ­century 1. Jackson, “Outer Worlds,” 216. 2. Ibid.; Weheliye, Habeas Viscus, 8. 3. Latour, Pandora’s Hope, 297. 4. Hayles, How We Became Posthuman, 291. 5. Peterson, Bestial Traces, 7. 6. Grusin, Nonhuman Turn, vii. 7. Ibid., xviii. 8. Materialist feminism and queer theory, for instance, are liberatory scholarly fields that have been engines of posthumanist theorizing.These ­ fields have also held impor­tant conversations about the tension between their po­liti­cal and posthumanist commitments (see, for instance, Luciano and Chen, “Has the Queer Ever Been”). ­There has also been a broader shift back to the body in recent theorizing about race, and impor­tant new works reopen the nineteenth-­century question of race’s material ontology. See, for instance, Puar, “ ‘ Rather Be a Cyborg’ ”; Saldanha, “Bastard and Mixed-­ Blood”; Hames-­Garcia, “How Real Is Race?”; Wright, Physics of Blackness. Sarah Ahmed also highlights the risk of oversimplifying poststructuralist feminism’s relation to materiality in “Imaginary Prohibitions.” This list suggests that the re­sis­tance to posthumanist theory has other sources than a distrust of materiality per se. 9. Weheliye, Habeas Viscus, 10. 10. Césaire, Discourse on Colonialism, 73. 11. Haritaworn, “Decolonizing the Non/Human,” 212. 12. Sylvia Wynter, as we ­will see, argues that social justice depends upon reinventing this current genre of “the ­human.” 13. Colebrook, Death of the Posthuman, 23. Like Colebrook, posthumanist scholars associated with speculative realism and object-­oriented ontology prescribe an ontological turn that does not turn to the ontology of human­ being (for instance, by emphasizing the materiality of the self and embodied nature of knowledge), but that seeks instead to constitute a form of knowledge in­de­pen­ dent of the mediating function of ­human sensation, perception, and cognition. 14. Bogost, Alien Phenomenology, 4. See also Meillassoux, After­ Finitude, and works by those­ directly affiliated with object-­oriented ontology: Harman, Guerrilla Metaphysics, and Prince of Networks; Bryant, Democracy of Objects; Morton, Hyperobjects.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 199 11/1/17 11:57 AM 200 Notes to pages 142–146

15. This slippage is, for instance, particularly notable in the work of Graham Harman, the architect of OOO. Harman objects to post-­Kantian philosophy’s ac­cep­tance of ­human finitude not ­because he faults its logic—­ not, that is, ­because he thinks ­humans do have unmediated perceptual access to real­ity—­but because­ he faults its ethics. Harman understands Kant’s circumscription of philosophical knowledge to things­ “as they appear for us” to constitute an ethical vio­lence: he describes post-­Kantian philosophy as a “Hiroshima of metaphysics” that sets up a “global apartheid” against speculation into real­ity as nonhumans experience it (Prince of Networks, 102–3). With this description, then, ontological finitude starts to look like an ethical choice. 16. Moore, “Capitalocene,” 2. 17. Ibid. 18. Povinelli, Geontologies, 32. 19. Derrida, Animal That Therefore I Am, 86. 20. Braidotti, Posthuman, 2. 21. Jackson, “Outer Worlds,” 216. 22. Weheliye, Habeas Viscus, 9–10. See also Weheliye’s critique of biopolitics discourse in Habeas Viscus, and Julia Suarez-­Krabbe’s account of the “colonial death proj­ect” in Race, Rights, and Rebels. 23. A word on comparisons of racism and speciesism: the divergence between posthumanism’s focus on nonhuman animal life and posthumanist social justice’s focus on dehumanized human­ life is sometimes expressed as a competition over ­whether racism or speciesism is the primordial instance of the epistemic discrimination that both seek to contest. Thus, for instance, Christopher Peterson suggests that “negative ste­reo­types about nonhuman animals are the condition of possibility for negative ste­reo­types about social and po­liti­cal minorities,” while Jackson contends that “blackness conditions and constitutes the . . . ​nonhuman” (Peterson, Bestial Traces, 9; Jackson, “Outer Worlds,” 216). The point is that Peterson and Jackson are both right. That is, when we hold onto the recognition that the moral statuses “­human” and “nonhuman” are not synonyms for “Homo sapiens” and “non–­ Homo sapiens,” it becomes clearer that racism and speciesism are two names for the same ideological operation: the disaggregation of communal being into a typological hierarchy of beings that do, and beings that do not merit moral regard. When I suggest that racism and speciesism are two names for the same ideological operation, I am not arguing that we ­ought to begin to treat speciesism as a prob­lem that is as ethically urgent as racism. More perplex- ingly, I am suggesting that part of the challenge of thinking beyond the humanist episteme is learning to see antiracism and antispeciesism as struc- turally conjoined rather than analogous or even competitive social proj­ects.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 200 11/1/17 11:57 AM Notes to pages 146–148 201

24. As Weheliye observes, this in turn leads posthumanists to write of the ­human as if “we have now entered a stage in human­ development where all subjects have been granted equal access to western humanity” (Habeas Viscus, 10). 25. To suggest that posthumanism’s Eurocentric bias is methodologically unsound is not to suggest that identity and episteme have any natu­ral or necessary connection. It is not therefore to presume that indigenous, postcolonial, or queer of color perspectives necessarily instantiate exemplary posthumanist epistemologies by virtue of their eccentric vantage from the margins of the hegemonic regime of the ­human. Thus Weheliye warns that the voices of marginalized ­peoples “should not be construed as fountains of suffering authenticity” (Habeas Viscus, 82). Nor should these­ voices be construed as univocal: as Kim TallBear writes of indigenous scholars, “We are diverse thinkers” (“Indigenous Perspective,” 230). Conversely, to suggest that posthumanists would benefit from consulting more nonwhite and non-­Western thinkers is not to presume that the work of Western-­born thinkers is therefore epistemically “Western”: that Deleuze is a white Frenchman does not mean that his ontology must necessarily be complicit with Western humanism. But it is neither reductive nor essentializing to observe that the proj­ect of conceptualizing modes of being outside or orthogonal to the discriminatory modern Western praxis of “Man” has been carried forward in minority scholarly studies for de­cades, and in non-­ Western cultural traditions for even longer. As TallBear notes, “indigenous ­peoples have never forgotten that nonhumans are agential beings engaged in social relations that profoundly shape human­ lives” (234). And therefore, however committed posthumanism is, in theory, to thinking beyond Western “Man,” that commitment will­ continue to seem gestural and incomplete so long as these­ extra- ­and counterhegemonic cultural and schol- arly traditions remain peripheral to posthumanist work. 26. Wynter gives several accounts of this genealogy, each of which differs slightly. Here­ I am most closely following the history she gives in “On How We Mistook,” and in Wynter and McKittrick, “Unparalleled Catastrophe.” See also Wynter, “1492.” 27. Wynter, “On How We Mistook,” 118, 127. 28. Wynter, “1492,” 40. 29. Wynter, “On How We Mistook,” 123. 30. Wynter suggests that alternative epistemes in the postcolonial world may be rare, and offers the Masai ­people of ­Kenya as one pos­si­ble locus of thinking outside of the Western episteme. See Wynter, “Unparalleled Catastrophe.” 31. Wynter, “On How We Mistook,” 237.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 201 11/1/17 11:57 AM 202 Notes to pages 149–156

32. Wynter, “No Humans­ Involved,” 59. 33. Wynter, “On How We Mistook,” 233. 34. Wynter, “Disenchanting Discourse,” 208. 35. Muñoz, “Sense of Brownness,” 210. 36. Barad, Meeting the Universe Halfway, 139. 37. Ibid. 38. Esposito, Bios, 164. Esposito borrows this term from Merleau-­Ponty, not Hortense Spillers. I will­ discuss this divergence in the Coda. 39. Ibid., 167. 40. Puar, Terrorist Assemblages, 213. 41. Esposito, Bios, 167, 160. 42. The iconic line ­here is Donna Haraway’s, who asks, “Why should our bodies end at the skin?” (Simians, Cyborgs and ­Women, 178). 43. Bennett, Vibrant ­Matter, 108–9. 44. Barad, Meeting the Universe Halfway, 396. 45. Matt Taylor, Universes without Us, 176. 46. In addition to the writings of Alfred, TallBear, and Povinelli cited below, see also, for instance, Suarez-­Krabbe, Race, Rights and Rebels; Coulthard, Red Skin, White Masks. For a consideration of how recolonization occurs in literary repre­sen­ta­tions, see Rifkin, Beyond Settler Time. 47. Alfred, “First Nations Perspectives,” 10. 48. Ibid., 5. 49. TallBear, Native American DNA, 6–8. 50. Povinelli, The Cunning of Recognition. 51. Wolfe, “ ‘Animal Studies,’ Disciplinarity, and the (Post)Humanities,” in What Is Posthumanism? 52. Wynter and McKittrick, “Unparalleled Catastrophe,” 34. The phrase “nonphysical princi­ple of causality” is a citation from Christian theologian Keith Ward. The modulation of Wynter’s proj­ect I am about to suggest would not apply if she ­were to follow Ward in believing that human­ being is uniquely ensouled. If sociogeny, for Wynter, is not in fact a speciological trait (i.e., arising from the nature of the body) but rather a trait wholly unrelated to human­ embodiment—if, in short, sociogeny refers to a form of transcen- dent freedom that stems from humanity’s possession of an immaterial soul—­then Wynter’s proj­ect is dualistic and cannot be combined with posthumanist materialism. However, despite Wynter’s invocation of Ward and of sociogeny’s in­de­pen­dence from matter,­ her proj­ect seems other­wise distinctly nondualist. As I shall­ discuss, she shows a recurring interest in the material substrates of sociogeny. 53. Wynter and McKittrick, “Unparalleled Catastrophe,” 34, 29.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 202 11/1/17 11:57 AM Notes to pages 157–165 203

54. I am indebted here­ to Colleen Glenney Boggs’s astute reading of this scene, which differs from my own but which first signaled to me the impor- tance of animality to this scene’s critical register. See Boggs, Animalia Americana, 89–98. 55. Derrida, Animal That Therefore I Am, 95, 135. 56. Weheliye, Habeas Viscus, 126. Indeed, Weheliye argues that Wynter’s work has been overlooked in con­temporary biopo­liti­cal and posthumanist theory precisely ­because lingering racism in the acad­emy has meant that “minority discourses seemingly cannot inhabit the space of proper theoreti- cal reflection” (6). Ultimately, however—­and counterintuitively, given the argument I cite ­here—­Weheliye follows Wynter in insisting upon the exceptional freedom of ­human being. 57. Wynter, “1492,” 47. 58. McKittrick, “Axis Bold as Love,” 144. 59. Wynter, “No Humans­ Involved,” 69. 60. Wynter citing Barney in “On How We Mistook,” 132.

coda: ­after romantic posthumanism 1. Spillers, “Mama’s Baby, Papa’s Maybe,” 72. 2. Ibid., 67, 80. For a far more in-­depth analy­sis of the distinction between Spillers’s “flesh” and posthumanism’s “flesh” (more specifically, Agamben’s notion zoe or bare life), see Weheliye, Habeas Viscus. 3. Douglass, “Heroic Slave,” 246. 4. Latour, Politics of Nature, 25. 5. Dana Luciano and Mel Chen offer an incisive and illuminating discussion of this tension in “Has the Queer Ever Been Human?”­ 6. These examples of posthumanism’s wonderful reor­ga­ni­za­tion of po­liti­cal physics are drawn from Chen, Animacies, and Bennett, Vibrant ­Matter. Luciano and Chen also suggest that posthumanism might be “a new mode of critical realism,” and I find myself deeply sympathetic to the account that they give (“Has the Queer Ever Been,” 191). It is not my sense, however, that this realism amounts to a historical “recognition that the nature of ‘real­ity’ itself is changing as power moves away from the individual” ­under the conditions of biopo­liti­cal “control society.” The material realism I find in posthumanism does tend to dwarf the agency of the individual by contextualizing it within the myriad vectors of ­human and nonhuman power, but this situation—­the comparative smallness of individual agency vis-à­ -­vis systemic power—is, on my reading of posthumanism, not an artifact of po­liti­cal history but of human­ embodiment, the materiality of being as such.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 203 11/1/17 11:57 AM 204 Notes to pages 165–169

7. In the “vast clear scheme” of the world, Whitman insists, “­every motion and every­ spear of grass and the frames and spirits of men and ­women and all that concerns them are unspeakably perfect miracles all referring to all and each distinct and in its place.” Whitman, preface to Leaves of Grass (1855), 626 (l. 422). Indeed, Whitman assures us, the perfec- tion of this pro­cessual universe is both beautiful, just, and good. “The fruition of beauty is no chance hit or miss . . . ​it is inevitable as life. . . . ​it is as exact and plumb as gravitation” (Whitman, preface to Leaves (1855), 623 (ll. 280–81). The good deeds we do in “the direct lifetime” accrue “onward afterward through the indirect lifetime . . . ​. The interest ­will come around” (Whitman, preface to Leaves (1855), 631–33 (ll. 625–86). “Whither I walk I cannot define, but I know it is good, / The ­whole universe indicates that it is good. . . . ​What is called good is perfect, and what is called sin is just as perfect, / The vegetables and minerals are all perfect . . . ​and the imponder- able fluids are perfect; / Slowly and surely they have passed on to this, and slowly and surely they will­ yet pass on” (Whitman, “To Think of Time,” in Leaves (1855), 723 (ll.116-24). 8. Douglass, “Fourth of July,” in Selected Speeches and Writings, 204. 9. There are, of course, impor­tant exceptions to this tendency within romantic thought, particularly prevalent in certain treatments of the sublime as indicative of the natu­ral world’s amoralism and indifference to man. See, for instance, Shelley’s “Mont Blanc” and Thoreau’s “Ktaadn.” 10. Timothy Morton elaborates this reading of romanticism’s normative nature in Ecol­ogy without Nature. 11. Agassiz, “Diversity of Origin,” 3; Guyot, Earth and Man, 309. 12. Grosz, Nick of Time, 90. 13. Some examples: Karen Barad converts quantum entanglement into a call to responsibility—­material relation becomes ethical obligation. Jane Bennett closes Vibrant ­Matter with a “Nicene Creed” to entangled complex- ity, turning a material condition into an article of not just empirical but moral faith. Or Michelle Wright, embracing a fluid ontology of identity, concludes that if “we are not fixed quantities but ever-­shifting qualities,” then “equality . . . ​is a ­matter of qualitative connection rather than quantitative sameness”: mutual involvement ­here becomes equivalent to mutual re­spect (Physics of Blackness, 34). 14. Puar, Terrorist Assemblages, 206. 15. Ibid., 215. 16. Connolly, Fragility of Things,­ 10. 17. Thoreau, “Walking,” in Excursions, 128. 18. Although this is a citation from D. A. Miller’s The Novel and the Police, the discussion I am thinking of here­ is Eve Kosofsky Sedgwick’s analy­sis of

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 204 11/1/17 11:57 AM Note to page 170 205

the hermeneutics of suspicion (where she quotes this line from Miller) in Touching Feeling, 139. 19. Caroline Levine raises this possibility in her analy­sis of the “affor- dances of form” in literary fiction. In her argument for “broadening our definition of form to include social arrangements,” Levine shows how formalist analy­sis can “be as valuable to understanding sociopo­liti­cal institutions as it is to reading lit­er­a­ture.” Posthumanist materialism can itself be understood as chiefly a shift in form—an attempt to reimagine the world from the perspective of pro­cesses and assemblages rather than individuals and identities. In this re­spect, we can think of posthumanism as a mode of formal analy­sis, and lit­er­a­ture as a particularly rich and rewarding site for developing our attentiveness to the morphology of connectivity (Levine, Forms, 2).

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 205 11/1/17 11:57 AM 153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 206 11/1/17 11:57 AM works cited

Adair, James. The History of the American Indians. London: Edward and Charles Dilley, 1775. Agamben, Giorgio. Homo Sacer: Sovereign Power and Bare Life. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1998. ——­ —.­ The Open: Man and Animal. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2003. Agassiz, Louis. Contributions to the Natu­ral History of the United States of Ameri­ ca­ . Vol. 1. Boston: Little,­ Brown, 1857. —­—­—. “The Diversity of Origin of the Human­ Races.” Christian Examiner (July 1850): 1–36. ——­ —.­ Lake Superior: Its Physical Character Vegetation and Animals Compared with Those­ of Other and Similar Regions. Boston: Gould, Kendall and Lincoln, 1850. —­—­—. “Sketch of the Natu­ral Provinces of the Animal World and their Relation to the Dif­fer­ent Types of Man.” In Types of Mankind, 2nd ed., edited by Josiah Nott and George Gliddon, lviii–­lxxvi. Philadelphia: Lippincott Grambo, 1854. Agassiz, Louis, and Augustus Gould. Princi­ples of Zoology. Boston: Gould, Kendall, and Lincoln, 1848. Ahmed, Sarah. “Imaginary Prohibitions: Some Remarks on the Founding Gestures of the ‘New Materialism.’ ” Eu­ro­pean Journal of ­Women’s Studies 15:1 (2008): 23–39. Alaimo, Stacy. Bodily Natures: Science, Environment, and the Material Self. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 2010. Alaimo, Stacy, and Susan Hekman, eds. Material Feminisms. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 2008. Alfred, G. Taiaiake. “First Nations Perspectives on Po­liti­cal Identity.” First Nations Citizenship Research and Policy Series: Building Towards­ Change. Ottowa: Assembly of First Nations, 2009. Anonymous. “Editor’s ­Table.” Harper’s New Monthly Magazine 4:23 (April 1852): 699–702.

207

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 207 11/1/17 11:57 AM 208 Works Cited

Arsić, Branka. Bird Relics: Grief and Vitalism in Thoreau. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 2016. Bachman, Rev. John. The Doctrine of the Unity of the Human­ Race. Charleston, S.C.: C. Canning, 1850. Barad, Karen. Meeting the Universe Halfway: Quantum Physics and the ­Entanglement of ­Matter and Meaning. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 2007. Barnes, Elizabeth. “Manhood and the Limits of Sympathy in Douglass and Melville.” In Frederick Douglass and Herman Melville: Essays in Relation, edited by Robert Levine and Samuel Otter, 233–57. Chapel Hill: ­University of North Carolina Press, 2008. Barton, Benjamin Smith. New Views on the Origin of the Tribes and Nations of Ameri­ ca­ . Philadelphia: Printed for the author by John Bioren, 1797. Bauerlein, Mark. Whitman and the American Idiom. Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1991. Bay, Mia. The White Image in the Black Mind: African-­American Ideas about White ­People, 1830–1920. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2000. Bellin, Joshua. “In the Com­pany of Savagists.” Concord Saunterer 16 (2008): 1–32. Bennett, Jane. “Systems and ­Things: On Vital Materialism and Object-­ Oriented Philosophy.” In The Nonhuman Turn, edited by Richard Grusin, 223–39. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2015. ——­ —.­ Vibrant Matter:­ A Po­liti­cal Ecol­ogy of Things­ . Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 2010. ——­ —.­ “Whitman’s Sympathies.” Politi­ cal­ Research Quarterly 69:3 (Septem- ber 2016): 607–20. Berger, Michael. Thoreau’s Late Career­ and the Dispersion of Seeds. Rochester, N.Y.: Camden House, 2000. Bertolini, Vincent. “ ‘Hinting’ and ‘Reminding’: The Rhe­toric of Performa- tive Embodiment in Leaves of Grass.” ELH 69 (2002): 1047–82. Boggs, Colleen Glenney. Animalia Americana: Animal Represen­ ta­ tions­ and Biopo­liti­cal Subjectivity. New York: Press, 2013. Bogost, Ian. Alien Phenomenology, or What It’s Like to Be a Thing­ . ­Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2012. Borst, Raymond. The Thoreau Log: A Documentary Life of Henry David Thoreau, 1817–1862. New York: G. K. Hall, 1992. Braidotti, Rosi. The Posthuman. Cambridge: Polity Press, 2013. Braude, Ann. Radical Spirits: Spiritualism and ­Women’s Rights in Nineteenth-­ Century Ameri­ ca­ . Boston: Beacon Press, 1989.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 208 11/1/17 11:57 AM Works Cited 209

Breitweiser, Mitchell. National Melancholy: Mourning and Opportunity in Classic American Liter­ a­ ture.­ Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2007. Briggs, Laura. “The Race of Hysteria: ‘Overcivilization’ and the ‘Savage’ ­Woman in Late Nineteenth-­Century Obstetrics and Gynecol­ogy.” American Quarterly 52:2 (2000): 246–73. Brown, Wendy. Undoing the Demos: Neoliberalism’s Stealth Revolution. New York: Zone Books, 2015. Bryant, Levi. The Democracy of Objects. London: Open Humanities Press, 2011. Buck-­Morss, Susan. “Hegel and Haiti.” Critical Inquiry 26:4 (Summer 2000): 821–65. Buell, Lawrence. The Environmental Imagination: Thoreau Nature Writing and the Formation of American Culture. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1995. Burder, George. The Welch Indians; or, A Collection of papers respecting a ­people whose ancestors emigrated from Wales to Amer­i­ca in the year 1170, with prince Modoc . . . ​and are now said to inhabit a beautiful country on the west side of the Mississippi. London, 1787. Cameron, Sharon. Writing Nature: Henry Thoreau’s Journal. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989. Car­ter, J. Kameron. Race: A Theological Account. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2008. Cartwright, Samuel. “Unity of the ­Human Race Disproved by the Hebrew Bible.” DeBow’s Review 29:2 (August 1860): 129–36. Castiglia, Christopher. Interior States: Institutional Consciousness and the Inner Life of Democracy in the Antebellum United States. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 2008. Castronovo, Russ. Fathering the Nation: American Genealogies of Slavery and Freedom. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1995. ——­ —.­ Necro Citizenship: Death, Eroticism, and the Public Sphere in the Nineteenth-­Century United States. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 2001. Catlin, George. Letters and Notes on the Manners, Customs, and Condition of the North American Indians. Vol. 1. London: Published by the author, 1841. Césaire, Aimé. Discourse on Colonialism. Translated by Joan Pinkham. New York: Monthly Review Press, 2000. Chakrabarty, Dipesh. “The Climate of History: Four ­Theses.” Critical Inquiry 35 (2009): 197–222.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 209 11/1/17 11:57 AM 210 Works Cited

Chen, Mel Y. Animacies: Biopolitics Racial Mattering and Queer Affect. ­Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 2012. Chesnutt, Charles. Frederick Douglass. Boston: Small Maynard, 1899. Cobb, Thomas. Inquiry into the Law of Negro Slavery in the United States of Ameri­ ca.­ 1858. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1999. Cohen, Jeffrey Jerome. Medieval Identity Machines. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2003. Colbert, Charles. Haunted Visions: Spiritualism in American Art. Philadel- phia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 2011. Colebrook, Claire. Death of the Posthuman. Vol. 1. London: Open Humani- ties Press, 2014. Connolly, William. The Fragility of Things:­ Self-­Organizing Pro­cesses, ­Neoliberal Fantasies, and Demo­cratic Activism. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 2013. —­—­—. “Species Evolution and Cultural Freedom.” Politi­ cal­ Research Quarterly 67:2 (June 2014): 441–52. Coulthard, Glen. Red Skin, White Masks: Rejecting the Colonial Politics of Recognition. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2014. Coviello, Peter. Intimacy in Amer­i­ca: Dreams of Affiliation in Antebellum Ameri­ ca­ . Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2005. ——­ —.­ Tomorrow’s Parties: Sex and the Untimely in Nineteenth-­Century Ameri­ ca­ . New York: New York University Press, 2013. Cox, Robert. Body and Soul: A Sympathetic History of American Spiritualism. Charlottesville: University of Virginia­ Press, 2003. Dain, Bruce. A Hideous Monster of the Mind: American Race Theory in the Early Republic. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1996. Darwin, Charles. Life and Letters of Charles Darwin. 3 vols. Edited by Francis Darwin. London: John Murray, 1888. ——­ —.­ On the Origin of Species. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2008. Davis, David Brion. Inhuman Bondage: The Rise and Fall of Slavery in the New World. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2006. Davis, Rebecca Harding. Bits of Gossip. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1904. Davis, Andrew Jackson. Death and the Afterlife: Eight Eve­ning Lectures on the Summer-­Land. Rochester, N.Y.: Austin Publishing, 1911. ——­ —.­ Morning Lectures: Twenty Discourses Delivered before the Friends of Pro­gress in the City of New York in the Winter and Spring of 1863. New York: C. M. Plumb, 1865. ——­ —.­ The Philosophy of Spiritual Intercourse. New York: Fowler and Wells, 1851. ——­ —.­ The Pres­ent Age and Inner Life. New York: Partridge and Britton, 1855.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 210 11/1/17 11:57 AM Works Cited 211

——­ —.­ A Stellar Key to the Summer Land. Part 1. Boston: William White, 1867. Dean, Bradley. “Henry D. Thoreau and Horace Greeley Exchange Letters on the Spontaneous Generation of Plants.” New ­England Quarterly 66:4 (December 1993): 630–38. Delany, Martin. “The Po­liti­cal Destiny of the Colored Race on the ­American Continent.” In Martin Delany: A Documentary Reader, edited by Robert S. Levine, 245–79. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2003. DeLombard, Jeannine. “ ‘Eye-­Witness to the Cruelty’: Southern Vio­lence and Northern Testimony in Frederick Douglass’s 1845 Narrative.” American Lit­er­a­ture 73:2 (2001): 245–75. Derrida, Jacques. The Animal That Therefore I Am. New York: Fordham University Press, 2008. Diamond, Cora. “The Difficulty of Real­ity and the Difficulty of Philoso- phy.” In Philosophy and Animal Rights, edited by Cary Wolfe, 43–90. New York: Columbia University Press, 2008. Dimock, Wai Chee. Through Other Continents: American Lit­er­a­ture across Deep Time. Prince­ton, N.J.: Prince­ton University Press, 2006. —­—­—. “Whitman, Syntax, and Po­liti­cal Theory.” In Breaking Bounds: Whitman and American Cultural Studies, edited by Betsy Erkkila and Jay Grossman, 30–43. New York: Oxford University Press, 1996. Discussions on the Constitution Proposed to the People­ of Mas­sa­chu­setts by the Convention of 1853. Boston: Little,­ Brown, 1854. Dods, Rev. John Bovee. The Philosophy of Electro-­Biology. New York: Fowler and Wells, 1851. Donaldson, Scott. Archibald MacLeish: An American Life. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1992. Douglas, Ann. The Feminization of American Culture. New York: Avon, 1977. Douglass, Frederick. Address Delivered by Hon. Frederick Douglass, at the Third Annual Nashville Fair of the Tennessee Colored Agricultural and Mechanical Association. Washington, D.C.: Library of Congress. http://­hdl.loc​.­gov​/​ loc­ .​ mss­ /​ mfd­ .​ 22023.­ Accessed May 19, 2017. ——­ —.­ Frederick Douglass: Autobiographies. Edited by Henry Louis Gates. New York: Library of Amer­i­ca, 1994. ——­ —.­ Frederick Douglass: Selected Speeches and Writings. Edited by Philip Foner and Yuval Taylor. Chicago: Lawrence Hill Books, 1999. Easton, Hosea. Treatise on the Intellectual Character and Civil and Po­liti­cal Condition of the Colored People­ of the United States and the Prejudice Exercised ­toward Them. Boston: I. Knapp, 1837.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 211 11/1/17 11:57 AM 212 Works Cited

Ellis, Cristin. “Amoral Abolitionism: Frederick Douglass and the Environ- mental Case Against Slavery.” American Lit­er­a­ture 86:2 (Summer 2014): 275–303. —­—­—. “Numb Networks: Race, Identity, and the Politics of Impersonal Sympathies.” Politi­ cal­ Research Quarterly 69:3 (September 2016): 626–32. Emerson, Ralph Waldo. Emerson: Essays and Lectures. Edited by Joel Porte. New York: Library of Amer­i­ca, 1983. ——­ —.­ Journals and Miscellaneous Notebooks. 16 vols. Edited by William H. Gilman, Ralph H. Orth et al. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1960–82. Erkkila, Betsy. Whitman the Po­liti­cal Poet. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989. Esposito, Roberto. Immunitas: The Protection and Negation of Life. Cambridge:­ Polity Press, 2011. ——­ —.­ Bios: Biopolitics and Philosophy. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2008. Fielder, Brigitte. “Animal Humanism: Race, Species, and Affective Kinship in Nineteenth-­Century Abolitionism.” American Quarterly 65:3 (Septem- ber 2013): 487–514. Fitzhugh, George. Cannibals All! Or, Slaves without Masters. Edited by C. Vann Woodward. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press, 1988. ——­ —.­ Sociology for the South; or, The Failure of Free­ Society. Richmond, Va.: A. Morris, 1854. Fleck, Richard. Henry Thoreau and John Muir among the Indians. Hamden, Conn.: Archon Books, 1985. Fleck, Richard, ed. The Indians of Thoreau: Se­lections from the Indian Notebooks of Henry David Thoreau. Albuquerque, N.M.: Hummingbird Press, 1974. Foreman, F. Gabrielle. “Sentimental Abolition in Douglass’s De­cade: Revision, Erotic Conversion, and the Politics of Witnessing in ‘The Heroic Slave’ and My Bondage and My Freedom.” In Criticism and the Color Line: Desegregating American Literary Studies, edited by Henry B. Won- ham, 191–204. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1996. Foucault, Michel. The Birth of Biopolitics: Lectures at the Collège de France, 1978–79. Translated by Graham Burchell. Edited by Michel Senellart. New York: Palgrave MacMillan, 2008. ——­ —.­ The History of Sexuality, Vol. 1. Translated by Robert Hurley. New York: Vintage Books, 1978. ——­ —.­ The Order of Things:­ An Archaeology of the Human­ Sciences. New York: Routledge Classics, 2002. ——­ —.­ Society Must Be Defended: Lectures at the Collège de France, 1975–1976. London: Picador, 2003.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 212 11/1/17 11:57 AM Works Cited 213

Frederickson, George. The Black Image in the White Mind: The Debate on Afro-­American Character and Destiny, 1917–1914. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press, 1987. Fried, Michael. “Art and Objecthood.” 1967. In Art and Objecthood: Essays and Reviews, 148–72. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1998. Garnet, Henry Highland. The Past and the Pres­ent Condition and the Destiny of the Colored Race. Troy, N.Y.: J. C. Kneeland, 1848. Garrison, William Lloyd. “No Compromise with the Evil of Slavery.” 1854. In ­Ripples of Hope: ­Great American Civil Rights Speeches, edited by Josh Gottheimer, 55–58. New York: Basic Civitas Books, 2003. —­—­—. “To the Public.” The Liberator 1 (January 1831): 1. Giles, Paul. “Narrative Reversals and Power Exchanges: Frederick Douglass and British Culture.” American Lit­er­a­ture 73:4 (2001): 779–810. ——­ —.­ Virtual Amer­i­cas: Transnational Fictions and Transatlantic Imaginary. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 2002. Gilmore, Paul. Aesthetic Materialism: Electricity and American Romanticism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2009. Gossett, Thomas. Race: The History of an Idea in Amer­i­ca. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1997. Gould, Stephen Jay. The Mismea­sure of Man. 1981. Reprint, New York: W. W. Norton, 1996. Gray, Asa. “Darwin on the Origin of Species.” Atlantic Monthly (July 1860): 229–38. http://­www.theatlantic​.­com​/­magazine​/­archive​/​ ­1860​/­07​/­darwin​-­on​-­the​-­origin​-­of​-­species​/­304152. Accessed September 25, 2016. Grimes, J. Stanley. Phreno-­Geology: The Progressive Creation of Man Indicated by Natu­ral History. Boston: James Monroe, 1851. Grosz, Elizabeth. The Nick of Time: Politics, Evolution, and the Untimely. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 2004. Grusin, Richard, ed. The Nonhuman Turn. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2015. Guyot, Arnold. The Earth and Man: Lectures on Comparative Physical Geogra- phy in Its Relation to the History of Mankind. Translated by C. C. Felton. Boston: Gould, Kendall, and Lincoln, 1849. Hames-­Garcia, Michael. “How Real Is Race?” In Material Feminisms, edited by Stacy Alaimo and Susan Hekman, 308–30. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 2008. Haraway, Donna. Simians, Cyborgs and Women:­ The Reinvention of Nature. New York: Routledge, 1991. Harding, Walter, and Carl Bode, eds. The Correspondence of Henry David Thoreau. Washington Square: New York University Press, 1958.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 213 11/1/17 11:57 AM 214 Works Cited

Harding, Walter. The Days of Henry Thoreau. 1962. Reprint, New York: Dover, 1982. Haritaworn, Jinthana. “Decolonizing the Non/Human.” GLQ 21:2–3 (June 2015): 210–13. Harman, Graham. Guerrilla Metaphysics: Phenomenology and the Carpentry of ­Things. Chicago: Open Court, 2005. ——­ —.­ Prince of Networks: Bruno Latour and Metaphysics. Melbourne: re:press, 2009. Hartman, Saidiya. Scenes of Subjection: Terror, Slavery, and Self-­Making in Nineteenth-Century­ Ameri­ ca­ . Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1997. Hayles, N. Katherine. How We Became Posthuman: Virtual Bodies in Cybernet- ics, Liter­ a­ ture,­ and Informatics. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1999. Hickman, Jared. “Douglass Unbound.” Nineteenth-­Century Lit­er­a­ture 68:3 (December 2013): 323–62. Hodder, Alan. Thoreau’s Ecstatic Witness. New Haven, Conn.: Yale Univer- sity Press, 2001. Hyde, Carrie. “The Climates of Liberty: Natu­ral Rights in the Creole Case and ‘The Heroic Slave.’ ” American Lit­er­a­ture 85:3 (September 2013): 475–504. Irmscher, Christopher. Louis Agassiz: Creator of American Science. New York: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt, 2013. Jackson, Zakiyyah. “Outer Worlds: The Per­sis­tence of Race in Movement ‘Beyond the Human.’­ ” GLQ 21:2–3 (June 2015): 215–18. James, William. “Address at the Centenary of Ralph Waldo Emerson, May 25, 1903.” In William James: Writings 1902–1910, edited by Bruce Kuklick, 1119–25. New York: Literary Classics of the United States, 1987. —­—­—. “Louis Agassiz: Words Spoken by Professor William James at the Reception of the American Society of Naturalists by the President and Fellows of Harvard College at Cambridge.” December 30, 1896. Cam- bridge: Printed for the university, 1897. Joy, Eileen, and Craig Dionne, eds. “When Did We Become Post/Human?” postmedieval 1:1–2 (Spring/Summer 2010). Keyssar, Alexander. The Right to Vote: The Contested History of Democracy in the United States. Rev. ed. New York: Basic Books, 2000. Killingsworth, M. Jimmie. Walt Whitman and the Earth. Iowa City: Univer- sity of Iowa Press, 2004. ——­ —.­ Whitman’s Poetry of the Body: Sexuality, Politics, and the Text. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1989. Klammer, Martin. Whitman, Slavery, and the Emergence of Leaves of Grass. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press, 1995.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 214 11/1/17 11:57 AM Works Cited 215

Kramnick, Jonathan. Actions and Objects from Hobbes to Richardson. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2010. Kucich, John. Ghostly Communion: Cross-­Cultural Spiritualism in Nineteenth-­ Century American Liter­ a­ ture­ . Hanover, N.H.: Dartmouth University Press, 2004. Latour, Bruno. Pandora’s Hope: Essays on the Real­ity of Science Studies. ­Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1999. ——­ —.­ Politics of Nature: How to Bring the Sciences into Democracy. Translated by Catherine Porter. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 2004. Lawrence, D. H. “Whitman.” In Studies in Classic American Lit­er­a­ture, edited by Ezra Greenspan, Lindeth Vesey, and John Worthen, 148–61. 1923. Reprint, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2014. LeMenager, Stephanie. “Not ­Human, Again.” J19: The Journal of Nineteenth-­ Century Americanists 1:2 (Fall 2013): 401–10. Lemire, Elise Virginia.­ “Miscegenation”: Making Race in Amer­i­ca. Philadel- phia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 2009. Levine, Robert. Martin Delany, Frederick Douglass, and the Politics of Represen- tative Identity. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1997. Levine, Caroline. Forms: Whole, Rhythm, Hierarchy, Network. Princeton,­ N.J.: Prince­ton University Press, 2015. Levinson, Marjorie. “Of Being Numerous.” Studies in Romanticism 49:4 (Winter 2010): 633–57. Lucas, Susan. “Counter-­Frictions: Writing and Activism in the Work of Abbey and Thoreau.” In Thoreau’s Sense of Place: Essays in American Environmental Writing, edited by Richard Schneider, 266–79. Iowa City: Iowa University Press, 2000. Luciano, Dana, and Mel Chen. “Has the Queer Ever Been Human?”­ GLQ 21:2–3 (June 2015): 183–207. Lurie, Edward. Louis Agassiz: A Life in Science. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1960. Mackey, Nathaniel. “Phrenological Whitman.” Conjunctions 29 (Fall 1997). http://www.conjunctions­ .​ com­ /​ archives­ /​ c29­ -​ nm­ .​ htm.­ Accessed Febru- ary 21, 2014. Marrs, Cody. “Frederick Douglass in 1848.” American Lit­er­a­ture 85:3 (September 2013): 447–73. Maslan, Mark. Whitman Possessed: Poetry, Sexuality, and Popu­lar Authority. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 2001. Massumi, Brian. Parables for the Virtual: Movement, Affect, Sensation. ­Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 2002. Matheson, Neill. “Thoreau’s Inner Animal.” Arizona Quarterly 67:4 (Winter 2001): 1–26.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 215 11/1/17 11:57 AM 216 Works Cited

Mays, R. B. “The Divine Legation of Thomas Jefferson—­Are All Men Created ­Free!—­Are All Men Created White.” DeBow’s Review 30 (May–­ June 1861): 521–32. McGarry, Molly. Ghosts of ­Futures Past: Spiritualism and the Cultural Politics of Nineteenth-­Century Amer­i­ca. Berkeley: University of California Press, 2012. McGurl, Mark. “The New Cultural Geology.” Twentieth-­Century Lit­er­a­ture 57:3 and 57:4 (Fall/Winter 2011): 380–90. McKittrick, Katherine. “Axis Bold as Love: On Sylvia Wynter, Jimi Hen- drix, and the Promise of Science.” In Sylvia Wynter: On Being Human­ as Praxis, edited by Katherine McKittrick, 142–63. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 2015. Meillassoux, Quentin. ­After Finitude: An Essay on the Necessity of Contingency. London: Continuum, 2008. Menke, Richard. Telegraphic Realism: Victorian Fiction and Other Information Systems. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2007. Michaels, Walter Benn. “Intention at the College Art Association.” Nonsite 6 (July 1, 2012). http://nonsite.org­ /​ article­ /​ intention­ -​ at­ -​ the­ -​ college­ -​ art­ ​ -association­ -​ 2010.­ Accessed October 28, 2013. ——­ —.­ The Shape of the Signifier. Prince­ton, N.J.: Prince­ton University Press, 2004. Miller, Perry. Consciousness in Concord. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1958. Mitchell, J. Allen. Becoming Human:­ The ­Matter of the Medieval Child. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 2014. Modern, John Lardas. Secularism in Antebellum Amer­i­ca. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2011. Moon, Michael. Disseminating Whitman: Revision and Corporeality in Leaves of Grass. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1993. Moore, Jason. “The Capitalocene, Part I: On the Nature and Origins of Our Ecological Crisis.” 2014. http://­www.jasonwmoore​.­com​/­uploads​/­The​ _Capitalocene­ _​ _­​ Part­ _​ I­ _​ _­​ June­ _​ 2014­ .​ pdf.­ Accessed June 28, 2016. Moore, R. Laurence. In Search of White Crows: Spiritualism, Parapsychology, and American Culture. New York: Oxford University Press, 1977. Morton, Samuel George. Crania Americana; or, A Comparative View of the Skulls of Vari­ous Aboriginal Nations. Philadelphia: J. Dobson, 1839. Morton, Timothy. Ecol­ogy without Nature: Rethinking Environmental Ethics. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 2007. ——­ —.­ Hyperobjects: Philosophy and Ecol­ogy ­after the End of the World. Minne- apolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2013. Muñoz, José Esteban. “The Sense of Brownness.” GLQ 21:2–3 (June 2015): 209–10.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 216 11/1/17 11:57 AM Works Cited 217

Murison, Justine. The Politics of Anxiety in Nineteenth-­Century Amer­i­ca. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2011. Myers, Jeffrey. Converging Stories: Race, Ecol­ogy, and Environmental Justice in American Lit­er­a­ture. Atlanta: University of Georgia Press, 2005. Nathanson, Tenney. Whitman’s Presence: Body, Voice, and Writing in “Leaves of Grass.” New York: New York University Press, 1992. Nelson, Dana. “ ‘No Cold or Empty Heart’: Polygenesis, Scientific Profes- sionalization, and the Unfinished Business of Male Sentimentalism.” differences 11:5 (1999–2000): 29–56. Noble, Mark. American Poetic Materialism from Whitman to Stevens. ­Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2014. Noble, Marianne. “Sympathetic Listening in Frederick Douglass’s ‘The Heroic Slave’ and My Bondage and My Freedom.” Studies in American Fiction (Spring 2006): 56–76. Nott, Josiah, and George Gliddon. Indigenous Races of the Earth. Philadel- phia: J. B. Lippincott, 1857. ——­ —.­ Types of Mankind. 2nd ed. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Grambo, 1854. Outka, Paul. “(De)Composing Whitman.” ISLE 12:1 (2005): 41–60. Owen, Alex. The Darkened Room: ­Women, Power, and Spiritualism in Late Victorian ­England. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1990. Paul, Sherman. Shores of Ameri­ ca­ . Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1958. Peterson, Christopher. Bestial Traces: Race, Sexuality, Animality. New York: Fordham University Press, 2012. Phelps, Elizabeth Stuart. Gates Ajar in Three Spiritualist Novels. Chicago: University of Illinois Press, 2000. Pinsky, Robert. The Situation of Poetry: Con­temporary Poetry and Its Tradition. Prince­ton, N.J.: Prince­ton University Press, 1976. Povinelli, Elizabeth. The Cunning of Recognition. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 2002. ——­ —.­ Geontologies: A Requiem to Late Liberalism. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 2016. Pratt, Lloyd. “Douglass and Recognition after­ 1845.” American Lit­er­a­ture 85:2 (2013): 247–72. “Procedings and Debates of the ­Virginia State Convention of 1829–30.” Richmond: Samuel Shepherd & Co., 1830. Protevi, John. Po­liti­cal Affect: Connecting the Social and the Somatic. Minne- apolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2009. Puar, Jasbir. “ ‘I Would Rather Be a Cyborg than a Goddess’: Becoming-­ Intersectional in Assemblage Theory.” philoSOPHIA 2:1 (2012): 49–66. ——­ —.­ Terrorist Assemblages: Homonationalism in Queer Times. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 2007.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 217 11/1/17 11:57 AM 218 Works Cited

Reynolds, David. Beneath the American Re­nais­sance. New York: Knopf, 1988. ——­ —.­ Walt Whitman’s Amer­i­ca: A Cultural Biography. New York: Vintage Books, 1996. Richardson, Alan. British Romanticism and the Science of the Mind. Cambridge:­ Cambridge University Press, 2004. Richardson Jr., Robert. Henry Thoreau: A Life of the Mind. Berkeley: Univer- sity of California Press, 1986. Rifkin, Mark. Beyond Settler Time: Temporal Sovereignty and Indigenous Self-­Determination. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 2017. Robinson, David. Natu­ral Life: Thoreau’s Worldly Transcendentalism. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 2004. Rossi, William. “Following Thoreau’s Instincts.” In More Day to Dawn: Thoreau’s Walden for the Twenty-­First Century­ , edited by Sandra Petrulionis and Laura Dassow Walls, 82–99. Amherst: University of Mas­sa­chu­setts Press, 2007. Russert, Britt. “The Science of Freedom: Counter-­Archives of Racial Science on the Antebellum Stage.” African American Review 45:3 (Fall 2012): 291–308. Saldanha, Arun. “Bastard and Mixed-­Blood Are the True Names of Race.” In Deleuze and Race, edited by Arun Saldanha and Jason Michael Adams, 6–34. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press, 2013. Sánchez-Eppler,­ Karen. Touching Liberty: Abolition, Feminism, and the Politics of the Body. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1993. Sattelmeyer, Robert. Thoreau’s Reading. Prince­ton, N.J.: Prince­ton Univer- sity Press, 1988. Sayre, Robert. Thoreau and the American Indians. Prince­ton, N.J.: Prince­ton University Press, 1977. Schneider, Richard. “Thoreau’s Human­ Ecol­ogy.” Nineteenth-­Century Prose 35:2 (Fall 2008): 1–74. Schuller, Kyla. “Taxonomies of Feeling: The Epistemology of Sentimental- ism in Late-­Nineteenth-­Century Racial and Sexual Science.” American Quarterly 64:2 (June 2012): 277–99. Sconce, Jeffrey. Haunted Media: Electronic Presence from Telegraphy to Tele­vi­ sion. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 2000. Sedgwick, Eve Kosofsky. Touching Feeling: Affect, Pedagogy, Performativity. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 2003. Seeman, Erik. “Native Spirits, Shaker Visions: Speaking with the Dead in the Early Republic.” Journal of the Early Republic 35:3 (Fall 2015): 347–53. Shelley, Percy Bysshe. “A Defence of Poetry.” In Romantic Poetry and Prose, edited by Harold Bloom and Lionel Trilling, 746–62. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1973.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 218 11/1/17 11:57 AM Works Cited 219

Shukin, Nicole. Animal Capital: Rendering Life in Biopo­liti­cal Times. Minne- apolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2009. Smith, Helen Sootin. Introduction to The Gates Ajar, by Elizabeth Stuart Phelps. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap-­Harvard University Press, 1964. Smith, Justin E. H. Divine Machines: Leibniz and the Sciences of Life. Prince­ ton, N.J.: Prince­ton University Press, 2011. Smith, Kerri. “Brain Decoding: Reading Minds.” Nature, October 23, 2013. http://­www.nature​.­com​/­news​/­brain​-­decoding​-­reading​-­minds​-­1​.­13989. Accessed May 12, 2014. Smith, Samuel Stanhope. An Essay on the ­Causes of the Variety of the Complex- ion and Figure in the ­Human Species. 2nd ed. New Brunswick, N.J.: J. Simpson, 1810. Spillers, Hortense. “Mama’s Baby Papa’s Maybe: An American Grammar Book.” Diacritics 17:2 (1987): 64–81. Stepan, Nancy Leys. The Idea of Race in Science: ­Great Britain 1800–1960. New Haven, Conn.: Macmillan Press, 1982. Suarez-Krabbe,­ Julia. Race, Rights, and Rebels: Alternatives to Human­ Rights and Development from the Global South. New York: Rowman and Little- field, 2016. Sundquist,­ Eric. To Wake the Nations: Race in the Making of American Lit­er­a­ ture. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press, 1993. TallBear, Kim. “An Indigenous Perspective on Working beyond the Human/Not ­Human.” GLQ 21:2–3 (June 2015): 230–36. ——­ —.­ Native American DNA: Tribal Belonging and the False Promise of Gene­ tic­ Science. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2013. Tamarkin, Elisa. Anglophilia: Deference, Devotion, and Antebellum Amer­i­ca. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2008. Tauber, Alfred. Henry David Thoreau and the Moral Agency of Knowing. Berkeley: University of California Press, 2003. Taylor, Thomas. A Vindication of the Rights of Brutes. 1792. Gainesville, Fla.: Scholars’ Facsimiles and Imprints, 1966. Taylor, Matt. Universes without Us: Posthuman Cosmologies in American Lit­er­a­ture. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2013. Taylor, Charles. A Secular Age. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 2007. Thoreau, Henry David. The Dispersion of Seeds. In Faith in a Seed: The Dispersion of Seeds and Other Late Natu­ral History Writings, edited by Bradley Dean, 23–210. Washington, D.C.: Island Press, 1993. ——­ —.­ Excursions. Edited by Joseph J. Moldenhauer. Prince­ton, N.J.: Prince­ton University Press, 1975.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 219 11/1/17 11:57 AM 220 Works Cited

——­ —.­ The Higher Law: Thoreau on Civil Disobedience and Reform. Edited by Wendell Glick, 145–54. Prince­ton, N.J.: Prince­ton University Press, 2004. ——­ —.­ “Indian Notebook.” MA 596-606, Pierpont Morgan Library, Department of Literary and Historical Manuscripts, New York. ——­ —.­ The Journal of Henry D. Thoreau. 7 vols. Edited by John C. Broder- ick, Robert Sattelmeyer, Elizabeth Hall Witherell et al. Prince­ton, N.J.: Prince­ton University Press, 1972. ——­ —.­ Reform Papers. Edited by Wendell Glick. Prince­ton, N.J.: Prince­ton University Press, 1973. ——­ —.­ Walden and Civil Disobedience. Edited by Owen Thomas. New York: W. W. Norton, 1966. ——­ —.­ “Wild Apples” and Other Natu­ral History Essays. Edited by William Ross. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 2002. ——­ —.­ Wild Fruits. Edited by Bradley Dean. New York: W. W. Norton, 2000. Thrailkill, Jane. Affecting Fictions: Mind, Body, and Emotion in American Literary Realism. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 2007. Thrift, Nigel. Non-­Representational Theory: Space, Politics, Affect. New York: Routledge, 2007. Tiffany, Daniel. Infidel Poetics: Riddles, Nightlife, Substance. Chicago: Univer- sity of Chicago Press, 2009. Tompkins, Kyla. Racial Indigestion: Eating Bodies in the Nineteenth ­Century. New York: New York University Press, 2012. Tucker, Irene. The Moment of Racial Sight. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2012. Turner, Jack. “Performing Conscience: Thoreau, Po­liti­cal Action, and the Plea for John Brown.” Politi­ cal­ Theory 33:4 (August 2005): 448–71. Van Doren, Mark. Henry David Thoreau: A Critical Study. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1916. Vendler, Helen. Invisible Listeners: Lyric Intimacy in Herbert, Whitman, and Ashbery. Prince­ton, N.J.: Prince­ton University Press, 2005. Walker, David. “Walker’s Appeal, in Four Articles; Together with a Pre- amble, to the Coloured Citizens of the World, but in Par­tic­u­lar, and Very Expressly, to ­Those of the United States of Amer­i­ca, Written in Boston, State of Mas­sa­chu­setts, September 28, 1829.” Boston: Revised and published by David Walker, 1830. http://docsouth.unc­ .​ edu­ /​ nc­ /​ walker­ /​ walker­ .​ html.­ Accessed November 17, 2015. Walls, Laura Dassow. “Agassiz.” In The American Re­nais­sance in New ­England: Third Series, edited by Wesley Mott, 3–13. Detroit: Gale Group, 2001.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 220 11/1/17 11:57 AM Works Cited 221

——­ —.­ Seeing New Worlds: Henry David Thoreau and Nineteenth-­Century Natural­ Science. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1995. —­—­—. “Textbooks and Texts from the Brooks: Inventing Scientific Authority in Ameri­ ca.”­ American Quarterly 49:1 (March 1997): 1–25. Warner, Michael. “Whitman Drunk.” In Breaking Bounds: Whitman and American Cultural Studies, edited by Betsey Erkkila and Jay Grossman, 30–43. New York: Oxford University Press, 1996. Warren, Jim. “Whitman Land: John Burroughs’s Pastoral Criticism.” ISLE 8:1 (Winter 2001): 83–96. Weheliye, Alexander. Habeas Viscus: Racializing Assemblages, Biopolitics, and Black Feminist Theories of the Human­ . Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 2014. Whitman, Walt. Editorial. Brooklyn Daily Ea­gle, November 16, 1846. ——­ —.­ Leaves of Grass and Other Writings. Edited by Michael Moon. New York: W. W. Norton, 2002. ——­ —.­ Notebooks and Unpublished Writings. 6 vols. Edited by Edward Grier. New York: New York University Press, 2007. Wilson, Ivy. Specters of Democracy: Blackness and the Aesthetics of Politics in the Antebellum U.S. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2011. Wimsatt, William K., and Monroe C. Beardsley. “The Affective Fallacy.” Sewanee Review 57:1 (1949): 31–55. Wolfe, Cary. What Is Posthumanism? Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2010. Wordsworth,­ William. The Prose Works of William Words­worth. 3 vols. Edited by W. J. B. Owen and Jane Worthington Smyser. Oxford: Claren- don Press, 1974. Wright, Michelle. Physics of Blackness: Beyond the ­Middle Passage Epistemology. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2015. Wynter, Sylvia. “1492: A New World View.” In Race, Discourse, and the ­Origin of the Amer­i­cas, edited by Vera L. Hyatt and Rex Nettleford, 5–57. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1995. —­—­—. “Disenchanting Discourse: ‘Minority’ Literary Criticism and Beyond.” Cultural Critique 7 (Fall 1987): 207–44. —­—­—. “No Humans­ Involved: An Open Letter to My Colleagues.” Forum N.H.I.: Knowledge for the Twenty-­First Century­ 1:1 (1994): 42–73. —­—­—. “On How We Mistook the Map for the Territory and Re-­Imprisoned Ourselves in Our Unbearable Wrongness of Being, Desêtre: Black Studies ­Toward the Human­ Proj­ect.” In Not Only the Master’s Tools: African-­American Studies in Theory and Practice, edited by Lewis Gordon and Jane Gordon, 107–69. New York: Routledge, 2005.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 221 11/1/17 11:57 AM 222 Works Cited

Wynter, Sylvia and Katherine McKittrick. “Unparalleled Catastrophe for Our Species? Or to Give Humanness a Dif­fer­ent ­Future: Conversations.” In Sylvia Wynter: On Being ­Human as Praxis, edited by Katherine McKittrick, 9–89. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 2014.

153-71159_ch01_3P.indd 222 11/1/17 11:57 AM Index

abolitionism: aligned with transnational Agassiz, Louis, 15, 32, 38, 65–69, revolutionary movement, 53; amoral, 72–73, 75–79, 81–83, 85, 88–89, 166, 57; and animals, 53; antiracist aims 179n28, 184n15, 185n42, 187–88n73; of, 5; critique of dehumanization, 1; Contributions to the Natural History of denunciation of John Brown’s violent the United States of American, 77–78; methods by, 85; and evolutionary “An Essay on Classification”, 77.See time, 16; as means of national also Darwin, Charles; Gray, Asa; repentance, 55; moral rhetoric of, polygenism; Thoreau, Henry David 15, 36, 182n88; as outcome of the agency: cultural, 145; of dissemination, Enlightenment, 30; pluralizing 79; human, 14, 62, 84, 93, 95, 152, 163; tradition of, 153; as pragmatic individual, 16, 96, 204n6; liberal, 105; necessity, 15; rise of immediatist material, 6, 87, 92, 163, 168; minor, abolitionism in the US, 3, 25, 32; and 91, 93–94; moral, 89, 92; natural, 145; Spiritualism, 103–4; universalism of, nonhuman, 18, 54, 56, 95, 152, 162, 174n9. See also antislavery; Douglass, 165; posthumous, 90; rational, 59–60; Frederick; Garrison, William Lloyd; of seeds, 75, 91; sovereign, 93 Garrisonians; Phillips, Wendell; Alaimo, Stacy, 6, 145, 176n35 Thoreau, Henry David; Walker, Alfred, Taiaiake, 154–55, 202n46 David; Weld, Theodore American Academy of Arts and abolitionists. See abolitionism Sciences, 79 action: conscientious, 17, 62, 64, 94, American Association for the 160; and causation, 156, 176–77n38; Advancement of Science, 65, 76 embodied accounts of, 2, 174n6; American school of ethnology. See and intentions, 54; intra-, 153; of polygenism the minutest causes, 31; moral, 50; Amistad mutiny, 32 poetry’s, 124; political, 56, 92, 170, animal: body, 54, 61; differentiation 191n97; revolutionary, 60 from human, 27, 29, 33, 41–42, 46–47, Adair, James, 187 49–50, 54, 67, 75, 80, 95, 139–40, Adams, John, 24, 89 144; diversity of the, 144; humanism adaptation, 31, 62, 76, 78–79, 81, 85, and, 29; instincts, 9, 46–47, 59, 166; 93, 194n38. See also development, violent resistance of, 27, 46, 49–52, 55, speciological; evolution; speciation 57; rights of, 8–9. See also animality; affect: affective nationalism, 17; dehumanization; the nonhuman; assemblages of, 168; economies speciesism of, 195n53; federalization of, 17; animality, 27–28, 42, 46, 51, 53, 133, political, 94, 168; of solidarity, 54; 139, 145, 160, 175n13, 203n54. See subconscious, 6; theory, 111 also dehumanization; the nonhuman; Agamben, Giorgio, 29, 146, 176n37, speciesism 203n2 Anthropocene, 142–43

223

153-71159_ch02_3P.indd 223 11/1/17 11:55 AM 224 Index

antiracism, 134, 136–37, 143, 145–48, biologism, 4–6, 14, 19, 26, 61, 84, 87, 156, 197n79, 200n23 96, 102, 148. See also embodiment; Anti-Slavery Society, 37 materialism antislavery: activism, 14, 64; biopolitics, 8, 10–11, 20–21, 53, 139–40, argumentation, 26–28, 83; 151, 176nn28,30,37, 200n22 ethnologies, 28; intensification Black Hawk’s War, 32 of sentiment of, 3, 30; liberalism, Blackness, 53, 58, 97, 138, 145, 173n2 96–97; materialism, 4–8, 13–14, 20, body: animal, 29, 54, 61; Black, 1, 54, 56–57, 60, 93, 95, 132, 134–36, 3–4, 88, 97, 127, 131; collective, 10; 138, 160, 163, 165, 174n9; militant, human, 12–13, 30, 62, 106, 108, 127, 37; posthumanism and, 19; racial 131, 176n35; material, 2, 6, 50, 99, distinctions and, 36; reform, 63; 132; mind and, 6, 9, 20; nervous, 17, resistance, 55; sentimentalism, 99, 127; processual, 99, 126; soul and, 178n12; U.S. Constitution and, 37; 9–10. See also bioelectricity; Whitman, violence, 52 Walt Aristotle, 9, 190n80 Boggs, Colleen Glenney, 21, 53, 180n42, Arsic, Branka, 72, 184n15, 185n38 203n54 art, 120–22, 196nn59,62 Bohr, Niels, 146 assemblages, 68, 94, 134, 136, 139, 146, Borst, Raymond, 189n79 150, 162–65, 168, 176n28, 205n19 Boston Society of Natural History, 79 autonomy: contingency and, 106; and Braidotti, Rosi, 145 democracy, 2; and dispossession, 110; Braude, Anne, 105, 191n4 fiction of, 111; of human agency, 14, Brown, John, 16, 27, 37, 62, 84–94, 124, 55, 60, 96–97, 156, 158; of the liberal 183n6, 190nn80,86. See also Thoreau, subject, 103, 105, 166; and matter, Henry David 12; moral, 11, 93; of poetry, 123–24; Brown, Wendy, 10 transcendent, 102 Bryant, Levi, 151, 177n44 Buck-Morss, Susan, 178n17 Bachman, John, The Doctrine of the Unity Buell, Lawrence, 62–63, 70, 183nn4,6 of the Human Race, 34 Burder, George, 187–88n73 Badmington, Neill, 145 Burke, Edmund, 8 Barad, Karen, 75, 149, 153, 176n35, 204n13 Calhoun, John C., 33 Barton, Benjamin Smith, 187–88n73, Cambridge Scientific Society, 189n75 186–87n60 Batchelder, James, 51 Cameron, Sharon, 62, 70, 183n4 Bay, Mia, 25, 34, 39–40, 180n49 Carter, J. Kameron, 175n23 Beardsley, Monroe, 120 Cartwright, Samuel, 32, 179n28 Bellin, Joshua, 187n73 Castiglia, Christopher, 17 Bennett, Jane, 126, 145, 152, 157, 204n13 Castronovo, Russ, 50, 133, 174n9 Berger, Michael, 80–81 Catlin, George, 32 Bertolini, Vincent, 197n74 Césaire, Aimé, 140, 159 bestialization. See dehumanization Chakrabarty, Dipesh, 63 biocapitalism, 139 Chambers, Robert, 66 bioelectricity: communicative function change: climate, 142–43; ecological, 20, of, 104; materiality of, 102; as 84, 92; embodied, 75; evolutionary, 16, medium, 118; and popular therapeutic 64, 132, 160; habitat, 67; moral, 94, movements, 101; and the self, 193n27; 133; natural, 75, 91, 166; physical, 66; supernaturalism of, 106; theory of, political, 60, 85, 90, 93, 163; social, 85; 115, 118; transcendentalism of, 107. speciological, 66, 75–76, 90, 96 See also body; Whitman, Walt Chen, Mel, 56, 145, 199n8, 203nn5,6

153-71159_ch02_3P.indd 224 11/1/17 11:55 AM Index 225

Christiana Riot, 48, 50. See also determinism, biological, 6, 12, 17, Douglass, Frederick 145–46, 149, 156, 158, 162. See also citizens, 10–11, 133, 144, 147–48 race; racism Colebrook, Claire, 141 development: economic, 143; geological, Coleridge, Samuel Taylor, 166 166; human, 68, 75, 84, 140, colonialism, 83, 147, 154, 158, 173n3 185–86n45, 201n24; natural, 76; communication: biolelectrical model speciological, 15, 75, 79, 83–84, 92–93, of, 115–18; Earthly, 109; electrical, 129, 188–89n74 194n43; embodied, 118; haptic, 114; Diamond, Cora, 36 poetic, 17, 98, 120, 123; spiritual, difference: aesthetic of, 32; between 104–5, 107, 111, 191nn3,4 bodies and texts, 116, 118; cultural, community: celestial, 103; global, 55–56; 154; embodied, 84, 132, 134; and identity and, 4; imagined, 16–18; forms of life, 12–13; human, 19, 40, interdependence and, 167; lyric, 124; 53, 75, 77, 153; moral, 34, 42, 174n8; national, 60; with the nonhuman population and, 18; racial, 16, 19, 21, environment, 154; political, 131; 27, 31, 33, 39–40, 45, 53, 60, 63, 75, 81, proximity constitutes, 54; scientific, 83, 97, 126, 130, 132; and social justice 76; suburban, 103 theory, 149; speciological, 53–54, Connolly, William, 94, 169 176n37, 185–86n45 Constitution (U.S.), 23, 37, 48, 177n1 Dimock, Wai Chee, 90–92, 198n88 constitution, 16, 60, 76, 88–89, 93, 126, diversity: of America, 194n38; of animal 139. See also body life, 158; embodied, 15, 26, 29–31, 35, Conway, Moncure Daniel, 32, 34 89; human, 34; moral, 15; of nature, Cope, Alexander, 185–86n45 67–68; speciological, 144. See also Coviello, Peter, 17, 118–19, 195n48 difference Cox, Robert, 107 Dods, Reverend John Bovee, 193n27 cybernetics, 194n43 Douglass, Frederick: abolitionism, 5, 15, 37, 46, 50, 52–53, 55, 57, 132, 174n9; Darwin, Charles, 78–82, 85–86, 88, 100, and American Revolutionary rhetoric, 108, 146, 167, 184n15, 195–96n53; On 50, 55, 57–59; “Claims of the Negro the Origin of Species, 77, 79–81, 190n80. Ethnologically Considered,” 15, 38, See also Agassiz, Louis; evolution; 40–46; criticism of animal abuse, Gray, Asa; monogenism; racial science 181n80; and the doctrine of natural Davis, Andrew Jackson, 102, 104–7, rights, 46–52; “Freedom’s Battle at 193n27 Christiana,” 48–50; The Heroic Slave, Davis, Jefferson, 33 15, 47–48, 52, 55, 57–60, 163–64; and Declaration of Independence, 20, liberalism, 4–5, 8, 14, 17–19, 39, 46, 23–24, 36 55–58, 60, 96–97, 133–34, 138; and dehumanization, 1, 24, 28, 34, 40, 53, materialism, 4–5, 7–8, 14, 17–19, 133, 136, 139–41, 147, 149, 174n9, 28, 56–57, 60, 95–97, 132–35, 138, 175n13, 200n23. See also animal; 160, 165, 174n9; and moral suasion, animality; the nonhuman; the 36–38, 54, 180n42; My Bondage and subhuman My Freedom, 47, 52, 57, 180n42; Delany, Martin, 40 The Narrative, 47, 157; “Peaceful Deleuze, Gilles, 13, 146, 201n25 Annihilation of Slavery Is Hopeless,” democracy: deliberative, 61; liberal, 4, 51; and racial science, 27–28, 35–46; 19–20, 28, 151; of objects, 18, 177n44; and violence, 27, 46–60; “What to personhood and, 130; posthumanist, the Slave Is the Fourth of July?”, 99; representational, 17, 99 15, 54–55, 57. See also abolitionism; Derrida, Jacques, 120, 144–46, 157–58 animal; animality; Christiana Riot desire, 52, 104, 110–11, 117, 123, 165 Dred Scott decision, 130

153-71159_ch02_3P.indd 225 11/1/17 11:55 AM 226 Index

Easton, Hosea, 39 Erkkila, Betsey, 127 ecologism, 62–64, 93 Esposito, Roberto, 12, 150–51, ecology: human, 63, 77; of 176nn30,35,37, 202n38 interdependencies, 12; political, 64, essentialism, 5–6, 14, 86, 88, 132, 146, 84, 165; and racial science, 63, 81 150, 162. See also determinism egalitarianism, 8, 10, 197n79, 198n88 ethnology. See racial science embodiment: animalistic, 11; evolution: Darwinian, 79–80, 100–1, bioelectrical, 110, 112, 127; and 148, 167, 184n15, 185–86n45, determinism, 12; Douglass’s embrace 186–87n60; moral, 133, 149, 166; pre-­ of, 57; human, 14, 36, 132, 158, 202n52, Darwinian, 15; and racial difference, 203n6; ideologies of, 5, 174n9; material, 81; speciological, 144; Spiritualist, 30, 116; nature and, 6, 13; nervous, 102; teleological, 6; transmutationist, 193n27; ontology of, 19, 160; poetics of, 68. See also adaptation; Agassiz, Louis; 114; politics of, 14, 19, 41, 95; Thoreau Darwin, Charles; development, and, 64; of whiteness, 97; Whitmanian, speciological; Gray, Asa; racial science; 99–100, 108. See also biologism; body; speciation; Thoreau, Henry David constitution; materialism Evrie, John Van, 32 Emerson, Ralph Waldo, 61, 64, 66–67, exceptionalism: human, 29–30, 100, 138, 70, 72, 77, 114 151, 155–57, 159; white racial, 100 emigrationists, Black, 44 empiricism, 11, 13, 30, 56–57, 60, 62, 69, Fanon, Frantz, 155 72–74, 76, 133, 146, 166, 176–77n38, feminism, 25, 104–5, 145, 153, 199 178n12, 183n4, 185–86n45 Fielder, Brigitte, 53 Enlightenment, 8, 10, 29–30, 173n3, Fitzhugh, George, 33–34 176–77n38, 178n18 Fleck, Richard, 82 entanglement: of being and knowing, flesh: as bodily material 6, 17, 78–79, 165; human and nonhuman, 162; 88, 102, 110, 113, 114, 117, 126, 158; of mind and body, 6; nervous, 98; distinction between Esposito’s use ontology of, 153, 159; quantum, 150, of this term and Hortense Spillers’s, 204n13; worldly, 169 162–63; as Roberto Esposito uses environment: cultural, 6, 63; this term, 12–13, 150, 169, 176n35; embodiment and, 13; local, 79; mind as Hortense Spillers uses this term, and, 72; nonhuman, 107, 149, 154; 162–63, 167, 203n2 physical, 45; social, 68, 93 Foucault, Michel, 2, 10–11, 44, 146–47, environmentalism, 31, 34, 39, 63–64, 194 173n3, 176n28, 195n53 epistemes: alternative, 134–35, 148, Fourteenth Amendment, 11. See also 158–59, 201n30; biological, 2–3; Constitution (U.S.); franchise; slavery embodied, 3; empirical, 2, 5, 11, 30, franchise, 23–25, 35, 55, 135, 177n2, 160; humanist, 10–11, 61, 138, 141, 178n3. See also Fourteenth 143, 145–48, 151, 200n23; identity Amendment and, 201n25; liberal, 2; science as, Frederickson, George, 32, 36 65; typological, 83; Western, 2, 143, freedom, 151, 153, 155, 157, 181n80; of 147–48, 151, 154, 156, 201n30 conscience, 93; deterritorializing, equality: Black, 25; difference and, 16, 55; human, 12; moral, 5, 62, 145, 156, 40; human, 5, 8 14, 17, 27, 30–31, 174n8; natural, 60, 159; ontological, 9; 35–36, 40, 60, 89, 93, 126, 132; human rational, 2, 30; right to, 2, 45, 48–49, rights and, 26, 28–29; intellectual, 36; 51, 57, 59; transcendent, 2, 202n52; moral, 4, 30, 35, 130–31; ontological, unclaimable, 162; values of, 167. 9; political, 23–25; racial, 20, 27, 38, See also liberation 51, 56, 96, 99, 130; struggle for, 36. See Freedom’s Journal, 38. See also Russwurm, also egalitarianism John

153-71159_ch02_3P.indd 226 11/1/17 11:55 AM Index 227

Fried, Michael, 196n61 149; individual, 105, 131, 150, 152; Fugitive Slave Law (1850), 37, 48, 50 moral, 34, 136; ontology of, 204n13; personal, 31, 195–96n53; racial, 19, Garnet, Henry Highland, 39 40; reification of, 173n2; sexual, Garrison, William Lloyd, 25, 35–36 195n48; undifferentiated, 161–62 Garrisonians, 26, 36–37, 39, 50, 180 Imagism, 122, 124–25 Giles, Paul, 182n88 Indian Removal Act (1830), 32 Gilmore, Paul, 191n3, 196–97n67 individualism, 5, 64, 99, 101, 103, 106, Gliddon, George, 32–34, 38, 187n73, 108, 133, 150; anti-, 151 188–89n74, 193n32. See also individuality. See individualism polygenism inequality, 24, 140, 142–43, 144 Gray, Asa, 79–80, 100, 107–8, 184n15, informatics, 116 186–87n60. See also Agassiz, instincts: animal, 9, 46, 48, 59, 157, 166; Louis; Darwin, Charles; evolution; Douglass on resistance as, 15, 27, 41–42, monogenism 46, 48–49, 52, 55, 59–60, 62, 96; of Greeley, Horace, 75, 81 the material body, 50, 55; Thoreau on, Grosz, Elizabeth, 145 189n75; universal, 46, 48 Grusin, Richard, 140 intentionalism, 94–95, 120–26, 152, Guattari, Felix, 13 166 Guyot, Arnold, 166, 187–88n73, 189n75 Jackson, Zakiyyah, 7, 136, 145 Hammond, James Henry, 33 James, William, 76, 123 Haraway, Donna, 145, 202n42 Jefferson, Thomas, 89 Harding, Walter, 186n46, 187n69 justice, 38, 198n88; Blackness and, 138; Haritaworn, Jinthana, 141 law of, 50–51; racial, 7, 57; of revolt, Harman, Graham, 199n14, 200n15 164; social, 7–8, 19, 57, 134, 136–38, Harper’s, 20, 97, 115, 118, 136 140, 142–43, 145, 147–49, 151, 153–55, Hartman, Saidiya, 5, 11, 126, 129 163, 167, 173n2, 199n12 Hayles, N. Katherine, 117, 139, 145, Justin E. H., 176–77n38 194n43 Hekman, Susan, 6 Katrina (Hurricane), 143 Henry, Patrick, 48 Keyssar, Alexander, 24, 177n2, 178n3 Hickman, Jared, 43 Killingsworth, Jimmie, 127, 198–99n82 Holmes, Sr., Oliver Wendell, 66 King, Jr., Martin Luther, 50 Homo sapiens: as a category Klammer, Martin, 127 incommensurable with “the human”, Kramnick, Jonathan, 2, 174n6, 175n19, 12, 137, 139–47, 159, 167; diversity of, 176–77n38 26, 148, 156, 200n23; speciological Kucich, John, 191n4 features of, 155–59, 174n8 Hubbard, George, 186 Lamarck, Jean-Baptiste, 66 humanism, 12, 48, 149, 160, 175n13; landscape: as alive, 75; American, 44–45, after, 6; anti-, 151; liberal, 2, 36, 134, 64, 194n38; critical, 13; political, 94 138, 140, 145–48, 151; non-, 130, language, 17, 25, 53, 68, 116–17, 124, 175n13; and political exclusion, 56; 144, 157–58, 162, 194n41 Western, 11, 19, 95, 137–38, 140–41, Latour, Bruno, 56, 64, 74, 136, 145, 151, 146–48, 151, 201n25 153, 160, 164–65, 177n44 Humboldt, Alexander von, 68 law: higher, 76, 86, 90; maritime, Hyde, Carrie, 55, 59 59; moral, 50–51, 68; natural, 15, 49–50, 55–57, 60, 62; and order, 10; identity: biological, 61, 75, 136; bodily, physical, 51; of progress, 102. See also 17, 195n48; human, 4, 14, 26, Fourteenth Amendment; franchise

153-71159_ch02_3P.indd 227 11/1/17 11:55 AM 228 Index

Lawrence Scientific School (Harvard), media. See communication 65 medium: body as, 73, 108, 115–18, 194n3; Lawrence, Abbot, 184n13 poetry as, 115, Spiritualist: 98, 101, Lawrence, D. H., 129 104–5, 107, 109, 111–13, 115–16, 118, LeMenager, Stephanie, 106 194n38 Levine, Caroline, 205n19 mediumship. See medium, Spiritualist Levine, Robert, 51 Meigs, J. Aitken, 188–89n74 Levinson, Marjorie, 7 Meillassoux, Quentin, 142 liberalism, 17–18, 56–57, 96–97, 133, Menke, Richard, 191n3, 194n43 138, 154, 174n9, 178n17. See also Merleau-Ponty, Maurice, 12, 202n38 egalitarianism; equality; freedom; Michaels, Walter Benn, 120–23, 196n59 individualism; recognition; rights; Middlesex Agricultural Society, 187n69 universalism, liberal migration: populational, 67, 83; seed, 78, liberation, 20, 48, 155, 159, 165. See also 81–83, 85; speciological, 186n52 freedom Miller, D. A., 169, 204–5n18 Lind, Jenny, 65 Modern, John Lardas, 106 Linnaeus, Carl, 29–30, 41 modernity, 142, 173n3, 175n23 Longfellow, Henry Wadsworth, 66 monogenism, 15, 31, 33–35, 43, 63–64, Lowell Institute lectures, 65 76, 80, 83, 93, 100–1, 179–80n34, Lowell, James Russell, 66 187–88n73, 188–89n74. Lucas, Susan, 191n97 See also adaptation; development, Luciano, Dana, 199n8, 203nn5,6 speciological; evolution; polygenism; Lucretius, 146 racial science; speciation Luhman, Niklas, 146 Moon, Michael, 117, 195n48 Moore, Jason, 142, MacLeish, Archibald, 122–23, 126 Moore, R. Laurence, 191–92n4 Magritte, René, 118 Morton, George, 32, 38, 181n66, 187n73, Malcolm X, 50 188–89n74. See also polygenism man: empirical, 10–11; -hood, 27, 41, 49; Morton, Timothy, 204n10 Western, 2, 138, 146–48, 155, 158–59, movements: abolitionist, 25, 32; antiracist, 173n3. See also universalism 136; antisexist, 136; feminist, 25, 104; Maslan, Mark, 110 progressive, 193n27; revolutionary, 53; Mason, George, 24 Spiritualist, 97, 99–102, 104–5, 108, Mason-Dixon Line, 15 191n4. See also politics Massachusetts Board of Agriculture, Muñoz, José, 149 187n69 Murison, Justine, 2, 20, 174n6 Massumi, Brian, 94 mutuality, 17, 54, 70, 117, 127, materialism: antislavery, 4–7, 14, 20, 129–31, 150–51, 153, 173n2. See also 56–57, 60, 93, 95, 132, 135, 138, 160, entanglement 163, 165, 174; biological, 6, 174; monistic, 110; moralism and, 95; new, Nat Turner’s Rebellion, 32 9, 134, 145 posthumanist, 6, 8, 12–14, nationalism: affective, 17; Black, 40; 19, 21, 136, 139, 149–51, 155, 167, 169, white, 16 202n52, 205n19; processual, 152, 168; Native Americans, 5, 25, 31–33, 83–84, racist, 14, 96, 103; revisionary, 133, 132, 179n28, 191n4; and indigenous 145, 149; scientific, 100; Spiritualist, rights, 143, 154–55; information on in 103, 108. See also biologism; Thoreau’s “Indian Notebooks,” 82–84, posthumanism 187n72, 187–88n73, 188–89n74, McGarry, Molly, 105 189n75 McGurl, Mark, 13, 94–95 Nelson, Dana, 37 McKittrick, Katherine, 158 Noble, Marianne, 38

153-71159_ch02_3P.indd 228 11/1/17 11:55 AM Index 229

Noble, Mark, 21, 198n87 Phelps, Elizabeth Stuart, 102–7; The the nonhuman: essence of, 194n41; Gates Ajar, 103, 192nn16,17. See also entanglement with the human, 6, 12, Spiritualism 13, 55, 82, 95, 107, 151–53, 162–63; Pickering, Charles, 187n73, 188–89n74 importance of not conflating “the Pinsky, Robert, 122 nonhuman” with “the animal,” 137, Pliny, 190 143–47, 175n13; moral differentiation poetics, 113, 115, 126, 130; from the human, 11, 12, 21, 29, 35, 42, antihermeneutic, 131; 60, 136, 157–59, 176n37; moral equality antirepresentationalist, 17; with the human, 9, 13; perceptual bioelectrical, 119, 121; embodied, 17, experience of, 200n15; political agency 98–99, 110, 114, 121, 124–25, 127, of, 18, 56, 89–95, 162–63, 165, 168–70; 194n41, 195n46; Romantic, 114. See rights and moral standing of, 8–9, 18, also poetry; Whitman, Walt 46, 136–37, 151–53, 155. See also animal; poetry: antebellum, 98; anti- dehumanization; posthumanism; the intentionalism in, 122; subhuman antirepresentationalist, 17; dissolution North Star, 37 of the subject in, 115; effacement Nott, Josiah, 32–34, 36, 38, 89, 156, of identity by, 99; empirical life of, 187n73, 188–89n74, 193n32. See also 124; lyric, 16–17, 124–26, 197n74; polygenism of meaning, 123; moral truth of, 73; and objects, 121; ontology of, 110; objecthood, 139, 145 romantic, 166; as a site for haptic obscurity: lyric 124–26, 197n74; of communication, 114. See also poetics; persons, 125–31. See also Tiffany, Whitman, Walt Daniel; Whitman, Walt politics: abolitionist, of abolition, 16; observation, 30, 64, 69–70, 73–74, 76–77, affective, 168; antislavery, 60, 62; 121–22, 178n18. See also perception democratic, 98–99, 127, 134, 151, onanism, 111 153, 198; ecological, 93, 95; electoral, ontology: bioelectrical, 17; dispossessive, 27, 37; of embodiment, 19, 95, 165; 13; of embodiment, 19, 127, 160, environmentalist, 63–64; identity, 168; 197n79; flat, 136; of identity, 204n13; individualist, 138; liberal, 4, 18–19, materialist, 4, 8, 12, 18, 95, 134, 26, 56, 99–100, 149, 153, 155, 159; 149–50, 159, 199n8; monistic, 112; materialist, 7–8, 165; pluralistic, 134, object-oriented, 141; of poetry, 152–53; posthumanist, 18, 138, 151–52, 110; posthumanism’s, 150, 152, 167; proslavery, 33–34; provisionality 169–70; processual, 132, 152, 155, 165; of, 169; racial, 7, 38, 63, 83, 99, 136, quantum, 153; of the self, 110; turn 197n79; racist, 4; of recognition, to, 168 4, 127, 130; Western, 10. See also movements; recognition; revolution Paine, Thomas, 8, 10 polygenism, 15, 32–35, 40, 53, 83, 89, Paul, Saint, 106 100, 178n12, 179n28, 179–80n33, Paul, Sherman, 190 181n66, 187–88n73, 188–89n74. See Pennington, James W. C., 39, 175n22 also monogenism; racial science perception, 16, 69–70, 74–75, 112, 114, population, 5, 10–11, 16, 18, 25, 32, 141–42, 199n13. See also observation 44–45, 64, 76, 79–80, 86, 92, 141, 143, personhood: Black, 128; embodied, 149, 159, 176n28 193n32; generic, 174n9; liberal, 11, 56, positivism, 74–75 103, 110, 133, 154; metaphysics of, 130; posthumanism: critiques of, 7, 19, 57, political, 24. See also individualism; 93–95, 131–34, 135–37, 14–43, 145–47, liberalism; man 151–55, 159–60, 165–70; distinction Peterson, Christopher, 139, 200n23 between human and nonhuman in,

153-71159_ch02_3P.indd 229 11/1/17 11:55 AM 230 Index

posthumanism: critiques of (cont.) realism: material, 203n6; new, 167; 12–13, 18, 141–43, 155, 200n23; ontological, 169; political, 165; Eurocentric bias of, 201n25; liberal speculative, 199n13 individualist politics of, 151–55, reason. See rationality 163–65; marginality of race in, 7–8, recognition, 1, 112; Black, 3; demands 132, 135–47; as a mode of formal for, 168; drama of, 163; ethical, analysis, 205n19; ontology of, 6, 95, 152; failure of, 146; interracial, 53; 100, 136, 140, 146, 149–50, 152–53, intersubjective, 54; liberal, 141, 148, 159, 165, 169; political ethics of, 155, 167; politics of, 4, 127, 130, 154–55; 11–13, 55–56, 93–95, 131–34, 136–38, problem of, 126; representation and, 139–40, 165–69; proto-, 18, 21, 64, 132; self-, 41. See also politics 135, 176–77n38; as a realism, 168–70, reform: antislavery, 63; democratic, 203n6; relation to antiracism, 138–39, 23–25; moral, 84, 89–90; personal, 143–51; romanticism of, 138, 165–68; 76, 133; political, 16, 59, 64, 85, 133; versus “nonhumanism,” 175n13. See social, 84, 93 also biologism; materialism revolution: American, 50, 55, 57, 177n1; poststructuralism, 6, 145 of consciousness, 16; democratic, 2; Povinelli, Elizabeth, 143, 155 French, 8; Haitian, 2; liberal, 23 Pratt, Lloyd, 54 Richardson, Alan, 2, 174n6 progress: human, 87; moral, 89, 96; Richardson, Robert, 77, 185n42, teleological, 63 190n80 progressivism, 80, 167 rights: animal, 8–9; equality as a, 36; to Protevi, John, 94 freedom, 2, 45, 51, 59, 159; human, Puar, Jasbir, 12, 150, 168 15, 24, 26, 28–29, 34–35, 43–46, 53, 59, 133–34, 137, 160; inalienable, race: as a justification for slavery, 26; 52, 130; individual, 18; legal, 131; occlusion of, 7, 19, 136, 138, 145, 160; liberalism and, 154–55, 160; moral, origins of word, 29; reifying, 34; as 46, 50; natural, 30, 50–51, 55, 57, 60, system of visible differences, 130; 178n3; of the nonhuman, 8–9, 18, 46, theories of, 8, 31, 194n38. See also 136–37, 151–53, 155; political, 35; to racial science; racialism; racism self-defense, 49; to self-determination, racial science, 2, 15, 25–46, 51, 56–57, 48; subject of, 44; to vote, 24–25; 83–84, 98, 132, 135, 149, 166, 175n11, women’s, 105 179n28, 187–88n73. See also evolution; Robinson, David, 78 monogenism; polygenism Romanticism, 138, 166–68, 204n10. racialism, 30–32, 39, 75, 82–83, 178n18. See also Transcendentalism See also race; racial science; racism Rossi, William, 68 racism: among abolitionists, 37; in the Russwurm, John, 38–39, 47. See also academy, 203n56; assemblages of, Freedom’s Journal 139; biological, 3–5, 11–12, 23–24, 132–33, 135, 150; biopolitical, 11, Saint-Hilaire, Étienne Geoffroy, 66 21, 176n28; as central to Western Sanborn, Franklin, 187n72 humanist tradition, 7, 19, 21, 147, 158; Sánchez-Eppler, Karen, 127, 129, 197n82 dehumanization and, 1, 41; ending, Sattelmeyer, Robert, 184n16, 187n73, 149, 178n17; histories of, 136–37; 190n80 scientific, 14–17, 25–26, 28–29, 31–35, Sawyer, George, 32 40, 46–47, 88, 96–97, 101, 103, 156, Sayre, Robert, 187n72 185–86n45; and speciesism, 200n23. Schneider, Richard, 63, 189n75 See also determinism; race; racialism Schuller, Kyla, 37, 178n12, 185 rationality, 24–25, 29, 48–49, 52–53, 60, Sconce, Jeffrey, 191n3 102, 157, 181n80 Sedgwick, Eve Kosofsky, 204n18

153-71159_ch02_3P.indd 230 11/1/17 11:55 AM Index 231

Seeman, Erik, 191n4 succession: ecological, 15; forest, 61, 81; segregation, 16, 40, 44, 104 intergenerational, 85, 90; natural, 85, segregationists. See segregation 87; populational, 75, 81; speciological, sexuality, 108–9; as distinct from 62, 92 sensuality, 111, 117–19, 185–86n45, suffrage, 24–25, 177. See also franchise 195n48, 195–96n53 Sumner, Charles, 66 sexism, 5, 23, 139, 146, 148, 149, 150, Sundquist, Eric, 50 158, 174 sympathy, 37, 46–47, 53–54, 72, 126–27, Shelley, Percy Bysshe, 114, 204n9 129, 130, 134, 180n42 slavery: abolishment of, 52, 54, 94, systems, 164–65; eco-, 139; ecological, 166; arguments against, 27, 46, 57, 92, 127; economic, 55; material, 20, 62, 127, 130; armed uprising against, 127, 129; natural, 167; nonhuman, 139; 50–52; continuity between freedom of ordering, 169; physical, 161; social, and, 11; crisis of, 21; debate over, 1, 169 3–4, 14, 20, 25, 28, 36, 38, 60, 96–98; liberalism and, 178n17; justification TallBear, Kim, 154–55, 201n25, 202n46 for, 26, 33, 36; racial science and, 3, Taney, Chief Justice, 130 28; wage, 34 Tauber, Alfred, 186n46 Smith, Gerritt, 37 Taylor, Charles, 107 Smith, James McCune, 37 Taylor, Matt, 21, 153 Smith, Samuel Stanhope, 31, 38, 179n21 Taylor, Thomas, 8–11 Southern Quarterly Review, 33 theology, 98, 101–3, 108, 127, 166, special creation, 15, 65–66, 77, 184n15. 175n23; onto-, 101, 115, See also Agassiz, Louis Thoreau, Henry David: and speciation, 78–79, 87, 185n45. See conscientious action, 17, 62, 64, also adaptation; development, 84, 86, 89–90, 93–94, 133, 160; and speciological; evolution Darwin, 77–81; disagreement with speciesism: 150; comparisons to racism, Agassizian science, 15, 64–65, 67–69, 200n23; marginality of in antiracist 72–73, 75–79, 81–83, 85, 89, 184n15, discourse, 137; speciological hierarchy, 187n73; The Dispersion of Seeds, 81, 85, 176n37, 132 91–92; Emerson on, 61; empiricism Spillers, Hortense, 1, 12, 136, 161–65, of, 62–63; and evolution, 16, 68, 167, 169, 202n38, 203n2 79–81, 87, 132–33, 144, 160, 165–66; Spinoza, Baruch, 146 “Indian Notebooks”, 82–84, 187n72, Spiritualism, 97–110, 115, 126, 188–89n74; intellectual development 191n4, 192nn16,17, 193n27. See also of, 63–64, 190n80; Journal, 62, 64–65, bioelectricity; Davis, Andrew Jackson; 69–77, 79, 82–83, 92, 183n4, 186n52, Phelps, Elizabeth Stuart; Whitman, 188–89n74, 189n75; “The Last Days Walt of John Brown”, 85–86, 89, 92–93, Stepan, Nancy, 178n17 183n6; and liberalism, 5, 14, 19–20, subject: autonomous, 6; bioelectrical, 62, 64, 96–97; The Maine Woods, 84; 16, 98–99, 106–7; embodied, 6, 12, materialisms of, 4–5, 7–8, 14–15, 17, 21, 98; individual, 158; lyric, 17–18, 60, 73, 93, 95, 132; and passive 16, 126; liberal, 10, 17, 97–99, 101, resistance, 90–95; “A Plea for Captain 103, 111, 115, 134, 145; moral, 95; John Brown”, 84–86, 89–93, 183n6; posthumanist, 13; propositional population studies, 16, 67, 75, 79–82, poetic, 16, 99; rational, 2; 86, 92; and racial science, 4, 14–15, 60, transcendental, 12, 151. See also 62–63, 76, 84, 132, 187n73; “Resistance human; personhood to Civil Government”, 86, 89; “Slavery the subhuman, 12, 41, 94. See also in Massachusetts”, 89, 188–89n74;“The animal; animality; dehumanization Succession of Forest Trees”, 81–82,

153-71159_ch02_3P.indd 231 11/1/17 11:55 AM 232 Index

Thoreau, Henry David (cont.) Webster, Daniel, 59–60 85; Walden, 68–70, 79; “Wild Apples,” Weheliye, Alexander, 7, 136, 140, 146, 78–79, 85–87; Wild Fruits, 77–79, 84–85. 157–58, 200n22, 201nn24,25, 203n56 See also Brown, John; development, Weld, Theodore, 36 speciological; evolution Whitman, Walt: anti-intentionalism, Thrailkill, Jane, 20 120–26; and deictics, 115, 117–19, Thrift, Nigel, 12 and democracy, 17, 20, 99, 130, 134, Tiffany, Daniel, 124–26, 197n74 198n88; and embodiment, 14, 16–17, Tomkins, Silvan, 146 97–99, 109–15, 117–19, 122, 124–27, Tompkins, Kyla, 20 132–34, 135, 150, 165, 174n9, 195n53, Transcendentalism, 63–64, 72, 81, 86. 197n79; hostility to interpretation, See also Romanticism 119–26; “I Sing the Body Electric,” Transcendentalists. See 99, 127–31, 197n79; individualism Transcendentalism and, 5, 97, 99, 108, 126–28, 131, 150; Tucker, Irene, 30, 178n18 Leaves of Grass, 16–17, 98–100, 108–9, Types of Mankind, 28, 32–33, 36, 38, 61, 112–15, 117, 119–23, 131, 193n27; 64, 187n73, 193n32 and liberalism, 5, 14, 16–20, 97–99, 110–11, 115, 130, 133–34, 160, 166; and universalism: antislavery, 96; materialism, 4–5, 7–8, 14, 17–18, 95, disembodied, 175n9; liberal, 14, 97, 99–100, 108, 110, 114, 131–35, 138, 30, 133; trans-specific, 49.See also 165, 174n9; racial science, 4, 14, 17, 98, liberalism; man 132; and rhetorical intimacy, 117–20, 122; and sexuality, 109–12, 118–19, Vendler, Helen, 117, 120 195n48, 195–96n53; and slavery, 127, violence: antislavery, 15, 27, 49–52, 57; 129; “Song of Myself,” 110–13, 119, against autonomy, 111–13; as endemic 121–22; and Spiritualism, 97–100, to modernity, 142, 200n15; as natural, 108–14; and sympathy, 126–32. See also 45–46, 49–52, 54, 56–57, 59, 62 bioelectricity; body; Spiritualism Virginia Declaration of Rights, 24 Wilson, Ivy, 48 voting laws. See Fourteenth Wimsatt, William, 120 Amendment; franchise Wolfe, Cary, 145, 155 Wollstonecraft, Mary, 8, 10 Walker, David, 25 Wright, Michelle, 204n13 Walls, Laura Dassow, 62, 67–69, 73, 82, Wynter, Sylvia, 11–13, 19, 136, 138, 145, 183n4, 187n69 147–51, 154–60, 167, 173n3, 174n8, Ward, Keith, 202n52 175n23, 199n12, 201nn26,30, 202n52, Warner, Michael, 113, 119, 195n48 203n56

153-71159_ch02_3P.indd 232 11/1/17 11:55 AM